Here is a perfect example of slanted (fake) news for propaganda purposes THAT YOU ALL HAVE READ.  Shortly before the Country Music Festival began in Las Vegas, the ‘press’ widely  proclaimed, that  just before the concert began, a mysterious woman stood in front of the crowd shouting, “You’re all going to die,” before quickly departing, which is how it was reported. A few minutes later, the brutal shooting murders began. 

The George Soros FNS (Fake News Syndrome meaning it is really a mental disease) suggested that this woman was a prophet proclaiming the doom that followed. One thing for certain, Soros KNEW about this scheduled massacre.

NOW, as the late Paul Harvey would say, “Here is the REST of the story.”  

Before the concert began, a Hispanic woman and another Spanish woman with her had tried to get into seats in the front row that they were not entitled to. They belonged to someone else. An argument broke out with several attendees involved. Exasperated that her scheme failed, she faced the crowd and loudly proclaimed, “You’re all going to die” like a disgruntled school yard kid who is mad. She then left the venue. And that, dear readers, is the REST of the story. And this is TRUTHFUL news; something the Soros Communist Democrats has pledged to destroy. 

So news these days can be either downright fake or, real stories that have been slanted to create an entirely different meaning. False polls were widely published suggesting that Hillary’s poll numbers were decidedly higher than Trump’s in order to discourage Trump supporters from voting. Fortunately that didn’t work.

Every event or speech, or even a personal phone call to a Gold Star Mother who had just lost a son in combat, brings THIS “media coverage:”  Outrage follows Trump’s phone call, speech, Melania’s high heels, or –(name your own event).  You will find negative “coverage” in EVERYTHING President Trump does. Monitor the fake news sites and you will see. So please understand that we are bombarded with totally false information to further the political ambitions of George Soros. The Communists insist on controlling every aspect of newspapers, what to write and how to craft any and all stories to fit their own political goals.

And by the way, we HEARD the recording of that particular phone call to the Gold Star Mother and the content was nowhere near what the Soros press reported in order to make our president look bad.  Yes, Soros and his henchmen LIED to again deceive the American public.

Obviously the colleges and universities no longer teach journalism as they did in my day. Then, we were all taught to be totally accurate, how to research to make certain our stories and quotes were indeed correct. We had classes in the ethics of journalism, warmed repeatedly against plagiarism and to be certain that any parts of a story someone else had uncovered, would be given full attribution to the writer who originally brought the story to light. I’d hate to see what the journalism professors teach today. One thing they DO teach is that there are no absolutes…..no right or wrong.

At one time Journalism was a highly respected career.  Today it is a total cesspool of lies, slanted stories to misdirect the public from what was and IS really taking place in the world.  Pity.  The media today use the magician’s skill of misdirection to direct an audience’s attention to one direction while the other hand is not noticed while doing the work to deceive them.

This columnist does not subscribe to any of the Soros Communist newspapers. The accurate news can only be found on internet news sites, not all, but the ones listed below. This is why the FNS–Fake News Syndrome– has so viciously denounced internet news content, the writers whom they originally called “Bloggers in pajamas and arm-chair journalists.”

We were all called ‘right wing conspiracy nuts. They wanted to hide news truths, indeed censor all writings except their own. This is why they’ve tried to shut down internet news services so viciously.

The only time the secular newspapers are read by this writer is to check how they characterize an event they published in the mainstream media. We can then dive in and print the truth of the story they have published or discount it altogether.

One can find all the news of interest that covers virtually everything that is taking place in the U.S. and around the world, such as Renew America, Capitol Hill Outsider, Olive Branch Report, World Net Daily,  NewsWithViews.com (exceptional for truthful in-depth coverage), americanprophet.org,  iPatriot.org,  and my own website: www.revaustinmiles.com, which is nearing the 6 million readers mark. This is a mom and pop website with no frills, but news is carefully analyzed so readers can get totally truthful news. And they are flocking to the site.

This site accepts no ads so that readers can enjoy the stories without ads constantly popping up blocking the story. Plus we publish other stories from top notch internet journalists such as Kelleigh Nelson, Greg Holt, Jerry Newcombe and others.

There are many, many other excellent internet news sources that can indeed be trusted for accuracy.  Let us put a stop to the lies the media is putting out, especially against President Donald Trump who was legally elected by a great majority of the American People. Whenever the Soros fake media writes how President Trump caused outrage with…….write to the editors of those papers and express your profound objections to their cheap shots of our choice for the man in the Oval Office.

We are in the battle of a lifetime for the very soul of our nation.  Read that again, “for the very soul of our nation.”   The soul MUST be conceived as a moral organ. It is just that.  And what IS the moral state of the country?  The worst than it has ever been, and we are all paying the price for this depravity where right has become wrong and wrong has been declared right. That saps our strength physically and mentally empowering our enemies to be  better able to conquer us.

As Author James Baldwin states in his book, The Devil Finds Work–now let this soak in, “Moral change is the only real one” which means that if we put our souls totally into God’s Hands, we will be strengthened, make better decisions, and will have the ability to chase the enemy, which  means all those who have sold themselves to the devil incarnate, George Soros. THIS is the key to ‘making America Great Again.’ Bring back Morality. Preachers, man your pulpits!

ANALYZING TODAY’S NEWS FOR TOMORROW’S HISTORY

Photo Caption: Would My Newspaper Lie to You?

© 2017 Austin Miles – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Austin Miles: chaplainmiles@aol.com

At present, the best answer to the question in my title is probably, No one knows for sure. What we know: Antifa (shortened from “Anti-Fascist”) and Refuse Fascism, both Communist-inspired groups, are gradually being recognized as far more dangerous than any alt-right or white nationalist or neo-Nazi or Klan groups, have promised major disruptions beginning on that date. A few weeks ago, a few Antifa members shut down a major interstate highway in the LA area holding up signs that read, “NOV 4 IT BEGINS.”

The militant left’s stated purpose is to drive the Trump-Pence administration from office by any means necessary.

Is the threat for real, or is it hype? Do we dare assume the latter?

What we know: leftist militants including Antifa and Black Lives Matter were able to mobilize as many as 40,000 protesters completely shutting down a free speech rally attended by perhaps two dozen people in Boston. That occurred the weekend after the Charlottesville melee.

Were such assemblages to appear in, say, six or seven major cities instead of just one on November 4, and were they to halt normal traffic flows, interfering with ordinary commercial activity — and if these mass protests exploded into violence that could overwhelm law enforcement when the latter tried to disperse them — things could very easily escalate into a very dangerous situation.

Mass protests, and worse, have been threatened openly. The clear purpose is to try to force the Trump-Pence administration from office: the first administration not vetted by the globalist-leftist alliance of convenience.

The impression should be spreading right about now that groups such as Antifa and Refuse Fascism are potentially as dangerous to American Constitutional conservatives (and Christians) as ISIS is to Christians (and many Muslims) in the Middle East.

What these extreme-left groups are threatening amounts to civil war against an administration and overall national situation they have deemed illegitimate — a situation in which the left can’t dominate the narrative. To be sure, they deem Constitutional conservatism illegitimate: the product of wealthy straight white Christian males. After decades of pandering to the extreme left, culminating in a complete mainstream media blackout on the role of Antifa and Black Lives Matter in the Charlottesville violence, this is where we are!

Brandon Smith has contended in several articles that leftists and conservatives are being herded toward violent confrontation. While most on-the-ground leftists in Antifa, Refuse Fascism and Black Lives Matter might well be mindless followers, the overall effort has George Soros money written all over it. Should the effort culminate in an outbreak of mass violence, it could easily begin the final destruction of the last great bulwark against the corporation-controlled world government which Soros, the Rockefellers, the Rothschilds, and other powerful families have been working towards from day one. Smith believes that when Trump’s popularity with the GOP base rose in 2015, the superelite (my term, not his) saw something they could use. Thus they did nothing to discourage 24/7 mainstream media coverage. If Trump sneezed, it was reported. Smith believed Trump would defeat Hillary Clinton long before many of us thought that would happen. He believed a Trump presidency had become a superelite strategy to set up conservatives and “populists” for a fall, because when the time was right, they would yank their investments from the economy which would go into an immediate tailspin for which Trump and all his supporters would be blamed.

If violence erupts on November 4, however, matters might not reach that point. What results would not be communism. No one need worry about that. These groups would not be able to stand up to the U.S. military, were it to come to that. But anyone who thinks there either would be or could be a return to business as usual after such a confrontation is kidding himself.

Before going on, keep in mind that no one has absolute proof anything will happen on November 4. Naturally, mainstream sources are pooh-poohing the whole thing with their usual that’s-a-conspiracy-theory mantra. These are the same people who told us Hillary Clinton would win last year in a landslide.

That said, it isn’t as if Antifa and Refuse Fascism are organized armies. They might have point men with marching orders, however; many members of such groups are doubtless tech-savvy millennials able to coordinate using social media and WhatsApp, able to form mobs in less than a half an hour if they spot a local vulnerability and disperse just as quickly in the face of solid opposition.

The bottom line is: we won’t know for sure until November 4 gets here.

So what should you do on that date?

A friend of mine who lives in Florida — very much fed up with the constant pandering to the left we see in both corporate media and academia — dropped the following suggestion:

“Put up Trump posters on your yard along with Confederate flags, then sit in your deer stand armed to the teeth and wait for them to take the bait …”

I don’t know that I recommend that, although I understand the frustration. I’ve felt it myself. There is indeed a contingent out there — groups of Constitutional conservatives especially — that has had it with leftists and would take matters into their own hands if it comes to that. One reason we’ve not seen oft-predicted gun confiscation is that there are entire regions, especially in states like Texas and Montana but hardly limited to them, where nearly everyone owns at least one firearm and knows how to use it. Some of these folks are Veterans whose firearms knowhow exceeds that of law enforcement, not to mention Antifa or Refuse Fascism (almost none of whose members have served in the military or have other legitimate weapons training). Were these groups to aggress in any of those places, they’d not know what hit them! Survivors would run screaming back to their parents’ basements!

For that reason, I don’t think we ever see Antifa or Refuse Fascism activity in those areas. In big cities and suburbs filled with soft, complacent yuppies with no such knowledge or training, however, protesters wielding clubs and metal objects turned into weapons could be very dangerous!

Keep in mind that whatever disruptions that occur on November 4 cannot serve any purpose if conservatives do not react. Therefore, my thoughtful recommendation is that on that day, which falls on a Saturday, conservatives do: nothing. Take precautions, of course. Staying indoors might be a good idea. Maintain high situational awareness. In down-to-earth language, if you live in a big city or large suburban area and for some reason you have to go out, pay attention to everything going on around you. Be proactive, not reactive. Pay attention to alternative media, which will likely report suspicious public gatherings ahead of corporate media. Do not drive into those areas. Instead, put your car in a garage; do not leave it parked on the street. Your best interests will be served by avoiding places where protests are occurring, or are likely to occur.

Finally — and especially if November 4 comes and goes without anything major happening — the growing hostility leftists are expressing toward conservatives will not have gone away and the danger of an explosive confrontation will remain. So it is helpful to gain the right perspective. Ultimately, this is not about left versus right. Antifa, Refuse Fascism, and Black Lives Matter are tools, and so will be conservative groups who take their bait. The world’s real powers, however, simply don’t think in terms of left and right. They are pragmatists, not ideologues. For them, the ends justify the means. They are uninterested in debates over, e.g., “capitalism” versus “socialism.” Nor do they care about ethnicity or other categories popular today. They will use whatever groups or interests or incidents that serve their purposes at a given time, including false flag events. Their main goal: establishing a corporation-controlled world state (which will include a global digital currency, total surveillance, population control, etc.).

We are seeing the culmination of a long-term clash between worldviews, a clash I outlined in my book Four Cardinal Errors: Reasons for the Decline of the American Republic (2011). Ultimately this clash is between Christianity and materialism. The former is the source of all our basic ideas about our rights, responsibilities, and how to organize our societies in ways that respect both, whatever disagreements we might have over specifics. Materialism began to replace Christianity in the 1700s and even more in the 1800s. This process was almost complete in the dominant intellectual-educational centers and other centers of influence by 1900. The ethos which reduces all valuation under capitalism to money and power is a product of materialism no less than any form of Marxism. Although the latter’s rejection of God is far more explicit, neither does present-day neoliberal “capitalism-with-the-gloves-off” have room for transcendent moral truths.

Sadly for so-called secular humanists, what has happened during modern times is not the evolving of a rationally-justifiable “secular morality,” however based, but modernity’s gravitation towards a system in which the strong and unscrupulous are able to control and often trample on everyone else, including the innocent, is why we now have the global state of affairs many economically-aware leftists are lamenting, that perhaps 62 people control more wealth than the entire bottom half of the world’s population.

The superelite, or super-oligarchy, are — at the very highest level — not materialists, however. We see some evidence for this in the bizarre rituals that have sometimes been performed at the culmination of some of their major triumphs.

Get your Bible and go with me to Matthew 4:1-11 (or Luke 4:1-13). Satan is tempting Jesus, his effort leading to his offer of “all the kingdoms of the world and their glory” (Matt. 4:8). It has long fascinated me that Jesus doesn’t tell him, “Those kingdoms are not yours to give!” but rather just says, “Get thee behind me, Satan, for it is written, You shall worship the Lord your God, and Him only you shall serve’ (Matt. 4:10).

The highest behind-the-scenes powers of this fallen world are not and have never been materialists. That materialism is credible is, in fact, the biggest “fake news” hoax of all time!

We are often told that Christianity is losing ground in contemporary America, especially among millennials (some of whom are turning to astrology and witchcraft). That is not to the advantage of a country from which God may be withdrawing His protections, perhaps (among other things) in the wake of the abortion deaths of between 50 and 60 million unborn babies!

Times are likely to get worse before they get better!

It thus behooves us to end with what has become one of the most important passages in Scripture, a warning worth quoting in full for our precarious times:

“Finally, my brethren, be strong in the Lord and in the power of His might. Put on the whole armor of God, that you may be able to stand against the wiles of the devil. For we do not wrestle against flesh and blood, but against principalities, against powers, against the rules of the darkness of this age, against spiritual hosts of wickedness in the heavenly places. Therefore take up the whole armor of God, that you may be able to withstand in the evil day, and having done all, to stand. Stand therefore, having girded your waist with truth, having put on the breastplate of righteousness, and having shod your feet with the preparation of the gospel of peace above all, taking the shield of faith with which you will be able to quench all the fiery darts of the wicked one.” Ephesians 6:10-16

This should be in your mind as you awaken on November 4. What happens could be nothing, or next to nothing, or the beginning of the final planned destruction of what is left of Constitutional government in the U.S. as globalists maneuver to take back by force what they lost on November 9, 2016, and then some!

Author’s Note: if you believe this article and others like it were worth your time, please consider making a $5/mo. pledge on my Patreon site. If the first 100 people who read this all donate, my goal of just $500/mo. would be reached in no time! And if we’re honest about it, we all waste that much money every day.

Telling the truth can have negative consequences. Last year my computer was hacked — it wasn’t the Russians, either! Repeated attempted repairs of the OS failed, the device became unusable, and I had to replace it off-budget.

This is also an attempt to raise money to publish and promote a novel, Reality 101, 99% finished as of this writing. In it, a globalist technocrat speaks in a voice filled with irony and dripping with cynicism — contrasted with the possibility of freedom outside the world as he sees it.

Promoting a book means, in my case, the necessity of international travel which is not cheap.

I do not write for an audience of one. I write for you, readers of this site. If you believe this work makes a worthwhile contribution to the world of political-economic ideas, please consider supporting it financially. I am not a wealthy person, and unlike the leftist groups I criticize, I do not have a George Soros funneling a bottomless well of cash my way.

If I reach the above goal of $500/mo., I may be able to speak at an event in your area (contact info below). On the other hand, if this effort fails, I am considering taking an indefinite “leave of absence” beginning later this year to pursue other goals. EDIT: thus far this effort has garnered just $62/mo. If it does not reach $250/mo. by the end of this month, it will be time to complete my farewell-and-good-luck piece.

To sum up, these are your articles (and books). I don’t write to please myself. No one is forcing me to do it, as sometimes it brings me grief instead of satisfaction. So if others do not value the results enough to support them, I might as well go into retirement while I am still able to enjoy it.

© 2017 Steven Yates – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Steven Yates: freeyourmindinsc@yahoo.com

© 2017 Lloyd Marcus – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Lloyd Marcus: mr_lloydmarcus@hotmail.com

The accusations, innuendos and falsities against Donald Trump regarding Russian ties began over a year ago during the 2016 campaign. The narrative that anyone who challenged Hillary Clinton was a Russian agent exploded when the Democrats in collusion with the corporate media started the insane accusations that anyone who defended Donald Trump was affiliated with the Russians.  Bernie Sanders was even accused of having dark connections with the Russians because of his honeymoon in the Soviet Union. Rep. Adam Schiff, on the Tucker Carlson Show, accused him of being a Russian agent because he rejected the Trump, Russian collusion as it lacked conclusive proof.

I believe, based upon all the documented evidence, the Trump-Russian facade was originated by the Democrats to conceal their history of on-going illegal Russian dealings, not only throughout the campaign, but during Hillary Clinton’s term as Secretary of State.

There is also the exposed cover-up regarding the fabricated Dossier concerning the “Pee-Pee Gate” conspiracy.  That’s when the Democratic Party, in collusion with Director Robert Comey’s FBI, jointly committed election fraud by paying a Russian agent over $15 million to manufacture a preposterous account against Donald Trump involving a hotel room that President Obama supposedly slept in.

Five months after the ex-director of the FBI and Special Counsel Robert Mueller was appointed to lead an investigation against Donald Trump, he has found absolutely nothing pertaining to a Trump, Russia collusion or any other criminal or unscrupulous activity.

Mueller handpicked his Federal Grand Jury out of the DC swamp.  This group of 90% Clinton voters would indict and convict a Trump ham sandwich of too much mayonnaise and send it to prison for life, if they could.

Sometime in September, after Mueller was unable to discover any incriminating evidence pertaining to Trump, Russian involvement he altered his tactics.  He convinced the Grand Jury to compose illegal, parallel construction indictments and he used these to threaten Trump associates and friends throughout Washington DC with prison time in, exchange for exoneration if they would fabricate some kind of Russian narrative involving Trump.  We know this, because of those who came forth and exposed Mueller’s unethical tactics.

It was during this time that Mueller had interrogated Manafort, Trump’s campaign manager. He was also threatened with a Grand Jury indictment per Mueller’s request. Fortunately, Manafort is a standup guy and refused to lie against Trump.

So now, 2 months later, Mueller brings forth indictments, with an announcement that he will release them on Monday.

These are the reasons Trump accused Attorney General Jeff Sessions of being a traitor for unnecessarily and improperly recusing himself from heading this fake Trump-Russian-collusion investigation and causing it to fall into the hands of Trump-hater Mueller.

Robert Mueller was the bagman for Hillary Clinton who brokered the State Department’s treasonous sale of 20% of US uranium to the Russians with Obama sealing the deal from the White House. For brokering this deal, $200 million was transferred to the Clinton Foundation.  This we learned from Wikileaks, with the whole deal detailed in Hillary’s emails.

Every one of them expected Hillary to win the Presidential election.  Had Hillary won, none of this would have been a threat, since the heads of all the prosecuting departments; the FBI, the US Attorney General’s office and the US Court system are co-conspirators in this, or previous crimes committed by this criminal faction of the US Federal Government.  These departments were, and the majority is still run by Obama implants, which just as Obama hold no regard for justice, fairness or truth.  However, to their chagrin Trump was elected President, who’s not one of their criminal cabal and truly wants to “make America Great again”. Trump’s election reversed the direction of Washington DC and sent the corrupt elements in the Democrat and the Republican Parties scurrying for the darkness like roaches hiding from the light. Since this election, these same criminal elements have unsuccessfully tried to pin their crimes on Trump.  This is why he is hated and fear, and must be eliminated.

Uranium is the main ingredient for making bombs and thanks to Clinton, Mueller and Obama, America’s uranium is now being sold by Russia to any U.S. enemies like N Korea, Iran, or the highest bidder.

Muller’s also eyeball deep in 2 or 3 other illegal deals between the Clinton’s, Robert Comey, Loretta Lynch, Barack Obama and Eric Holder.  HSBC has been caught 3 times unloading pallets of hundred dollar bills out of Simi trucks, laundering money from the Mexican drug cartels for pennies on the dollar.  Bill Clinton had appointed Lynch as State Attorney General, Mueller was the FBI director in charge; Comey was on the board of the bank, HSBC. Lynch gives them a slap on the wrist fine and no jail time, on three different busts, and each time business continues as usual. Comey gets his cut from the profits, Mueller gets his, the Clinton Foundation get theirs, and Lynch gets hers.

Here’s the other link to this gang of criminals.  Eric Holder was the Obama’s appointed US Attorney General at the time.  He started Fast & Furious, selling guns to the Mexican cartels laundering their drug money through HSBC, so they could kill off all of their competition, making them the only dealers in Mexico.  That way, all the drug money would be channeled through HSBC banks and a bigger take down from the US Federal criminal cabal that runs our country.

[Order Al Duncan’s New Book: “The Master Plan“]

Over a hundred-thousand Mexicans were murdered that year including a Border Patrol agent.  After ballistics, the gun that killed the Border Patrol agent was traced back to one of the guns from Holder’s Fast & Furious.  That was the evidence that started the investigation to the crimes above and the reason Eric Holder was forced to resign.

© 2017 Al Duncan – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Al Duncan: alduncan@pacific.net

If you look on Facebook, it appears that ANTIFA, La Raza, Moslem Brotherhood, Black Lives Matter, Aztlan, CAIR and other violent multicultural groups operating in America—cannot wait to change the face of the USA into their vision of a perfect society.

On November 4, 2017, ANTIFA plans massive demonstrations and even riots to overthrow the U.S. government.  They threaten the White House and other governmental offices.

Tom Stayer, a billionaire, promises $10 million in an advertising campaign to impeach President Donald Trump.  For years, billionaire George Soros spent millions to disrupt the political process in America.

Many minorities in America press for autonomy, and if they don’t receive it, they create parallel societies such as Moslems in Detroit, Michigan; Minneapolis, Minnesota, and Miami, Florida.  Mexicans, now the most dominate ethnic group in California, control much of the legislature and many towns.

The U.S. Census bureau says at current rates of immigration, Latino-Mexican-Hispanics will become the new majority in America by 2042—25 years from now.  Spanish dominates every business phone answering service by giving you a choice: press “1” for Spanish and “2” for English.  In Detroit and Minneapolis, you may press “3” for Arabic.

“Diversity within a nation destroys unity and leads to civil wars,” said social scientist Garret Hardin. “Immigration, a benefit during the youth of a nation, can act as a disease in its mature state. Too much internal diversity in large nations has led to violence and disintegration. We are now in the process of destabilizing our own country. The magic words of destabilizers are ‘diversity’ and ‘multiculturalism’.”

Writer Fritz Garcia said, “Demographically, the USA has crossed the Rubicon towards a Balkanized aggregation of numerous cultures of varying compatibility. Mexico’s Castizo elite benefit by sending the dregs of their population north of the border as a soft form of ethnic cleansing in the Southwest via the Aztlan movement. Canada, which has had a tenuous linguistic arrangement between English and French, is adding a third wheel to the cultural blender with a huge influx of mainland Chinese that it could possibly make Mandarin the third official language.”

After visiting Vancouver, Canada this past summer, I attest that the Chinese virtually own all of Vancouver in signage, language and housing. They’ve bought out or run out most of the Canadians.  Vancouver stands as a Chinese beachhead in North America—where millions of Chinese, living in horrifically overpopulated China, can now chain-migrate to Canada, thanks to the stupidities of PM Justin Trudeau.

Garcia continued,  “And finally, Muslim “refugees” being brought in by Jewish charities, Catholic charities, Lutheran charities, etc., are the unexpected beneficiaries of the abortion debate in the United States. Since opposition to abortion is common to the Three Abrahamic Traditions; Muslims exploit this viewpoint by encouraging men to bring their harem along, breed prolifically, and incubate the next generation of jihadists to SUBJUGATE their Western, i.e. European & North American hosts in a battle of numbers… and wombs.”

Demographics determine the destiny of any nation.  With the United States Congress continuing the immigrant flow of 1.7 million annually (that includes 500,000 illegally), Americans face an added 100,000,000 (million) immigrants by 2045.  That includes birthrates of immigrants, chain-migration and diversity visas.  (Source: U.S. Census Bureau, “US Population Projects” by Fogel/Martin; PEW Research Center)

Fox News host Tucker Carlson last week asked Dr. Steven Camarota about the numbers.  Camarota said, “My research shows that Americans are becoming the new minority in their own country.  They will be outnumbered by 2042 as the Spanish become the new majority at 51 percent.”

What’s most disturbing:  Americans, or at least their elected representatives in Congress seem to think we can solve all the world’s problems by bringing them all here.  Unfortunately, they bring their problems with them.  Why Jewish Charities, Lutheran Charities and Catholic Charities think we can absorb an endless line of immigrants beats the daylights out of logic and reasoned thinking.  The sociological chaos along with linguistic chaos bode poorly for everyone in America.

For one thing, the third world adds 80,000,000 (million) new babies, net gain, annually.  And, one billion more added every 12 years, and another three billion by 2050.   They add to the line with no end.

America cannot become the “charity ward” for the world’s desperate people. We cannot degrade our citizens for Mexico’s poor. We cannot save Africa’s refugees when we suffer 13 million American children living in poverty. We cannot pay for immigrants’ food, housing and education when we’re $20 trillion in national debt. By stopping all immigration and deporting all illegal aliens, we can give those jobs to American citizens at a living wage. It’s time to change the ‘good ole boy’ network of corruption in DC by changing to term limits for Congressional critters. Otherwise it will all get worse until we collapse into a multicultural-diversity nightmare of overpopulation and sociological chaos.  One look at Europe points to our own future with an added 100 million legal immigrants.

The Rubicon crossing ultimately killed Caesar and Rome; it will ultimately kill our civilization.

If you would like me to speak at/in your city, conference, social group or clubs about the consequences of mass immigration into America, please contact me.  My program:  “The Perfect Storm Descending Upon America” articulates the consequences of adding 100,000,000 (million) legal immigrants to America within the next 30 years.  It spells out what we face as to shortages in water, energy and resources. It spells out the sociological chaos created by mixing 196 (the number of countries exporting their citizens into our country) different cultures, languages, religions and worldviews from those 100 million immigrants. It illustrates our dilemma as environmental and quality of life consequences.

Additionally, if you would like me to speak on your local radio talk show, please give them my name, topic and contact information. Or give me theirs and I will contact them:  frostyw@juno.com ,  www.HowToLiveALifeOfAdventure.com Facebook: Frosty Wooldridge

Share these videos all over America:

In a five minute astoundingly simple yet brilliant video, “Immigration, Poverty, and Gum Balls”, Roy Beck, director of www.numbersusa.ORG, graphically illustrates the impact of overpopulation.  Take five minutes to see for yourself:

“Immigration by the numbers—off the chart” by Roy Beck

This 10 minute demonstration shows Americans the results of unending mass immigration on the quality of life and sustainability for future generations: in a few words, “Mind boggling!”  www.NumbersUSA.org

Take action by joining for free:

America: www.CapsWeb.org ;  www.NumbersUSA.org ;  www.Fairus.org ; www.CarryingCapacityNetwork.org

Canada:,   United Kingdom:, 
  Australia:,  Sustainable Population Australia

© 2017 Frosty Wooldridge – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Frosty: frostyw@juno.com

All warfare is based on deception. Hence, when we are able to attack, we must seem unable; when using our forces, we must appear inactive; when we are near, we must make the enemy believe we are far away; when far away, we must make him believe we are near. — Sun Tzu, The Art of War

“Never attempt to win by force what can be won by deception.” — Niccolò Machiavelli, The Prince

Hatred of the Peoples’ President

Oh, what tangled webs we weave, when first we practice to deceive.  This quote so perfectly fits the establishment globalists in our federal government, (both left and right) who are so angry that their status quo was disrupted by the Constitutional election of an outsider via grassroots Americans and the electoral college.

The hatred and vitriol from the left and many of the phony Republicans against our President has reached a crescendo.  They so want our President to fail, and even more so, they want to be rid of him, and to return to their status quo globalist agenda.

The bogus and insane Russian collusion investigation has boomeranged back into the laps of the corrupt Democrats, FBI, Mueller, Rosenstein, McCabe, Comey, Obama and his DOJ, and of course, the Clintons.

Thus, America’s attention needs diverting and guess who is doing just that…former FBI Director Robert Mueller who is deeply entangled in the Clinton sale of 20% of America’s uranium to Russia.  Mueller’s indictments, probably on Paul Manafort first, are being done not only as a diversion, but also to protect Hillary and Mueller’s Democrat buddies.

FBI Director Mueller and Uranium Deal

According to Steve Byas of the New American Magazine, “In 2009, then-Secretary of State Hillary Clinton directed FBI Director Mueller to deliver a sample of Highly Enriched Uranium (HEU) to Russia. The uranium had reportedly been stolen. It seems particularly odd, considering that the FBI is not under the supervision of the State Department, and that the FBI director would personally make the transfer.

Assange released the controversial cable on May 17, the same day that Deputy Attorney General Rod Rosenstein tapped Mueller as an “independent” counsel to investigate any supposed Trump-Russian ties.”

What exactly was Mueller’s role in the deal between Russia and Uranium One, the company that Hillary’s husband, Bill Clinton, supported at the same time she was secretary of state? And why in hell is he in charge of an investigation into a false narrative of collusion between our President and Russia?  He should immediately be fired, along with all the Clinton and Democrat partisan attorneys he hired to take down our innocent President.

Desired Impeachment of President Trump

We all know about wealthy leftist Tom Steyer giving 10 million for national TV campaign ads toward the impeachment of our President.  Link  Many in the establishment are impatient to get the outsider out of office.

Roger Stone, four-decade friend of our President believes the establishment has a battle plan to take down the President via the 4^th section of the 25^th Amendment which makes presidential disability a political question.

In this nine-minute video, Stone explains what he believes the left plans for our President.

Most of us involved in watching politics understand that Vice President Mike Pence would love to be President.  Previous articles have exposed Pence as another globalist establishment player. Would he vote against Trump?  Many believe he would.

This entire scenario is technically possible, but I believe highly unlikely.  Yet an indictment of Paul Manafort could lead to impeachment.  Why?  Because the Democrat globalists promote false narratives, they outright lie, and the media advances their fabrications to protect them.

However, that section of the amendment has never been used before, and it would be tougher to remove a president that way than through an impeachment, constitutional law scholars contend.

“Fat chance,” said Hugh Spitzer, who teaches constitutional law at the University of Washington Law School. “Removal is probably not going to happen.”  Link

Do I believe this will happen?  Not at all.  I believe our President and those loyal to him know this is a false narrative.  Forewarned is forearmed, especially with so many in the Trump administration being left of center.

Conclusion

 What we have here is the Democrat party and their allies, Mueller et. al., bent on a false narrative of which there is no proof.  The main stream media, has been content to push the Russian collusion narrative. Even worse, we have a congress, including many Republicans, passing sanctions against the Russians to punish them for things that they can’t even prove the Russians did.

The truth of the real Democrat Russian collusion is now obvious.  We have only seen the tip of the iceberg.  The illicit and treasonous activities of the Clintons, the Democrats and their Republican cohorts should be exposed to the nation and every one of them should be indicted and tried for selling out America.

© 2017 Kelleigh Nelson – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Kelleigh Nelson: Proverbs133@bellsouth.net

© 2017 Lloyd Marcus – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Lloyd Marcus: mr_lloydmarcus@hotmail.com

This last week brought forth new information about the Democrat Party that doesn’t really surprise anyone who has followed politics for any period of time but at the same time is surprises even the seasoned political pundit just how corrupt and deceiving that political party has become.

What was eye opening to me was the fact that the Democrat Party had rigged the primaries during the 2016 election for Hillary Clinton in such a blatant manner.  After Sanders’ sweeping win in New Hampshire, the DNC went into hyper drive to break his momentum, starting in the next voting state Nevada.

Concerned Sanders would win Nevada, Sen. Harry Reid, the former Senate Majority Leader and most powerful elected official in Nevada, as it later emerged, arranged a plan with owners of Las Vegas casinos, where many caucuses were being held, and other employers, to ensure Clinton would win. The Nevada caucuses were then rigged with massive voting irregularities such as casino owners orchestrating which workers would be allowed to vote and, in clear intimidation, openly monitoring how they voted.

Vote tampering also occurred in other states, most recently in Arizona where on election day, polling locations were sharply cut forcing many voters to stand in line for up to five hours in the heat, with some leaving before casting a vote.

Voter suppression laws, rampant now across the country, disproportionately disenfranchise students and young voters, a group that has voted for Sanders by margins of up to 80 percent. The laws, passed by right-wing legislatures and governors, also target African Americans and Latinos, which will ultimately harm any Democratic nominee in November.[1]

It wasn’t just voter intimidation and voter fraud the Democrats participated in but during the debates her campaign was given the debate questions in advance by the DNC chair and CNN contributor Donna Brazile: Another leaked email has emerged showing Democratic National Committee boss and former CNN contributor Donna Brazile sharing a debate question in advance with the Hillary Clinton campaign — despite Brazile’s persistent claims to the contrary.

CNN announced in a statement soon after the email became public Monday that Brazile had tendered her resignation and the network accepted it on Oct. 14, days after the controversy over Brazile tipping off the Clinton campaign initially broke.

According to documents released Monday by WikiLeaks, Brazile sent Clinton Communications Director Jennifer Palmieri an email titled, “One of the questions directed to HRC tomorrow is from a woman with a rash,” the night before the March 6 CNN primary debate in Flint, Mich. 

“Her family has lead poison and she will ask what, if anything, will Hillary do as president to help the ppl of Flint,” Brazile wrote.

The following night, Lee-Anne Walters, a mom whose twin boys stopped growing and whose daughter lost her hair during the Flint water contamination crisis, posed a question to both Clinton, the eventual Democratic presidential nominee, and her primary opponent Vermont Sen. Bernie Sanders.[2]  To top it off Brazile denied it at first and then when absolute proof was presented that she had done so, she stated that she wasn’t sorry: Donna Brazile is not apologizing for leaking CNN debate questions and topics to the Hillary Clinton campaign during the Democratic primary. Her only regret, it seems, is that she got caught.

“My conscience — as an activist, a strategist — is very clear,” the interim chair of the Democratic National Committee said Monday during a satellite radio interview with liberal activist and SiriusXM host Joe Madison. She added that “if I had to do it all over again, I would know a hell of a lot more about cybersecurity.”

In other words, Brazile would have made sure that her improper disclosures — which prompted CNN to drop her as an analyst — would not show up in hacked emails published by WikiLeaks. The lesson, apparently, is to pick up the phone or perhaps meet John Podesta in a dark alleyway.[3]  What she is telling us is she believes that it is perfectly fine to cheat so that your candidate wins.  This is only a drop in the bucket from the depths of deception from the Democrat Party.  I could write a book just on the 2016 election.

Even the Democratic Commissioner of the Board of Elections in New York admits that because no ID is required voters are bussed from precinct to precinct to vote multiple times: In the video, NYC Democratic Commissioner of the Board of Elections Alan Schulkin is caught on hidden camera at a United Federation of Teachers holiday party admitting that there is widespread voter fraud in New York City. “Yeah, they should ask for your ID. I think there is a lot of voter fraud,” said Schulkin, who elaborated on the types of voter fraud that are taking place in New York…“You know, I don’t think it’s too much to ask somebody to show some kind of an ID…Like I say, people don’t realize, certain neighborhoods in particular they bus people around to vote,” said Schulman.

“They” — presumably meaning political machines — “put [people] in a bus and go poll site to poll site” in “certain neighborhoods,” Schulkin says, before declining to say what sort of neighborhoods he’s talking about.  Is this Democratic elections official candidly reporting he knows to be true, or is he a secret part of the baseless right-wing voter suppression project? Whenever leftists object to any and all evidence of this problem in order to fight against wildly popular voter integrity measures, it’s always worth asking exactly how much fraud they’re willing to tolerate.[3]  This action is not just this year.  It has been going on for decades in the Democrat Party because in all too many cases they know it is the only way they can win because of the electoral college.  “It’s a very easy thing for Republicans to say, ‘Well, they’re bussing people in.’ Well, you know what? We’ve been bussing people in to deal with you f*****g a******s for 50 years and we’re not going to stop now.” So said Scott Foval, until recently the national field director for left-wing group Americans United for Change. The people he described so vulgarly are Republicans, and by “deal with” he was referring to committing vote fraud.

You know, that crime Democrats claim doesn’t exist.

Captured on video by a Project Veritas undercover reporter posing as a Democrat donor aiming to perpetrate a vote-fraud plot, Foval’s startling admissions come on the heels of an undercover video showing New York City’s Democrat election commissioner, Alan Schulkin, admitting that “there is a lot of voter fraud.”  But while Schulkin actually lamented that political operatives “bus people in,” Foval is one of the election thieves orchestrating the bussing — proudly

The Project Veritas video also features a co-conspirator, Robert Creamer, whom Breitbart describes as “a veteran Chicago activist and convicted felon who is thought to have planned Democrats’ political strategy during the push for Obamacare in 2009 and 2010. Creamer is also the co-founder of Democracy Partners, a consulting group that, according to Project Veritas videos, apparently contracts directly with the Hillary Clinton campaign and the DNC, and that works with an array of super PACs and consultants to organize, film and publicize their provocations.” In fact, Creamer is so deeply embedded in the Democrat machine that he has visited the Obama White House 342 times since 2009.[4]

The biggest disappointment in all of this is not the fraud and corruption so much as it is the fact that even when it is exposed it doesn’t seem to bother the voters in the Democrat Party.  They’ll vote for these candidates anyway without thinking about the fact that if they’ll deceive and cheat and lie to get elected why wouldn’t they do the same thing after they gt elected?  Are these people you really want in federal leadership or leadership of any kind for that matter?

Noah Webster gave us good advice concerning the people we put into places of authority: “Let principle be your guide. Regard not the particular sect or denomination of the candidate — look to his character.”  It seems that the people in the Democrat Party do not care about the character of the people they elect, and the results have been devastating for America.  Will we learn from these mistakes or just continue to go down the path of anarchy?

© 2017 Roger Anghis – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Roger Anghis: roger@buildingthetruth.org

FootNotes:

1. 10 ways the_democratic_primary_has_been_rigged_from_the_start
2. New email shows DNC boss giving clinton camp debate question in advance
3. NYC election commissioner “I think there’s a lot of voter fraud
4. Democrat operative admits we’ve been rigging elections for 50 years

One of the few sheriffs in America who believe in standing up to defend our Southern boarder is Sheriff Joe Arpaio. I had the privilege of meeting him several years ago when he was honored by the Constitutional Sheriffs and Peace Officers Association. But since that time, he was savagely attacked by the Obama crime syndicate. In his county he instructed his deputies, when they pulled someone over for a traffic violation, to ascertain if they were in our country illegally.

In other words, he instructed them to follow the law: the immigration laws of the United States. For upholding his oath of office, the crime syndicate went after him with a vengeance. Ultimately an Obama-appointed judge commanded him to essentially disobey his oath of office and turn a blind eye to illegals in his county.

Now we need to ask, what is the rule of law in our land? Is it the edict handed down by some lawyer in a black robe? Are we under the rule of men? Or are we under the rule of law? Our Founders designed a form of government where no one was above the law, including judges. Well, that same Obama-appointed judge then slapped a contempt of court against Sheriff Arpaio for which there would be time spent in jail, probably six months or more. Contempt of Court for obeying his oath of office to obey the U.S. Constitution. That judge should have been impeached. November 2016 came and changed the lay of the land. And on August 25th of 2017, President Trump pardoned Sheriff Joe Arpaio. But this past Thursday,

“A federal judge … shot down former sheriff Joe Arpaio’s bid to sweep his … record clean… He had been found guilty of criminal contempt of a federal court order after a five-day bench trial earlier this year… After the pardon, the 85-year-old Arpaio petitioned the court to clear his record and prevent the ruling from being used in future litigation.

The case raised the novel question of how far a presidential pardon actually reaches.

In her ruling, U.S. District Judge Susan R. Bolton said the pardon only freed Arpaio from possible punishment.

“The power to pardon is an executive prerogative of mercy, not of judicial recordkeeping,’ Bolton wrote in the decision. ‘To vacate all rulings in this case would run afoul of this important distinction. The Court found Defendant guilty of criminal contempt.’” ^{www.thewashingtonpost.com}

The judge believes that a pardon doesn’t actually forgive the person accused. Contrast that Obama appointee with how God deals with our sins.

What does Justice look like? Should punishment be meted out only for purposes of deterring other criminals? Is there any value in retribution or restitution?

Learn more about your Constitution with Pastor David Whitney and the “Institute on the Constitution” and receive your free gift.

© 2017 David Whitney – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail David Whitney: dwhitney@iotconline.com

We are living in an unprecedented time in American political history. The term, “sea change” is not enough to describe what we are witnessing. A “non-violent political revolution of the middle class against the ruling order” may be a better phrase.

Whatever you call it, it is true realignment leading to an electoral shift of voting patterns within the conservative movement. There is also, because of Trump, a change within the socialist movement, especially with the Democratic Party going further to extremes in its political positions. The combination of extremism and weaponized rhetoric from the deep state-controlled media has driven Democratic Party followers to unforeseen violent responses.

On the other side, there has been a tremendous awakening that has led to a maturing of the conservative movement in the past few years – once a sizeable conservative voting bloc finally realized that the Republican establishment had compromised them and their country.

Over the last decade, the conservative resistance movement and Trump together have uncovered and outed the Republican Party. Its former loyal voters during the previous five decades have now have been awakened – like the abused wife who has left her unfaithful husband – and is looking for a new life and a new man who will love her and protect her interests.

It is a story of the faithful woman who ran out of love for her cheating man. The Republican Party has been exposed by Trump for cheating on America and the middle class. The unfaithful Republican establishment is consistently facing a steady diet of vitriol and hatred from their once loyal base. The breach is so severe that the typical conservative voter despises Mitch McConnell, Paul Ryan, and John McCain more than Schumer, and Pelosi.

Roger Stone says that we have in the “Swamp” a “two-party duopoly”: false polemics by day, cocktails, dinner, and laughter by night. Mr. Bannon also refers to the Swamp as a “profitable business model” protecting the status quo.

For decades the conservative voters’ anger over the Republican establishment has been suppressed by people who felt they had nowhere else to go with their votes and money. Now Steve Bannon has given them leadership and viable political options. He is the conservative base’s divorce attorney, who will get the spurned woman out of a failed marriage by leading her into the arms of her new man.

THE MOVEMENT’S NEW LEADER

In the early days of the American republic the nation was overwhelmingly Christian and conservative. Due to the loss of its faith and vigilance, the American republic has over time allowed an alien worldview to wreak havoc in all the critical institutions of government and life. A new conservative movement appeared on America’s political scene in the in an attempt to save the country.

It started with Father Coughlin’s radio attacks on FDR’s New Deal and the central bankers. This led to the America First movement of Lindbergh, then Goldwater. Then Nixon’s Southern Strategy, followed by Reagan’s conservative rhetoric, then by Buchanan and Perot. Perhaps this was a necessary progression to lay the foundation for the movement’s new advance with its new leader and spokesman, Donald Trump.

On June 16, 2015, with Trump’s announced run for the presidency, the real estate mogul became the new leader of the conservative movement. He changed the narrative from left vs. right and conservative vs. liberal to America First vs. globalism. The movement overnight altered the polemic from ideology to nationalism and from policy to national sovereignty.

If Trump is the movement’s chief spokesman, then Steve Bannon is his general and top strategist. Both men are made with the same alpha male aggressive stock – the kind of men a movement like ours so needs. They are modern men of exemplary courage – fearless and passionate in their love for the welfare of the people they represent.

In any political endeavor, success can only be achieved with courageous leadership. This is what the conservative movement has in Steve Bannon whose political genius also makes him a formidable leader. He has the courage not just to stand his ground, but to take the offensive and attack. He is able to give direction and encouragement, and to invent political rallying cries that mobilize others to fight.  An earlier battle cry was, “we are working to deconstruct  the administrative state.” His latest rallying cry is, “the elites have committed economic hate crimes on the working men and women of America.” This has proved to be the military standard held up for the troops in Bannon’s battle against the Republican elites.

Steve Bannon, who, before 2015, was politically unknown, has come on the scene to give able leadership to the conservative movement in its next step in the battle for America. That next step is to root the establishment tares out of the Republican field.

BANNON’S WAR

 Steve Bannon’s declaration of war against the ruling establishment is first a battle against Mitch McConnell and his National Senatorial Committee, which has for years funded and supported Republican campaigns of establishment men. Bannon has declared war on all the remaining establishment Republican Senate candidates who are up for re-election in 2018 with the exception Ted Cruz. Bannon and the Great America  PAC have been busy recruiting American nationalist candidates committed to the Trump agenda to unseat McConnell’s establishment choices.

Bannon’s plan is two-fold: Recruit American nationalists who will be faithful to Trump’s agenda to run against Republican establishment candidates, and to lay siege to McConnell’s supply lines of campaign funding tying the pariah Mitch McConnell to opposition candidates in the 2018 Senate primaries.

In Bannon’s Sept, 25, 2017, interview with Sean Hannity, Bannon declared: “The elites hold me in contempt. They think I’m a bad guy. They think I’m a dangerous guy. I wear their contempt as a badge of honor. They have helped destroy this country. They have done nothing but allow economic hate crimes against working men and women in the heartland of this country.”

Bannon’s war strategy is one of EXPOSE-DIVIDE-REPLACE. Naïve conservative leaders seek Republican unity, but Bannon knows unity can only come when victory is achieved: when the Republican Party has been transformed as the people’s party and when true America First Republican nationalists dominate the halls of Congress. Till then, the conservative movement’s new general continues with his “expose, divide, and replace” game plan. Central to Republican unity is American interests, not the Party’s agenda.

Yoram Hozony, in an October 15, 2017, Wall Street Journal opinion piece titled, “Is Classical Liberalism Conservative?” articulated the current change in conservatism and shift in Republican politics:

“But the conservative unity that Never Trumpers seek won’t be coming back, even if the president leaves office prematurely. An apparently unbridgeable ideological chasm is opening between two camps that were once closely allied. Mr. Trump’s rise is the effect, not the cause, of this rift.”

ECONOMIC HATE CRIMES

Bannon often cries out about “economic hate crimes” committed by the establishment’s political class against the hard working American men and women. It is a genius phrase that profoundly resonates with much of the middle class who have seen their politicians more interested in serving the moneyed class of Wall Street and the multinationals than them.

The middle class may shuffle along with life in resigned acceptance of their decreasing financial circumstances, but deep down they know something is wrong at the top. They sense that the elites have rigged the whole system and that the politicians have not protected the voters’ interests. They still remember the massive loss of wealth in the Wall Street orchestrated mortgage scandal a decade ago, and how the federal government funded and secured the financial class, while hanging them, the hard-working citizens and voters, out to dry.

Bannon is raising the standard of resistance for this silent majority of Americans.

His resistance movement is nothing new in history. Wealthy men from antiquity to the modern age have schemed to secure government control for their own advantage and wealth creation at the expense of the people. Each time, the people eventually come to the end of their willingness to tolerate such abuse, and they begin to resist. We are at the “resistance” stage of this process in America.

MONEY CAN’T BUY ME VOTES

Money used to be the critical asset in securing votes in federal elections. During this resistance stage of American political life, what once worked is no longer a guarantee of success. The massive amount of campaign funds spent on losing candidates and recent federal elections is unprecedented phenomenon in our modern political world. Here are three obvious examples:

JEB BUSH: Jeb spent $14 million in the South Carolina primary and received 8% of the Republican vote. Donald Trump spent 1.8 million and received 32.5% of the Republican vote. Jeb Bush also spent over $150 million in his primary run but only received four delegates. That’s $37.5 million per delegate.

HILLARY CLINTON: Hillary spent $1,191 million in the general election compared to Donald Trump’s $647 million. She out-spent Trump nearly 2 to 1 but was handily defeated.

LUTHER STRANGE: Big Luther, the Republican establishment darling, in the recent Alabama special election runoff was given $31 million by the McConnell Senate Committee and other PAC’s. The populist candidate Judge Roy Moore spent about $1.5 million. Moore won by a whopping 10 points, and his victory caused the announced retirement of Tennessee establishment Republican senator Bob Corker, and sent shock waves through the Republican political establishment.

What was once the mother’s milk of election victories’, campaign money, may now become a liability, especially if it is tied to Mitch McConnell.  Also, of great concern to the GOP hierarchy is the fact that McConnell’s corporate money may be dying out because typical Republican donors don’t like spending money on losers.

“We’re building a grassroots army,” Bannon said. “It’s going to be their money versus your muscle.”

CONCLUSION

After the excitement of Trump’s historic election victory, the Trump faithful became very concerned with the immediate efforts to destroy him and his presidency. They were far more troubled at the Republican establishment’s commitment not to stop until Trump was destroyed and run out of Washington than they were with any threat from the Democrats.

Bannon referenced those very same Republican elites at a recent rally for Kelli Ward in Arizona. Bannon said the “populist revolt is an incredibly powerful movement” of “working-class and middle-class people” who are fed up with the “permanent political class and the globalist set of elites that want to rule over you from an imperial city like a new aristocracy.”

Explaining his departure from the White House, Bannon replied: “It’s not gonna be over if we fight and help President Trump. He needs help. It’s the reason I left. I told him I was going to go after the establishment, go after the establishment first and the Democrats later.” Bannon may not even have to go after the Democrats who are already headlong in a political death spiral.

The conservative movement needs to take the next step in its path to political maturity. That step is for its people to join forces with General Bannon and to help rout the establishment out of the Republican Party. This 2018 election cycle is critical to the movement’s goal to take back control of its government.

Everyone living in these crucial Republican primary states needs to help raise an army of supporters for these new pro-Trump primary candidates as they emerge. If you are not living in one of these states, then send money to these populist candidates and support the great American PAC. We are not going to be successful with the American-First agenda until these establishment Republicans are defeated and replaced.

General Bannon already has three establishment scalps: Strange, Corker, and Flake. More to come!

© 2017 Tom Ertl – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Tom Ertl: tomertl@comcast.net

Part One –  ‘The How’

Once one arrives at the conclusion that conspiracies exist and are indeed true, at least to an extent, a whole new realm of thought opens.  As one reader asked me some time ago, “how far down the rabbit hole have you gone?”  It is indeed a rabbit hole.  Conspiracy investigators never run out of leads to follow.  One investigation and study leads to another.  Before long, you are able to pick up patterns and connect players, even across decades.  The difficulty lies in application.  What do you do with the conclusions you have obtained by the evidence you have scrutinized?

Some people never make it past their normalcy bias.  They just can’t get through their heads and into their understanding that things as they appear are not necessarily the way they are. In fact, they rarely are.  This is the Matrix syndrome.  When first looking at evidence of conspiracy or deceit, the red and blue pill are put before you.  Take the blue pill and you get to forget everything you just read, saw or heard and go back to your normal, calculated life.  Take the red pill, and well, nothing is the same again.  I can’t emphasize this enough.  Nothing is the same again.  It’s unpredictable, unnerving, and unstable.  Not a lot of people have the capacity to operate here day in and day out.

It’s like this in the western church, too.  When you begin to look past the narrative, the traditions and teachings of the western church, and actually search out the Scriptures yourself, you begin to see glaring contradictions between what is being promoted in the institution and what you are learning.  Once in a church we were attending, the pastor spoke in his sermon of unpleasant events in life and he said, “God is not the author of calamity.”  He then proceeded to preach about bad things being from the devil and God only gives good things.  I leaned over to my husband and said, “What do you do with Isaiah 45:7 then?”  (“I [God] form light and create darkness, cause well-being and create calamity.  I am the Lord who does all these.”)  The premise of his entire sermon was faulty, which creates a shaky foundation to build on, one that will eventually fail.  My husband encouraged me to address it with the pastor and I said no thanks.  (This is how I get blackballed by church authorities every time.)  So he did.  And he did it in humility and in love and in a personal, private conversation.  When my husband brought up the actual scripture reference the pastor actually said, “Are you correcting me?”  — and a few other words.  The pastor then made it clear that he was not to be corrected by laity, that he was above reproof.  (And this is a mild example of what I’m talking about in the western church.)   We are then forced to choose whether we’re going to go along with the status quo and traditional teachings and thoughts of the time (whether it be in our faith or in our nation), or if we’re going to follow what we’re learning is truth.

No this whole truth seeking thing will make your life uncomfortable, and at times isolated.  Whether you’re searching for truths in your belief system, your faith, current events, whatever, there will be seasons you will be standing alone.  And it will be lonely.  The only reason legitimate counter-stories have been dubbed “conspiracy theories” is because of the deception the conspirators are operating under.  If they were being forthright about their activities they would be arrested.  So they have to be deceptive because they have a deception to pull off.  Why do you think Benghazi, the fast and furious gun running operation, the deleted emails, etc. all seem to disappear with no major convictions?  Who’s protecting these people?  How is justice not served in the highest ranks of our government?  How is Hillary Clinton not in jail?  If the 9/11 conspiracy is true, do you really think GW Bush and Dick Cheney are going to admit they conspired with others to destroy the WTC to start a war and to hogtie the Constitution?  Wouldn’t that impede the agenda of world dominion (through controlling the resources in the Middle East) and American castration?  No, these are not honest people we are dealing with.

Somewhere between the pursuit of truth and the dawning realization of it, a wrestling match occurs in your inner man.  What do you do with it?  What does it mean in the scope of the big picture?  How am I supposed to live now?  There are plenty of dead bodies to indict the conspirators – journalists, whistle blowers, friends, honest researchers, bean counters, conscientious citizens, you name it.  There’s a wake of dead bodies behind and in every conspiracy.  This has to cross the mind of nearly everyone who has researched thoroughly.  The penalty for exposure can be fatal.    And yet it doesn’t seem right to do nothing…

If you don’t know where to start, start here:

First, look at the evidence as thoroughly as possible. Evaluate it honestly.  Try to get multiple viewpoints to the evidence, and try to corroborate as much as you can.  Learn to identify the hype and move past it.  Take as much emotion out of it as possible, in fact, take all the emotion out of it.  Some “conspiracies” are promoted by highly charged emotional people who see something in everything.  This is not helpful.  Keep your objective in front of you all the time:  truth.  You only want the truth.  You don’t care if you like it, hate it, agree or disagree with it, those things do not matter.  Only the truth matters.

Know that it’s a shell game.  If there’s truth in a conspiracy, and if the conspirators are high stakes (think CIA, government agents, Hollywood or DC elites, people with seemingly endless resources), they will counter-inject conspiracy websites and “informants” to misinform.  These people are called disinformants or “gatekeepers”.  They will present their evidence and a certain percentage of it will be true, and then they will weave in lies and carefully constructed alternative plot twists or deliberate false evidence.  The purpose is to discredit the truth.  If I told you a story about what happened last weekend at a party, but I put in a couple fictitious details and/or players, when you found out later that those were lies, you would most likely discount the whole story, and you would make a mental note to not believe me carte blanche again.  This is how “conspiracy theories” get shrugged or laughed off a lot of the time.  The conspiracy may in fact be true, but some of the “evidence” depicted is faulty so the whole conspiracy is discounted.

Beware of red herrings.  A red herring is a misleading clue, something that’s introduced or allowed to be known, but its purpose is to divert attention from the real evidence or people involved.  Many conspiracies employ individuals for this that are shills, or they entrap people as a patsy.  Know the difference.  One is used purposefully and willingly (shill), and the other is framed (patsy).  Regardless, the concept is a fall guy for the deed so the real perpetrators go unnoticed.  For instance, Stephen Paddock was either a shill or a patsy, but he clearly wasn’t the killer.  (Again, look at the evidence, not at the emotions.)  The broken out windows and the “crime scene” was a red herring.  You have to learn to look at the evidence and disregard the narrative.  Notice how Jesus Campos’ role in Vegas kept changing, along with his whereabouts.  Notice Stephen Paddock’s brother has now been arrested.  Pay attention and ask good questions.  Pornography and drugs can easily be planted; false evidence can be provided without too much trouble if you run the corrupt investigation.  This is an easy way to get people who are hindering the narrative out of the way.  Pay attention.

Watch how people react emotionally instead of logically.  People want to believe the official story; they want to trust the authorities, so they easily believe what is full of contradictions.  Where is the body of Stephen Paddock?  Who identified it?  How do we know he was the body in the room?  Why do the “leaked” photos from the crime scene show a man that’s supposed to be Paddock, but is without Paddock’s tattoo on his neck?  If you’re emotionally invested, if you need to believe a story so you have something to direct your anger or grief at, you’ll miss these inconsistencies.  You will want to believe what appeases your emotions.  You have to leave emotion out of it.

[Which reminds me, don’t believe the official story if it comes from the media and government authorities first.  Just don’t.  After you look at the evidence of a few key conspiracies, you’ll understand why that should be rule number one.]

Also, look at the people they move out of the way.  That’s usually a smoking gun.  The Clintons seriously have a wake of body bags behind them.  One or two may be coincidental, but last time I checked the count was around 200.  That’s not a coincidence.  Now look at the people that are dead.  What was their connection and who were they connected to?  What knowledge did they have that was a threat?  How did they die?  How many of their deaths were ruled “suicide”?  The nutrition doctors and natural healing community have this plague as well.  Literally hundreds of people have died untimely and mysterious deaths when they released information against BigPharma, vaccines, or real truth about cancer and how it is healed.

Next, educate.  Kindred hearts and minds are drawn to each other.  Find other truth seekers.  Start there, exchange notes and build resources.  Start with people you know and love.  Some will receive, others won’t.  Don’t spend a lot of time on any one person unless that person is serious, NOT curious.  Learn to know the difference.  Don’t throw out critical thinking adversaries just because they don’t agree or see it yet.  If they’re critical and truth-seeking, they will get there.  The truth has a funny way of rising to the top.  Just keep feeding information or resources and let them search it out.  This is just like sharing the gospel:  some will, some won’t, some will later, some will receive it now but forsake it later.  Some have ears to hear but most don’t.  Just do your part and try not to inflame anyone in the process.

Never tell everything you know.  It does no one any good to have information spoon fed to them.  Give people enough to realize there’s another story, and let them be responsible for their own knowledge.  Convictions that come from persuasion are weak and lost under pressure.  Let people seek truth and build their own convictions.

Remember it’s a process.  Most of us were raised in the system and have a normalcy bias and cognitive dissonance issues.  Sometimes it takes consistent, repetitive revelations before thinking changes, other times it can be instant like a light bulb going on.  For me it was investigating 9/11.  I investigated it as a believer in the official story, out to correct all these false accusations.  At some point I couldn’t disregard the evidence without being dishonest.  Did I want to believe it?  No.  I was a staunch patriot with all too blind eyes, but I reasoned they were loyal eyes.  Unfortunately, loyalty to an incorrect belief is treason to truth.  They can’t both be right.  So allow the process to work in you and others.  If the objective is truth, and if it’s an honest pursuit of the truth, leaving biases and personal desires aside, the truth can be found.

When you find resources that you trust, keep this in mind:  We’re all wrong sometimes.  There are a few go-to people (researchers, informants, etc.) I’ve leaned on in the past that have had wrong information.  That doesn’t mean they can’t still be trusted.  Learn how to discern from human mistakes and deliberate deception.  You don’t have to throw out somebody’s work just because they’re wrong on a couple issues.  But do stay away from ones you can identify as gatekeepers or disinformants.  Emotional researchers have trouble discerning gatekeepers from genuine resources.  Research logically (not emotionally) and pray for discernment.

There’s a guy that really blew the whistle on some key government conspiracies back in the 70s.  The more I read of his work, the more fantastical it got.  I stopped reading him for awhile because I felt he had gotten off track, and I prayed about it.  I am quite certain the Lord showed me that he started off right, but some of his informants were feeding him wrong information so as to make him look like a nut and discredit him.  I felt I could still trust his research, as long as I could confirm it with other sources.  I just need to use a lot of discernment with his work.

There was another man, a self-professed “Christian” who still does talk shows and has a website.  He has a decent sized following and sounds right, but my gut told me to check him.  I made sure to confirm as much as I could that he presented, and I found that a huge percentage of his information was unverifiable.  He opined alongside his assertions, and one of his opinions was woefully short-sighted.  I penned him a kind email questioning him on this and explaining a different viewpoint, to which he replied a scathing rebuke to me and made all sorts of vile accusations about me.  He did not know me; we had never exchanged before.  This was telling; this was the man’s fruit.  There was nothing of the Spirit of God in his reply.  All credibility was lost.  So yes, do test the spirits, especially in a professed believer.

Sit on what you learn.  Don’t jump to conclusions too quickly.  Turn the matter over in your mind, bounce it off people you can trust who have good judgment.  Pray about it, and ask the Lord for His eyes and His heart.  He has been very good to direct my paths in research and to lead me to confirmations or warn me of deceptions or traps.  Give the investigation time to process and develop before you arrive at conclusions.  Sometimes new information changes everything; sometimes it confirms; sometimes it challenges.  Be willing to be wrong, and be quick to correct your mistakes.  If you haven’t confirmed something, don’t present it as fact.

Finally, remember truth is the objective.  The rest is just details.  Make sure you don’t get emotionally invested and lose your objectivity.  Seek truth.  Seek truth.  Seek truth.  Then be bold when you get it.

Proverbs 28:5 [NASU]

Evil men do not understand justice, But those who seek the Lord understand all things.

© 2017 Ms. Smallback – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail M. Smallback: M.Smallback@cox.net

It is not just the “main stream” stories that are fake, but the big ballyhoo to bring people in is the booming news headlines to draw in the “marks: (carnival term for suckers)  so they can be propagandized. “Step Right Up Folks.” Many read only the headlines to draw their conclusions.

Now class, scrutinize that headline which intentionally gives the impression that EVERY U.S. Voter agrees with this, which they do not. An overwhelming number of U.S. Citizens support President Trump. It is the Demoncrat (oops-typo) Communists who are trying to pull off this falsehood.

E-Mail Austin Miles: chaplainmiles@aol.com

I speak of “better angels” to guide you to find what is in your heart that challenges your conscience to do what’s right.

Our children and our country are at risk. I was torn by Abraham Lincoln’s words as I read his Inaugural Address, March 4, 1861, as civil war was drawing near.

President Lincoln stated,  “We are not enemies, but friends. We must not be enemies. Though passion may have strained it must not break our bonds of affection. The mystic chords of memory, stretching from every battlefield and patriot grave to every living heart and hearthstone all over this broad land, will yet swell the chorus of the Union, when again touched, as surely they will be, by the better angels of our nature.” (Emp.added.)

If parents could only see and feel a different kind of war encroaching upon their children; perhaps they would act. I am hoping your “better angel” will be touched by this request to save our children.

Our national campaign, Child Abuse in the Classroom: A Legal Challenge to ESSA, is asking all of our friends for their help. We must contact President Trump. Our campaign is growing in numbers and advisors as we continue to blast the education system that has gone awry. Please register to receive more information as we plot a trajectory to change the system. If you haven’t joined, Join Now.

Our plan is to Repeal ESSA, and Restore FERPA.

Parents have been locked out of the federal education system when Congress passed legislation that has taken away local control of our schools, controls how our teachers teach, and requires that our children become guinea pigs in experimental research. We have formed an Action Plan that targets precisely what we can do to stop the abuse.

Recently a group called USPIE released a plan endorsing Rep. Massie’s (R-KY) bill HR 899. The USPIE plan also incorporated parts of our action plan. However, USPIE relayed an entirely different message…dismantle the US Department of Education. That message is NOT focused on the urgent call to save our children now. Many people have jumped on the bandwagon to abolish the US DOE because it sounds good. Because ESSA legislation passed Congress, Every Student Succeeds Act is the power behind the revolting psychological techniques and interventions codified in law. Abolishing the US DOE will have no meaning or correct the situation that we find in our classrooms today.

An extreme amount of effort will go into this drawn-out plan of dismantling the DOE giving parents hope but using-up their energies thinking that Common Core will be abolished and the bad, bad DOE will be put in its grave. All is right with the world. Wrong! Congress passed the ESSA legislation which must be changed by Congress.

There is absolutely no hope to extinguish the wrongs perpetrated on our children because Congress passed legislation that solidified a government plan to control education, your school, your teachers, and your children. Everyday, everyday our children are harmed by ESSA and the harm to our children will continue because of Congress. They should be our target to make change happen. They are our elected officials. The DOE are faceless mannequins that hammer out the regulations however the LAW is written.

Please let me refresh your memory of an article that I had written in March, 2017, to rebuff the Rep. Massie (R-KY) bill, HR 899, prior to USPIE latching onto to his bill that plays into the hands of streamlining education into Health and Human Services or the Department of Labor.  Do not fall for this plan. Please read,

“The Education Boomerang Theory.” (Source:)

I suspect that HR 1510 or HR 610 is the legislation waiting in the wings that will be used to totally destroy education as we know it by shifting program management to HHS, the Department of Labor, and/or establishing federal vouchers that have ESSA fingers all over it. We have already seen great strides by states to contract with outside providers to implement social, emotional, and behavioral/mental health using Medicaid and case management for all families. This mental health agenda requires all American children to have the slate wiped clean to prepare for global communion. This agenda is playing out in every classroom of America as I write this article.

Dismantling the DOE will not stop the ESSA psychological interventions that were codified into law. The invasion of privacy and behavioral intervention techniques are coded and logged into a national massive data warehouse called the Common Core of Data. Social, emotional, and behavioral data on your child’s personality is being collected. Strict behavioral techniques monitor your child in the classroom, in the cafeteria, on the playground, with screening of normal children for behavioral disorders. CHILD FIND means flagged data and continual punishments that recycle your kid through a series of interventions creating artificial stress and depression. Over time, these conditioning techniques take their toll. What is the future of your child when that child turns into an adult who would have a “mental health disability” coded on their permanent record? Many undesirable issues come to mind including the right of the 2nd Amendment, pursuing a career, or licensing criteria.

The Family Education Rights in Privacy Act, FERPA, must be restored to stop the data-mining of our children. Abolishing the US DOE will not touch the data-mining and the written agreements of third party contractors or providers who have access to our kids and the personally identifiable information, PII, which includes the collected behavioral data. The Obama Executive Order 12866 weakened FERPA while exponentially expanding the state longitudinal data systems. This PII is re-disclosed without your informed written consent. The IES, an official clone of the National Center for Education Statistics, collects psychometric dossiers on our kids that can lead to oppression and decisions that cannot be corrected in the future. It has been noted that these psychological dossiers will become the US Census.

I am appealing to the “better angel” of each and everyone who is touched by this letter to go the President’s website now. Our request is simple and straightforward. We are requesting a meeting with President Trump.  Please help in this endeavor.  

Go to this website: https://www.whitehouse.gov/contact

Click on: Message Type

Enter: Contact the President.

Fill in Your information.

Go to the box that says: What would you like to say:

Please Copy and Paste this Message to President Trump as structured below. There is limited allowable space and we have formatted this to fit the requirements:

If we could meet with you, Mr. President, our story explains the mystery of how our highly funded American system of education has failed its children.

Our national campaign to Repeal ESSA and Restore FERPA identifies why our children are being dumbed down and used as a commodity in today’s high tech industry. There are no protections in the classroom. Parents need your help.

Our documentation exposes how regulations changed FERPA, under a former Obama EO, exposing our children’s Personally Identifiable Information, PII, to 3rd party contractors, jeopardizing their privacy opening a Pandora’s box of abuse. The ESSA law codified techniques and interventions that are vastly beyond the scope of education and put American children in danger.

Key issues are listed:

Data Tracking  and Data Trafficking – collecting and sharing Personally Identifiable Information

Treatment, interventions, psychological abuse – Mandates personal data collected on attitudes, values, beliefs and dispositions

Privacy violations

Violations of the Protection of Pupil Rights Amendment (PPRA) – Violations under Title I school wide through the use of psychiatric, psychological examination, assessments, evaluation, or testing

Civil Rights violations – Interventions, treatment, and re-education of attitudes, values, and dispositions are profound violations of the 1st and 4th Amendments

Public law 103-33, General Education Provisions Act, Sec. 438 – Federal government is supervising and directing curriculum creating a “model national curriculum” and a national test.

Malpractice and Maltreatment of Children and Babies by Teachers and Preschool Caregivers – Teachers/preschool caregivers, (exceeding their professional certification), are required to screen, evaluate, perform anecdotal behavioral assessments, conditioning, and implement psychological remediation of the child’s attitudes, values, beliefs and dispositions.

We would like the opportunity to discuss these issues with you. Others supporting ESSA are using our children as a commodity. They have a financial interest.

Our motive is simple, please protect our children. The future of education in America will depend on your insistence that education means what it should. Parents feel betrayed and have no recourse to address these issues.  We appeal to the “better angels of our nature” that this wrong will become right. Please contact our national leadership.

Click on SUBMIT. You are done.

I am appealing to parents and citizens to try and help correct massive problems in the education system. Our children are in danger. Please email, tweet, and post this message to all of your friends and contacts. We CAN make a difference.

Anita Hoge

© 2017 Anita Hoge – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Anita Hoge: hogieshack@comcast.net

By NWV Senior Political News Writer, Jim Kouri

A high-powered law firm representing Hillary Clinton’s presidential campaign and the Democratic National Committee (DNC) helped financially in creating controversial documents that conservative politicians and law enforcement sources eventually called a fraudulent “dirty dossier” on then-candidate Donald Trump, according to a Conservative Base law enforcement source, former police commander Wallace “Wally” Danzinger.

According to reporters from a number of news outlets, the Clinton campaign and the DNC helped pay for what would become the “dirty dossier” that contained unverified and salacious allegations about Trump.

U.S. Rep. Trey Gowdy, R- South Carolina, believes the Democrats in both houses of Congress — as well as those enmeshed in Deep State politics and activities — are frightened that the Federal Bureau of Investigation utilized the suspicious Russian “Dirty Dossier” in justifying its investigation of relations between Russia and the Trump campaign.

Gowdy, 53,  a former criminal prosecutor, also believes that the so-called Mueller Special Counsel is an investigative unit in search of a crime to investigate. “I’ve not seen or heard one piece of evidence to justify this exercise in political skullduggery. Biased investigators with connections to top Democrats, a leader whose friend was fired by the target of their pseudo-probe and a news media that acts like they are the Democratic Party’s public affairs team,” said former prosecutor and police officer Felicia Colon-Bennett.

“I don’t know why anyone — including California Democrat Rep.Adam Schiff, Vanity Fair magazine, to [MSNBC’s] Rachel Maddow — would not be curious whether or not the world’s premier law enforcement agency relied upon a dossier in connection with an investigation without vetting it,” Gowdy told The Daily Caller.

“For the life of me I don’t understand why they are focused on this,” Gowdy, who is a member of the House Intelligence Committee, said of the Democratic resistance, “unless they are fearful that the bureau did rely on a piece of fiction.”

Gowdy is one of the few Republicans to use the term “Democratic resistance” or “Deep State” to describe the “Get Trump” movement. “I’ll get straight to it — I’ve ticked off Nancy Pelosi & her buddy in Congress — Adam Schiff, and the Democrats are targeting me for defeat,” the former law enforcement official said in a press statement.

“Because I have been speaking the truth in Congress this past month (and always), Nancy Pelosi and Adam Schiff are lining up the Democrat machine to take me down next election,” Gowdy warned.

DIRTY DOSSIER

It’s not possible to discuss the genesis of the Dirty Dossier without mentioning a Republican senator who possesses a history of betraying members of his own political  party including his fellow lawmakers.

Earlier this year, Senator John ‘Deep State’ McCain (R-Arizona) — who makes no secret of his hatred for President Trump — dispatched one of his minions to the United Kingdom to obtain what’s known as the Dirty Dossier from an ex-spy after a former British diplomat told McCain about blackmail tapes.

Sen. John McCain said he did “what any citizen would do” when he turned over to the FBI a so-called dirty dossier, that allegedly contained unconfirmed secrets about president-elect Donald Trump. The Arizona Senior Senator has gained a reputation as a “reasonable conservative” but his critics say he is “neither reasonable nor is he a conservative.”

“If you look up the political term RINO in a dictionary it should carry a picture of McCain with the definition ‘Republican In Name Only,’” said police adviser for the National Law Enforcement Legal Defense Society, Charles Coultner. “The media calls him a Maverick. I call him a RINO,” he added.

A former intelligence officer told the Conservative Base that the left-leaning British newspaper, The Guardian, described how the dossier came to be and how McCain got his hands on the super-secret documents.

“I first heard about this mysterious dossier when I was checking out an Inside the Beltway private detective and security firm. The firm allegedly tapped Trump‘s campaign staff and his allies hoping to find negative ammunition against the true Republican Maverick, Donald Trump,” said former military intelligence operative and New York police detective Michael Snopes.

“I know… I know… Senator John McCain is the guy the Democrats love to use to slam the GOP because most of the time he has cooperated with the Democrats, especially now,” said Iris Aquino, a former police official and now a director of security for a major corporation.

Shortly after the election — that left Donald Trump the winner and Hillary Clinton the loser –John McCain  attended a Canadian conference and spoke with a ‘former senior western diplomat’ who knew of the dossier’s existence, claims the United Kingdom’s Daily Mail..

Sir Andrew Wood described to reporters his dealings with McCain: “I would like to stress that I did not pass on any dossier to Senator McCain or anyone else and I did not see a dossier at the time.” However, it’s what Wood did not say that was interesting: He didn’t deny telling McCain about the dirty dossier.

On Tuesday, the Wall Street Journal exposed the ex-spy who actually obtained the documents as being British subject, Christopher Steele of MI-6.

Steele’s spy agency discovered a Democratic Party insider who wanted dirt on the now Republican nominee instead.

The unnamed contractor was later identified by the Wall Street Journal as being Christopher Steele. He and another ex-British diplomat, Christopher Burrows, run their own company, Orbis Business Intelligence.

© 2017 NWV – All Rights Reserved

Contact Jim Kouri – E-Mail: COPmagazine@aol.com

When one looks at the United States of America, unless one scratches below the left leaning surface, it might seem the end  is near for this republic turned mob rule democracy.  The incurably ignorant masses are brainwashed beyond belief concerning everything from child rearing, protecting our own borders, religious freedom, freedom of speech and economics, just to name a few obvious points of interests.

The Clintons, the FBI, the Democrat party and others were the real collaborators in an explosive scandal involving the Russians acquiring 20 percent of American uranium.  Those same globalists seem to be guilty of the colluding with Russia that they accused Donald Trump of.  The Clinton’s were paid for their efforts to the tune of $145 million dollars along with a cool half million for speaking engagement for Bubbah Bill.  The Democrat party even paid for a fake dossier on Trump/Russian collusion while all the time it was the leftist democrats who were the dirty guilty party.  Sadly, the only concern investigator Robert Mueller had was to by any means, make Trump look guilty.  Such events would normally be associated with banana republics.  But I guess that is what many leftists would like to see our republic reduced to.

To add insult to injury, I believe the United States is one of the few great nations throughout human history, where over forty percent of its population is totally indoctrinated against the country they were born in.  Names like racist, xenophobe, white supremacist, are hurled at some Americans for wanting legal immigration and protected borders.  Black Americans who favor border security and a strong sovereign United States are labeled uncle as uncle toms and coons by the lunatic leftists and Soros funded activists like Antifa members and oppressed rich NFL football players.

Of course, the useful idiots don’t understand or maybe do not care that they are being used to help pave the road to their own destruction.  For example, most leftists hate the idea of American border security.  But the lunk heads fail to consider that the Islamic hordes they want to flood into our republic will not discriminate between who they will brutalize, if they ever obtain the percentage of population they have acquired in Europe where they rape, pillage and loot Europeans by the scores on a weekly basis in places like Sweden.

But despite these and other major self-induced struggles plaguing our republic, including the ongoing slaughter of innocent unborn babies, I believe we will soon witness a major positive turnaround regarding the United States of America.  I even believe that murdering babies will one day no longer be the law of the land.  My optimism is rooted in the belief that it is not yet over for this republic, often mistakenly dubbed a democracy.

My positive outlook toward the rebuilding of America is not rooted in faith in the government.  But rather in a growing segment of “We the People” of faith who will no longer sit idly by and allow the sorry saps of the left to have their destructive amoral way over our lives.  I have a much greater amount of faith in God, who often intervened in the amazing effort to establish the United States of America.  Thomas Jefferson understood that as long as Americans remained a moral people the United States would be a blessed and prosperous republic.  By now it would seem as though people could recognized the connection between American declined in recent years to the falling away from the very principles and beliefs that enabled America to become an exceptional nation of greatness and hope for the world.

I believe that America will experience her full destiny of greatness.  Primarily because more and more Americans of are seeking Providential guidance and are refusing to accept the bigoted globalist/anti liberty tyranny that has ruined many societies like Venezuela.  You may not realize it yet, but the rebuilding of America has already begun.  Our republic is now in the clearing out stage, where the battle to restore truth while beating back the harbingers of destruction is being waged and will ultimately succeed.  In time the tide will change and those seeking to destroy our America will themselves be rendered utter failures and face their just rewards. Dear reader, prepare to be a part of rebuilding America. You’ll be glad you did.  #MAGA  Enjoy the Ron Edwards Experience every Friday at 1:00 PM PT, 4:00 PM EST on KCKQ AM 1180 Reno, NV shrmedia.com, www.americamatters.us, www.thelonestarnews.com and evenings at 9:00 PM EST on www.freedominamericaradio.com

© 2017 Ron Edwards – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Ron Edwards: ronedwards@edwardsnotebook.com

It is the soldier, not the reporter, who has given us freedom of the press.  It is the soldier, not the poet, who has given us freedom of speech.  It is the soldier, not the campus organizer, who has given us the freedom to demonstrate.  It is the soldier who salutes the flag, who serves beneath the flag, and whose coffin is draped by the flag, who allows the protester to burn the flag.  Those who would disrespect our flag have never been handed a folded one. 

Lazarus and the Rich Man

Luke 16:19-31 contains the account of a very rich man, clothed in fine purple and linen, who lived a life of extreme luxury. He had everything, never lacking for any creature comforts.  Laying outside the gate of this rich man’s house, however, was an extremely poor man named Lazarus, full of sores, who simply hoped “to eat what fell from the rich man’s table.”  Even the dogs came and licked his sores.

The rich man was completely indifferent to the plight of Lazarus, showing him no love, sympathy, or compassion whatsoever. Eventually, they both died. Lazarus went to heaven, and the rich man went to hell.

Appealing to “Father Abraham” in heaven, the rich man requested that Lazarus be sent to cool his tongue with a drop of water to lessen his “agony in this fire.” The request was denied because there was a chasm between them which could not be crossed.  The rich man also asked Abraham to send Lazarus back to earth to warn his brothers to repent so that they would never join him in hell. Abraham told the rich man that if his brothers did not believe Moses and the prophets, neither would they believe a messenger, even if he came straight from heaven.

This Bible story echoes in my mind with the NFL kneelers who are wealthy beyond belief and who are destroying their own incomes, insulting the nation and her veterans, and slandering our law enforcement officers with their protests.  Undoubtedly if they were giving to their communities and helping youngsters understand the wonders of living in a country like America, where they could reach unbelievable goals, there would be no “taking a knee” during our anthem.  In my mind, the NFL represents the rich man. Our flag, national anthem, our police officers, and our veterans who fought for our freedoms, they are the Lazarus’s of today.

NFL Protests

Yes, I know, I’ve heard enough about the NFL kneelers too, and I’m sick of their actions being lauded as free speech.  The media will praise these protesters because leftist liberal public activism is always encouraged as a part of the media’s agenda. But act the part of a pious Christian, then you will be deemed “polarizing” and “simple,” and worse.

Ah, the media double standard. When an NFL player kneels in protest, it’s considered “unifying,” according to MSNBC. When Tim Tebow kneels in prayer, NBC calls it “polarizing.”

These NFL protesters are quick to mention why it’s their right to protest, the first amendment. They live in a free country that allows them to do this. The flag and national anthem they are disrespecting represents that freedom.  And the veterans and those who died in countless rotten wars to keep these freedoms are being disrespected by these NFL players…players who take home millions per year for running around on a field with a pigskin ball (actually it’s leather).  Our veterans deserve millions per year for their sacrifices, but they receive a pittance, and the NFL spits on them and the flag they fought for!

Recently a female police officer posted a meme on her Facebook page that called the NFL a bunch of rich, entitled, arrogant, ungrateful anti-American degenerates. You can guess what happened to her, even though her post was not done at work.  She has been forced to work for a week without pay. Link  Free speech is only for leftists who hate America, the rest of us are censored.

Hatred of Law Enforcement

Most of the NFL players cannot tell you the reasons they are kneeling in a nation which allows them to do so.  First, they claimed it was police brutality, then it was oppression of black people, even though 70% of the NFL players are black.  Now they claim they aren’t being disrespectful to the flag or anthem, that they kneel because they want to point out injustice in our country.  Huh?

Talk about injustice!  Gateway Pundit reported via The Daily Mail that Colin Kaepernick donated $25,000 to a charity that honors convicted cop killer Assata Shakur, member of the Black Liberation Army. He also wore a pair of socks to several 49ers games which pictured police officers as pigs.  Apparently, Kaepernick believes in funding a cop killer, so is this a residual holdover from Ferguson and Baltimore and these protesters are for killing law enforcement officers as was done in Dallas?

Look, I’d agree that there are a few bad apples in law enforcement, but there are bad apples in every organization and group, take a look at DC’s sewer rats.  The vast majority of officers in America would die to protect and serve all Americans, and they put their lives on the line for us every day when they don their uniforms, just as they did in Dallas.

And by the way, just how many of the NFL players have criminal records?  Could that fact fuel their protests against so-called injustice?

Arrest Records of NFL Kneelers

Failure to appear in court, driving without a license, driving with a suspended license, drunk driving, repeated DUI offenses, evading arrest and running from a scene, marijuana possession and violating probation, felony drug possession, assault and battery, and even murder, all are offenses committed by NFL players.  Link  And check this list of manslaughter, sexual assault, drug trafficking, securities fraud, counterfeiting, criminally negligent homicide, and first-degree murder.

Many of these players are the criminal dregs of society, they have had many brushes with the law, and yet they protest injustice in America. Their NFL managers have kept them out of prison in order to chase that ball and make the bucks, and we don’t hear about it, but let a man kneel to say a prayer on the field and the disparaging media commentary echoes from sea to shining sea.

Tim Tebow

Christian football players are scorned by the secular media, but loved by grassroots Americans.  Tebow is regarded by many as the greatest player in the history of college football. Tim was born in the Philippines to Baptist missionaries, and before his momma became pregnant with him, she had contracted amoebic dysentery. During her pregnancy, the medications used to treat the dysentery caused a severe placental abruption, a condition in which the placental lining separates from the uterus. The Tebows decided to carry the baby to term as abortion is against their faith.

Tim and his mother appeared in a pro-life commercial during Super Bowl XLIV (2010) which stirred national controversy.  Life is a gift from God, how sad it is that our nation has embraced killing the most innocent, our baby humans.

Tim’s Christian faith is evident in everything this young man has accomplished.  He was an airline passenger when a man suddenly had a heart attack and Tim immediately went to help.   He openly prayed for the man, comforted his wife, got her to the hospital and stayed with her, even after she was told her husband had died.  He was severely criticized for praying in public.  What has happened to our Christian culture which used to laud these Godly men who would help in times of trouble?

The God of Abraham, Isaac and Jacob fills the heart and guides the actions of this young man, and there is no doubt in the minds of the faithful that God is with him.  One of our favorite entertainers, Harry Connick, Jr., interviewed Tim when he told his John 3:16 story about a special day centered on that very verse.  So many people who watched the show thanked Harry for allowing Tim to tell the story on national TV.  It is God, not coincidence, just our awesome and amazing God.  Watch it, it’s only a few minutes, but you will love it!  Our Lord was saying, “Here’s one of my kids…”

Burgess Owens

Burgess Owens is a former Super Bowl champion who played 13 seasons in the National Football League for the New York Jets and Oakland Raiders.  He says the anthem protest is a result of liberal ideology that destroyed the black family. Link  He appears often on Fox News programs and this man loves God, his family and his country.

Burgess makes it absolutely clear why he will always stand for America.

• I Stand-in gratitude to an eight-year-old boy, my great-great grandfather, who remained hopeful, tenacious and faithful as he grew to proudly serve his family, community and country.
• I Stand– in gratitude to a grandfather who at the age of 15 years old, volunteered to serve in WWI. As a successful farmer, he raised 12 children who would all earn college degrees and taste of the mid-1900’s American dream.
• I Stand– in gratitude to a father who succeeded in the day of institutional racism in the arenas of academia, as a researcher, an entrepreneur, a dedicated father and husband and a pillar of his community. He once recounted that his greatest life decision was volunteering and returning home as a proud WWII veteran.
• I Stand- in gratitude for the proud, successful, entrepreneurial and segregated Tallahassee, Florida, community where I grew up. The people of that community were determined that they would never be looked down upon or pitied as a race of victims.
• I Stand-as an example for the millions of black youth who have not been taught to love God, country, family and themselves by the liberal Leftist overseers who have controlled the urban community for the last 60 years.
• I Stand-against the sanitizing of our history.  The Left has already done so within the black community, resulting in the lack of gratitude seen on today’s NFL sidelines.
• I Stand– as a voice to the NFL corporation leadership…it’s time to Stand Up, Man-Up and defend our country and culture. This will only occur when patriotism is valued over popularity, profit and politics.

Conclusion

Lazarus and the Rich Man… that’s what I see here, and sadly the rich men of the NFL still don’t understand why grassroots Americans are turning them off.

We’ve had wonderful Christian NFL players like Tim Tebow and Burgess Owens, and yes, Tennessee’s own Peyton Manning, who actually replaced a winning Tebow with the Denver Broncos.  These are honorable men, men who count faith first.

Maybe if another league hires antagonist Kaepernick, the protests will stop for this year.  Will the fans forget about it?  Maybe not this year, but yes, eventually most will go back to watching these spoiled millionaire brats.  Football is the national pastime, and these players have destroyed the enjoyment of so many fans.

Protesting is an American right, but do it on your own time, not while you’re at work.  The NFL owners are feeling the resentment of the fans.  Personally, I’d like to see the backlash from fans take a chunk out of the players’ checks.  Only then might they consider their actions a mistake.  It’s just too bad the kneelers weren’t raised like Tim, Burgess and Peyton.

P.S.  NewsWithViews has some of the finest researchers and writers on the web, we honestly work to bring you the truth of what is happening in our beloved America.  We do it, not for gain, but to save our country.  The owner and CEO of NWVs, Paul Walter, works tirelessly to bring the truth to Americans.  None of this is cheap, it costs, in time, and money, and is a labor of love for the USA.  Please help us keep NWVs alive and well by donating each month.  Thank you for any and all donations.

© 2017 Kelleigh Nelson – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Kelleigh Nelson: Proverbs133@bellsouth.net

A few days ago I got an email from a reader. She asked what happened to me, because she is missing my articles at NewsWithViews.com. Well, let me tell you why I have momentarily stopped writing articles.

I have not been writing articles for the past six months because I have been hiding, not from the IRS or credit card collectors, but from the whole world. And I have been hiding from the whole world because I have been feverishly writing a new book, and the only way to write a book is by hiding yourself from the worst enemies of writing: your friends, your family and, in my case, also from my NewsWithViews readers.

What is my book about? It is about a subject promised myself a long time ago that I would never write about: the assassination of President John F. Kennedy.

Yes, I know, and you don’t need to tell me, that about two thousand books have been written about the JFK assassination. Of these, probably close to 90 percent are only good for a cold winter night after you have run out of firewood. I’m talking about books such as Gerald Posner’s Case Closed (probably the most asinine of all), Bill O’Reilly’s Killing Kennedy, Vincent Bugliosi’s pitiful Reclaiming History,[1] or the many books about the JFK assassination written by a professional disinformer named Edward Jay Epstein.

According to the authors I have mentioned above, Lee Harvey Oswald was a solitary drifter with a loose screw, and he fired with his seventeen-buck rifle the three bullets that killed JFK. Proof of it is that one of the bullets was later found intact on Kennedy’s stretcher. Then, another loony named Ruby killed Oswald, and another nutcase killed Ruby, and another batty killed Ruby’s killer, and another loco killed the killer of Ruby’s killer and another . . . or so the story goes.

Nevertheless, close to 90 percent of the authors who have written about the JFK assassination fully agree with the Warren Commission. By the way, the Commission that investigated the Kennedy assassination was under the control of Allen Dulles, a guy Kennedy had fired from his job as CIA Director. Finally, the Commission concluded that Oswald acted alone and there was no conspiracy. Case closed!

Now, why did I decide to fail to keep my own promise and write a book about the Kennedy assassination? Because I found that there is an amazing parallel between John F. Kennedy and Donald Trump. Even their campaign slogans were quite similar. Kennedy: “Get America moving again.” Trump: “Make America great again.”

Like Trump’s, Kennedy’s inaugural address was a clear defiance of the treasonous Council on Foreign Relations-created American foreign policy. Like Trump, Kennedy also wanted to put an end to the U.S. imperial foreign policy, which only benefited a small group of bankers and transnational corporations, not the American people.

Kennedy was not aware that the negative trend of the American economy he was trying to stop and reverse had not been the result of chance or incompetence, but of a carefully-conceived plan to destroy the U.S. economy and change America into a Third World country. Unfortunately, it seems that Trump is making the same mistake.

The assassination of President John F. Kennedy in 1963 was a dagger stuck into the very heart and soul of America. It was the day Americans began losing their country. It marked the end of the American Dream and the beginning of the American Nightmare.

This nightmare opened the doors for the Vietnam War, the total destruction of the U.S. industrial base, the impoverishing of farmers and workers, the growing mass of unemployed, and the planned obsolescence of the country’s energy and transportation infrastructure. The American Nightmare was exacerbated in the calamitous 20 years of Bushes and Clintons, of which the 9/11 events and the so-called War on Terror marked a sharp turn to a police state and totalitarianism that culminated in the eight disastrous Obama years.[2]

At the same time, while a large majority of the American people was becoming dirt-poor, a very small minority was turning filthy rich. From a rich, powerful country, America has rapidly turned into an economic, social and cultural disaster. For the first time since the end of WWII, Americans were experiencing the new reality that their children were going to be poorer than their parents.

Currently, the same people who told us that Saddam Hussein was stockpiling weapons of mass destruction in Iraq are now desperately trying to delegitimize Trump by claiming that the Russian government influenced the results of the election. Moreover, impostor Barry Soetoro has declared that he plans to stay in Washington D.C. with Michael, in order to create a “shadow government” to fight President Trump.[3]

Now, given the fact that Soetoro is a mentally-challenged moron, one has to conclude that his “shadow government” will be fully under the control of the current Invisible Government controlled by the Wall Street bankers, oil magnates and CEOs of transnational corporations ensconced at the Council on Foreign Relations in Manhattan. Nevertheless, we should not be surprised by the globalist conspirators’ knee-jerk reaction. They have plenty of reasons to be scared to death.

Contrary to what most people think, the result of the past election was not a victory for Donald Trump. Actually, it was a calamitous defeat for the forces behind the New Gay World Order, particularly the CFR conspirators and their minions.

It is evident that one of Trump’s goals was to disassemble the New World Order machinery the globalist conspirators have so carefully been assembling during the past hundred years. An investigation of Obama’s true place of birth may bring the impostor to a long vacation in a federal prison and will automatically invalidate all his executive orders and maybe even his nominations to the Supreme Court. An investigation into Hillary’s shady deals through her Foundation may send her to join Obama. An investigation of McCain’s activities at the Hanoi Hilton may uncover his dirtiest secret.[4] An investigation of the roles of George W. Bush, Dick Cheney and other CFR members in the 9/11 events may bring stiff penalties to them and their accomplices. Even worse, an investigation of the treacherous role of the Council on Foreign Relations in all that is rotten in America may result in its destruction.[5]

Obviously, the CFR conspirators cannot risk these possibilities. For them, preventing the success of Trump’s presidency is a matter of life or death. So, either the same people who killed Kennedy will co-opt Trump or will assassinate him.

Actually, they have no other option. The globalist conspirators will not tolerate Donald Trump dismantling the machinery of treason that took them close to a century to assemble.

Sun Tzu, a Chinese general who lived in 544-496 B.C., wrote in his book The Art of War that only who the general knows his enemy like himself would win all the battles. Unfortunately, every day it is becoming more and more evident that President Donald Trump doesn’t know who the true enemies of America are.

In the meantime, I’ll keep writing my book. I expect to have it ready by early next year. I’ll keep you informed.

Notes.

[1]. Bugliosi’s book is 1612 pages long, so I highly recommend keeping a copy at hand in your bathroom if you suffer from chronic constipation.

[2]. See Servando Gonzalez, Barry Soetoro (a.k.a. Barack Hussein Obama): The Pupet and His Puppeteers.

[3]. See Robert Jonathan, “President Obama Creating an Anti-Trump Shadow Government, Author Ed Klein Claims,” Inquisitr.com, December 19, 2016. Similarly, after JFK fired him, Allen Dulles turned his Georgetown home into a sort of anti-Kennedy government in exile. See David Talbot, The Devil’s Chessboard (New York: Harper, 2015), p. 7.

[4]. See Sydney Schamberg, “The War Secrets Senator John McCain Hides,” in Russ Kick (ed.), The Disinformation Guide to Media Distortion, Historical Whitewashes and Cultural Myths (New York: The Disinformation Company, 2001), pp. 88-94.

[5]. In 1956 FBI Director J. Edgar Hoover (not a CFR member) received hundreds of letters from concerned citizens and members of Congress, accusing the Council on Foreign Relations of treason and promoting Communism through its agents infiltrated in the U.S. government. Hoover ordered an investigation but, soon after, President Eisenhower (CFR) dictated an order prohibiting the FBI from investigating federal government employees. For the whole story see “Warning! How the FBI’s Criminal-Espionage Investigation of the CFR Was Foiled.”

© 2017 Servando Gonzales – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Servando: servandoglez05@yahoo.com

The German philosopher Emmanuel Kant said, “Language and religion are the two great dividers.”

CNS News reported this week:  44.6 percent of people living in California don’t speak English at home.  In Texas, 35.6 percent; in New Mexico, 34.5 percent; in New Jersey, 32 percent and 31 percent in New York.

Today, in New York City, with nearly 40 percent foreign-born immigrants, that city boasts 800 different languages being spoken instead of English.  In Denver Public Schools, teachers must teach to 173 different languages via endless immigration from around the world.  In California, voting ballots feature 20 different languages to deal with millions of immigrants that cannot speak or write in English.  (Source: Denver Post, “173 Languages in Denver Schools”)

Note this reality:  a language creates a person’s worldview.  Different languages create different worldviews.  Multiple worldviews create fracturing and fragmentation in societies, in countries and in all organized systems.

Former Colorado Governor Richard D. Lamm said, “A nation is much more. It is a state of mind, a shared vision, and a recognition that we are all in this together. A nation needs a common language as it needs a common currency.”

A person who speaks multiple languages enriches him or herself in linguistic skills that must be appreciated.  A country that boasts multiple languages cannot survive the linguistic chaos created when people cannot and do not understand one another.

Today, you must press “1” for English, “2” for Spanish, “3” for Chinese and “4” for Arabic in cities dominated by immigrants around the United States.  Entire cities in southern California speak only Chinese.  Others speak only Spanish.  Place like Detroit, Michigan, only Arabic scribbling dominates storefronts and phone answering services come only in Arabic.  Additionally, in Moslem dominated areas of Miami, New York City, Detroit and Minneapolis—Arabic dominates the schools and you will not see any “Stars and Stripes” featured in homes, schools or storefronts.

(Source: I visited these cities this year)

If the United States Congress continues the current immigration onslaught of over 1.2 million immigrants annually to total over 100,000,000 (million) legal immigrants by 2045, English will not be the majority language within 30 years.  Spanish speakers expect to become the majority ethnic group by 2042.  That figure of 100 million immigrants includes their birth rates of 900,000 annually, chain-migrated relatives at 9 per immigrant and 50,000 diversity visas granted annually, along with 250,000 work visas.  That figure does not include the estimated 500,000 illegal alien migrants crossing U.S. borders and visas overstays.  (Source: www.cis.org, Dr. Steve Camarota, “Illegal immigration numbers”)

The historian Seymour Martin Lipset said, “The histories of bilingual and bicultural societies that do not assimilate are histories of turmoil, tension and tragedy.  Canada, Belgium, Malaysia, and Lebanon all face crises of national existence in which minorities press for autonomy, if not independence.”  Pakistan and Cyprus follow division.  France, Germany, Sweden, Norway, United Kingdom, Holland, Italy and Denmark face fragmentation via immigrant colonies with different languages, worldviews and cultures—that refuse to assimilate into the host countries.

Lamm continued, “You have to share something with your neighbors besides a zip code. We need many things to tie us together, but one indispensible element must be that we all speak one common language.  America has been successful because we have become one people.  There is a social glue of a common language, a shared history, uniting symbols that tie us together. We live under a common flag, which we honor and salute.”

Since Lamm’s speech 15 years ago, America has become everybody else’s country.  It can only fragment further with more and more people with different worldviews and languages.

Today, Colin Kaepernick created a wave of disrespect for his and our country that grows by the day.  Black Lives Matter demands that their followers kill cops as well as create a separate African state.  The Latina group “La Rasa” features racism as its driving force and stands to push Spanish as the single greatest language in the United States.  The Muslim Brotherhood and CAIR expect to push Sharia Law into the mainstream of every Moslem dominated area of America.

Today’s massive and relentless immigration cannot sustain this civilization with a single vision.  Millions of immigrants with opposing languages cannot gather on the same page with the same vision for America.  Millions of immigrants with incompatible cultures and religions—fracture the foundation of the ‘melting pot’ metaphor into the ‘broken glass’ metaphor.

No nation on Earth has survived the ravages of time.  No nation has survived multiple languages and cultures.  If America hopes to survive even to 2050 with the current projection of 100 million people from 196 different countries from around the world; English must be expected, demanded and taught across the land as the ONLY language of print, voice and official papers.

We must rescind E.O. 13166 by President Bill Clinton that costs taxpayers billions of dollars to offer every immigrant his or her papers in his or her language.  We must curtail all TV and radio programs in foreign languages in favor of English.

“Immigrants devoted to their own cultures and religions are not influenced by the secular politically correct façade that dominates academia, news-media, entertainment, education, religious and political thinking today,” said James Walsh, former Associate General Counsel of the United States Immigration and Naturalization Service. “They claim the right not to assimilate, and the day is coming when the question will be how can the United States regulate the defiantly unassimilated cultures, religions and mores of foreign lands?  Such immigrants say their traditions trump the U.S. legal system.  Balkanization of the United States has begun.”  Speech given by James Walsh in 1991

Join:  www.USEnglish.org  and  www.EnglishFirst.org

© 2017 Frosty Wooldridge – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Frosty: frostyw@juno.com

Once upon a time, law was mostly about the things you couldn’t do; and as long as you didn’t do them, you could go about your business in peace.

But that’s no way to build a secular humanist utopia: no telling what the common people might get up to, if left unsupervised.

And so, day by day, law is increasingly about things you must do, or else: for instance, a law that says you must buy medical insurance, whether you want it or not; or another that says you must cater a “gay wedding,” whether you want to or not.

As long as we’re dealing in nostalgia, remember when it was the mission of the U.S. Air Force to deter America’s enemies, or, if they chose not to be deterred, to defeat them?

That was Job No. 1, then—but this is now. Protecting the American people from foreign enemies has slipped to No. 2. The mission of the Air Force now, it seems, is to take any and all steps to make sodomites feel good about themselves.

A colonel, a decorated combat veteran, has been blocked from promotion, his career probably ended, because he refused to publicly “affirm” the same-sex pseudomarriage of one of his subordinates. Why do those persons need his “affirmation”? They held their “wedding” without it. Why do they demand the approval of everyone in the country, and fly into a fury whenever they encounter the slightest opposition, no matter how insignificant?

The colonel did not denounce the so-called “marriage.” He spoke no discouraging word. All he did was… not affirm it. His career is not being destroyed for anything he did or said, but for something that he didn’t say, because to say it would have violated his religious convictions. Nor are we talking about any weird or exotic beliefs of some cult that was founded last week by someone who watched one too many Star Wars movies. They are the moral code of Jews and Christians, enduring thousands of years without change, upon whose foundation this country was brought into being.

The colonel’s religious beliefs were here first. God’s laws may not be changed. But of course leftid humanists don’t believe in God, to say nothing of His laws. The core beliefs by which you order your life, they declare, are to be handed down to you not by God, but by politicians and lawyers according to whatever fad they’re into at the time.

With millionaire football players and really goofy dorks in local government making a big display of kneeling during the National Anthem, and insisting that they’re only exercising their right to free speech—what about the right not to speak? Why should you be required, as a condition of your having a place in any kind of public service, to spout words that lacerate your conscience, and make a shambles of your self-respect?

I mean, atheists are constantly using that argument when they make a Broadway production number out of refusing to say the Pledge of Allegiance because it includes the words “under God.” Who would dare force them to say those words?

But the colonel has to “affirm” this parody of marriage, or else his life’s work goes up in smoke.

Does freedom of speech still have any meaning, if they can compel you to parrot whatever abominable nonsense the government demands? If the Supreme Court were to reverse itself on “gay marriage” tomorrow, what happens to all those affirmations?

This would be a good time for the Commander-in-Chief to say “No more!” If he’s serious about undoing the ravages of eight years of Obama, he could hardly benefit the country more than by purging our military of the crawling left-wing political creatures implanted by Obama. The top brass is lousy with them.

Once again the Left has outraged the Constitution by demanding a religious test as a condition of serving the public in any way. Want to be a general? Trample on the Cross. Want to be confirmed to a judgeship? Trample on the Cross.

Why do we keep letting them do this to us?

I have discussed these and other topics throughout the week on my blog, http://leeduigon.com/ . Why not stop in and visit? A single click will take you there.

© 2017 Lee Duigon – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Lee Duigon: leeduigon@verizon.net

© 2017 NWV – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Lloyd Marcus: mr_lloydmarcus@hotmail.com

“If Hillary Clinton is not brought to justice, then America is doomed.” -Live feed

The above statement may sound over the top or extreme in many different ways, yet it is true.

History teaches us just that. Ask countries in the past who refused to bring corrupt politicians to justice and you will discover, without fail, that they were destroyed.  If you leave corrupt politicians to do what they will, without suffering the consequences of breaking the laws (I John 3:4), you will simply add strength to tyranny.

To put it into perspective, look at what President Thomas Jefferson stated:

“The two enemies of the people are criminals and government, so let us tie the second down with the chains of the Constitution so the second will not become the legalized version of the first.”

Taking it to the present, we recently heard Newt Gingrich say that the way to resolve the problem of corruption is to “Start putting a few people in jail, you’ll see the leaks dry up dramatically (Isaiah 56).”

Clearly, Scripture teaches us in Isaiah 26:9 that “…when Thy judgments are in the earth, the inhabitants of the world will learn righteousness.” Also read Isaiah 51:4.

Yet, Americans fail to do so, and what they do is draw the seat of violence nigh unto themselves.

“Ye that put far away the evil day, and cause the seat of violence to come near.” -Amos 6:3

Furthermore, it is inscribed on government buildings throughout America in stone.  On one, Moses holds the two tablets of the Law (Exodus 20) with the inscription:

“Justice the Guardian of Liberty”

The reason this is happening is because the American Church (78% claim to be Christians -1 John 2:4) has been taught by the hirelings (John 10:12), who occupy the pulpits in this country, that they have no business in judging right from wrong. How ridiculous!

Maybe they should try that next time they break speeding laws.  Just rip up the ticket, throw it at the police officer’s feet, and tell him “Who are you to judge me?” See how far that gets them!

I say, “Twist not Scripture, lest you be like Satan.”

It amazes me how Americans give a pass to corruption as if to suggest that the politicians are above the law.

“…they overpass the deeds of the wicked: they judge not the cause…” (Jeremiah 5:28)

Didn’t the representatives of “We the People” put their hand on the Bible swearing to uphold the laws found in our Constitution? YES THEY DID!

“They are waxen fat, they shine: yea, they overpass the deeds of the wicked: they judge not the cause…” (Jeremiah 5:28)

This was Jeremiah preaching to a people that fell under the judgments of God.

America, 8 months ago a new president was sworn in. If you remember, for a long period of time on the campaign trail, you were promised that he was to bring forth a “special prosecutor” to deal with “Crooked Hilary.” Donald Trump at this point has done nothing, worse yet he told Americans that, “We owe her a major debt of gratitude.” That’s the opposite of what he promised to do (Matthew 23:3).

Judicial Watch recently reported the following:

A Judge Forces the State Department to Open Up on Clinton Emails

This week United States District Judge James E. Boasberg ruled that the Department of State must make public a FBI declaration detailing its efforts to retrieve the former secretary of state’s government emails (Judicial Watch, Inc. v. Rex Tillerson (No. 1:15-cv-00785).

Statement regarding the decision:

We’re happy with the ruling, but it is unbelievable we’re being opposed by Trump appointees in the State and Justice Departments on the Clinton email issue.  President Trump ought to be outraged his appointees are protecting Hillary Clinton. The State Department should initiate action with the Justice Department – and both agencies should finally take the necessary steps to recover all the government emails Hillary Clinton unlawfully removed.

Here is the background.

On April 30, 2015, we sued former Secretary John Kerry after the State Department failed to take action on a letter we sent to Kerry “notifying him of the unlawful removal of the Clinton emails and requesting that he initiate enforcement action pursuant to the [Federal Records Act],” including working through the Attorney General to recover the emails.

After initially being dismissed by the district court, our lawsuit was revived on appeal by the U.S. Court of Appeals for the District of Columbia Circuit on December 27, 2016. The Federal Records Act states that an agency head “shall” initiate an action through the Attorney General when he becomes aware of any unlawful removal of agency records.

While at the State Department, Clinton conducted official government business using an unsecure email server and email accounts. Her top aides and advisors also used non-“state.gov” email accounts to conduct official business.

The Trump administration defended the handling of the email matter by the Obama administration and filed two declarations from the FBI trying to justify the State Department’s refusal to follow the law and refer to the Clinton email issue to the Justice Department.

As the decision notes, the second FBI declaration is non-public and was filed in camera and ex parte with the court. Judge Boasburg rejected the State Department’s arguments that the FBI declaration be withheld to protect grand jury secrecy: “After reviewing the document in camera, the Court concludes it largely rehashes information already made public, thus obviating any need for secrecy.”

Meantime, transcripts reviewed by the Senate Judiciary Committee reveal that former FBI Director James Comey began drafting an exoneration statement in the Clinton email investigation before the FBI had interviewed key witnesses.

Chairman Chuck Grassley and Senator Lindsey Graham, chairman of the Judiciary Subcommittee on Crime and Terrorism, requested all records relating to the drafting of the statement as the committee continues to review the circumstances surrounding Comey’s removal from the Bureau.

The senators wrote to the FBI: “Conclusion first, fact-gathering second—that’s no way to run an investigation. The FBI should be held to a higher standard than that, especially in a matter of such great public interest and controversy.”

And so should a president be held to his promises to a people that entrusted him to represent them in the first place.

Remember, “The people of these United States are the rightful masters of both congresses and courts, not to over-throw the Constitution, but to over-throw the men who pervert that Constitution,” according to the Preamble to the US Constitution. Amen!

© 2017 Bradlee Dean – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Bradlee Dean: Bradlee@SonsOfLibertyRadio.com

No, man certainly cannot control the Heavens and he can’t alter the laws of the Universe.  But you would think he would be able to control his own behavior and activities, given how smart he claims to be.  It would appear that, throughout history, the opposite has been and continues to be true.  An obvious character flaw in the species, manifested in political arguments that have more to do with getting votes than seeking the truth, fixing problems, or passing sound, common sense legislation.

In our frequent articles we have made a concerted effort to bring simplicity to all of the issues we face as American citizens and landowners.  There are root causes for everything and if we understand the root causes, we might just be able to fix “it”, when things go wrong.  The difficulty comes in first determining all of the outside influences (government controls, special interests, market forces, education, egos, money, power brokers, etc.) that we face on a daily basis and the priorities we set to fix those issues, one at a time.  The other malady the people face is their own apathy.   After all, why should we get involved?  However, for our own survival in the pursuit of happiness and the perpetuation of liberty, the arguments for getting involved are crystal clear.  But before getting involved, understanding the root causes of what ails us, is paramount.

As countries grow and population increases, as diversion of interests propagate, as divisions in agendas spread wider apart, as governments, corporations, businesses, unions and special interest groups get larger and larger, a point is reached where the foundations of our culture and the ability to control our own individual lives under that foundation, begins to breakdown.  We are well past that point now and we are truly out of control, where politics takes precedence over reason and common sense, where our “fixes” don’t work, where rules are meant to be broken, where more rules become necessary and enforcement of all the rules becomes much more difficult.

Remember September 12, 2001, when we all came together with a common purpose, to strike back at the enemy that would perpetrate this violent and dastardly act against innocents in New York and Washington DC?  We wrote songs and poems and built momuments to the dead.  We gave speeches, we got angry and for a while, we were “one” with purpose.  How long did it take before we settled back into our own little factions of self-interest?  Not long.  Now we have anti-war protestors, antifa, white supremacists and black lives matter roaming the streets in protest against something.  We have political parties at odds with each other, scurrilously and shamelessly pandering to one faction or another, using the public treasury as the lever and unconstitutional law as the fulcrum.

How did we get here?  Bigness got us here.  Big government, big business, big banks, big money, big unions and big special interest groups, all colluding with each other.  Bigness gives us concentration of power and degrades individual rights and human dignity.  But bigness also gives us a condition of being out of control and the very real frustration of not being able to get in control.  Large entities, by their very size, lose control of serving the public, processes, personnel and finances, no matter how much they tell you that they are in control.  Accounting errors and financial mismanagement emerge and management of personnel becomes diluted and many times ineffective, or just plain corrupt.

Take a look around at big cities today.  They are anything but in control and in fact are a huge drain on the entire financial structure of the nation because of that lack of control.  One of the reasons they are out of control is due in large part to their bigness and to the intolerable density of humans in close proximity to each other, requiring more rules and regulations directly related to that density.  Unfortunately, this unbalanced, out-of-control environment produces the votes necessary to keep the inmates in the big city political insane asylum in power, promising “free” stuff.

So what do we do if we are big?  We write rules and policies until there is a rule and policy for every single potential action or inaction.  Pretty soon we write rules to strengthen the rules we have already written.  We write rules to comply with other rules from other “big” entities.  Then if we don’t get enough compliance for the rules, we write more rules and increase penalties and enforcement.   Eventually, as time goes by and as the rules increase, we turn more and more law abiding citizens into law breakers.

How many of our readers have had frustrating troubles with big business?  Here is one man’s experience, in his own words.

“I bought a stove from Home Depot.   They sent me a different looking stove than what appeared on both of their websites.  There is a customer service at both Home Depot and GE.  They sent the same model again after I complained.   I proved it with actual photos of the stove received and the one pictured on their websites.”

“I will tell you at GE the right hand does not know what the left hand is doing.  Repeated phone calls, e-mails, blame all around.   My case was written up finally with an official case number, along with official titles of Customer reps.  I sent them documents and photos.  In the end they rejected my claims and told me tersely Home Depot has to deal with it.  That’s it!”

“Yep, customer service departments battling with each other but nothing is actually done for the customer.  So, why care?  I actually told the customer rep at GE, just ask the manager where the stove is manufactured.  If they’ve changed the design, take a picture at the production line.  If she would do that, she would get an answer!  Nope, she said, I can’t do that.”

“Yep, bureaucracy needs to be paid first.  No shortcut allowed.  No simple solutions.  Bureaucracy is the only thing that matters.”

“I later checked both GE websites.  Still the same stove being advertised.  Same picture, but if you order it, you’ll get a different looking one even though they both have the EXACT same model number.   So nothing’s changed despite service departments, offices, overhead, budgets, official titles, that were set up specifically for the customer – that actually does nothing for you.   I’m stuck with a stove that does not look like what I ordered.”

“No wonder the countries going broke.  Someone told me, it’s like that all over!” 

Sadly, the man is right.  Try talking to real person at your cable company, the phone company, the retailer ….. or God forbid, the government.

So here we are.  We have big business acting just like big government, big bureaucracies, big banks, big unions and big special interest groups, thumbing their collect noses at the customers that pay their salaries.  Bigness, concentration of power and out-of-control entities have buried WE THE PEOPLE in frustration, confusion and the feeling of utter helplessness.

Our Founding Fathers were very concerned about who had control and went to great lengths to see that control could not be concentrated in too few hands, or in only one branch of government.  From the Declaration of Independence, Jefferson wrote: “We hold these truths to be self-evident, that all men are created equal, that they are endowed by their Creator with certain unalienable Rights, that among these are Life, Liberty and the pursuit of Happiness.  That to secure these rights, Governments are instituted among Men, deriving their just powers from the ‘consent’ of the governed.’”

But as government got “bigger”, Jefferson’s “consent of the governed” became essentially meaningless, as our representatives and senators assumed more power and as government got ever bigger and bigger.  In response to government bigness and power, business and labor had to get bigger and more powerful in order to have influence with big government.

Then big government started handing off some of their power and authority to bureaucracies, who then got bigger and assumed more power and authority than was ever dreamed of by the Founding Fathers.

Since the “consent of the governed” was powerless, due mostly to their own fragmentation and division, special interest groups began getting bigger and more powerful in order to have more influence on big government, as well.  Then came the lobbyists with big money, as we described in our last article, “You Ain’t Never Going To Drain the American Swamp.”

As government, bureaucracies, banks, businesses, unions and special interest groups got larger and more powerful, they began to get out-of-control with their customer service, processes, personnel and finances.  They are so out of control now that we have constant nightmares of ineptness, waste, fraud, abuse and corruption in almost every one of our institutions, that no one person or group seems to be able to bring under control.

We have state and local governments getting more powerful and larger and more out of control.  State legislatures write laws, regulations, restrictions and ordinances constantly.  Bureaucracies of state governments write their own laws, regulations, rules, restrictions and ordinances without end and without legislative oversight.  All these “rules” filter down to local governments who then write laws, regulations, rules, restrictions and ordinances to comply with state and federal laws, regulations, rules, restrictions and ordinances, in a never-ending vicious circle.  In the end, the PEOPLE become impotent, disenfranchised and disinterested in the political process.

One of our greatest strengths as a country and as individual jurisdictions within that country, was keeping political power in the hands of the people in local subdivisions of government; i.e. boroughs, hamlets, cities, parishes, counties and even states.  At a meeting in Skagit County, Washington where we gave a speech on land use and eminent domain issues, a county commissioner in attendance, lamented that his county had been sued 162 times by special interest groups and a state bureaucracy for not being in compliance with a state land use law.  The county commissioners, in desperation and going broke fast with legal fees supporting their position, threw their hands in the air and asked the special interest groups and the state how they wanted the law written and the county would write it that way.  So much for local control.

The point that we would like to make here, is that no matter how big governments, businesses, banks, unions and special interest groups get, the ultimate power and control is still inherent in WE THE PEOPLE, if the PEOPLE are of one mind and that one mind is based on a solid foundation of the fundamental principles of freedom and liberty.  But we are so fragmented and so diverse, becoming of one mind is virtually impossible.  Until we are of one mind, bigness, concentration of power and out-of-control business and government institutions will continue unabated and our frustration and anger will grow with each passing day.

One might say ….. “well how does ‘bigness’ affect my daily life?”  In just about every way possible.   Government is not the problem.  Big, out-of-control, inept, criminally negligent and corrupt institutions, including government, are the problem!

True, but who is going to “fix” it?  From our perspective and extended observations it isn’t likely to be We the People.  Consequently, the problems are not going to be fixed until “We the People” unite and decide they’ve had enough.  But over half the people want “something” from government and are getting it, while the other less than half just want to be left alone by government.  So far the over half wanting “something” from government have the majority of the votes and are winning, in spite of what President Trump is attempting to do.

LIKE.

© 2017 Ron Ewart – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Ron Ewart: info@narlo.org

Thomas Steyer, billionaire hedge fund manager, philanthropist, environmentalist, progressive activist, and fundraiser, is currently calling for the impeachment of President Donald Trump.

I must explain that the government of America is not a democracy, but a Republic; “an empire of Laws, and not of men,” as Founding Father John Adams put it.  Despite the fact that the authority of law does not come from the majority of unelected people, I do believe that all Americans should rightly understand that no public servant is above the law.  Furthermore, “We the People” must understand we have the ability to remove any public servant from a position of power under certain circumstances.

These circumstances can be found in Article II, Section 4, of the United States Constitution: “The President, Vice President and all civil Officers of the United States, shall be removed from Office on Impeachment for, and Conviction of, Treason, Bribery, or other high Crimes and Misdemeanors.”

Impeachment is a legitimate Constitutional check-and-balance, a powerful tool to rein in corrupt politicians.  Yet it is rarely used today, so it is important to understand what encompasses an “impeachable offense” according to the contextual meaning of the framers’ specific words.  We can find these meanings by exploring their definitions as written by Founding Father Noah Webster in his 1828 Dictionary, a primary source document.

Treason means “to levy war against the United States, adhering to their enemies, giving them aid and comfort.”

Bribery, also defined by Webster, means “giving or taking rewards for corrupt practices, false judgment, testimony or performance of that which is illegal or unjust.”

The final term of Article 2, Sec. 4, – “high crimes and misdemeanors” – was defined by Supreme Court Justice Joseph Story who said, “The offences to which the power of impeachment has been and is ordinarily applied as a remedy are…what are aptly termed political offences, growing out of personal misconduct, or gross neglect, or usurpation, or habitual disregard of the public interest.”

If this president, or any member of public office, is deserving of impeachment, the following procedures must take place:

First, a majority vote of the House is required to impeach said official.

Following the impeachment vote, a hearing of the Senate will commence with the Chief Justice presiding.  A vote will then be taken.  If  2/3 or more Senators vote in favor of charges, said official will be removed from office.

This “liberty power” has only been used two times against U.S. Presidents: 17th President Andrew Johnson and 42nd President Bill Clinton.

In both cases the Senate acquitted.

Other than that, impeachment has only been used 11 other times against federal officials, most of whom are judges.

Frustrated with certain public officials in his day, Thomas Jefferson made the cynical statement at one time that “impeachment is scarcely a scare-crow.”

I believe this further compounds the need “We the People” have to understand the powers which protect us from certain harassing fowls in our tremendously fruitful garden of American liberties.  This will give us a greater ability to hold our elected officials accountable, and insist on impeachment proceedings from our legislators wherever, whenever and to whomever they may apply.

Schedule an event or learn more about your Constitution with Jake MacAulay and the Institute on the Constitution and receive your free gift.

© 2017 Jake MacAulay – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Jake MacAulay: Jake@TheAmericanView.com

About 15 years ago, I watched a movie that changed my entire prospective of movies, in general, and acting, in particular.  The profound event took place when the mother asked her daughter, “When are you going to stop being a prostitute?”

“Mom, I’m not a prostitute,” the daughter responded, “I’m an actress!”

“What’s the difference?” The mother replied.

A year later, I was watching a movie and this totally nude couple was lying in bed hugging and kissing each other.  That’s when it hit me, they actually believed that what they were doing was perfectly acceptable behavior because they were simple acting out a part written in a script.  They had also convinced everyone watching that kissing and hugging someone else’s wife or husband is all right because they’re actors, playacting a character in a movie.

A definition of prostitution is “somebody who uses a skill or ability in a way that is considered unworthy, usually for financial gain”.   The actors were prostituting themselves for fame and/or fortune.  Moreover, since both actors were married, and their real spouses shared the benefits, they were willing accomplices in this act of prostitution.

What’s equally disturbing is that no matter how perverse, vulgar, disgraceful or vile the action, since entertainers are considered a privileged class, whatever they do is excusable and even acceptable behavior.  And that, my dear friends, is the fundamental intent of the majority of entertainment today; to convince you that you can also do whatever you please, whenever you please, to whomever you please and it’s perfectly excusable, if not acceptable behavior.

There are three kinds of deception, I deceive you, you deceive me, but the worst of the three is self-deception; when you deceive yourself.  Deception is dishonesty; it’s a con, its trickery.   Deception is when you think you’re heading north but you’re really going south; you’re deceived.

I’m old school, so I remember great movies, classics that didn’t need foul language, ridiculously impracticable action-scenes, gross murder or sex.  Movies challenged your imagination to form new ideas, images and concepts. Today, movies aren’t mental, they’re sensual, and they’re designed to appeal to the five fleshly senses and feelings.

We are in a spiritual battle being fought on an ideological battlefield and without the spiritual aspect none of this makes sense, the dots cannot connect.

[Order Al Duncan’s New Book: The Master Plan]

Satan controls people through their five senses; what you see, what you hear, what you taste, what you smell and what you feel.  You never get enough of what looks good, what sounds good, what taste good, what smells good, or what feels good.  The five senses incessantly crave for more, and if you don’t control them they (Satan) will control you and take you straight to the grave, and worse, straight to hell.

Jesus came to set captives free from prison, freedom from bondage to the five senses or the flesh.  He came to impart a new life, and with it the ability to exercise authority over the five senses.  Since Satan controls us through our irrepressible fleshly appetites, authority over our flesh frees us from Satan’s control.

Satan’s and the movie industry’s common theme is “follow your heart (feelings)”.  Everything they do is generated by appealing to your emotions (feelings).  But emotions can’t reason, they can’t calculate and they can’t reach conclusions based on facts.  Feelings change like the wind from one moment to the next.

Is any of this mere happenstance that today’s enticements through heterosexual and homosexual sex scenes, foul language, vicious murder, voodoo, witchcraft and Satanism are common place, not just in the movies but daily television programs?  Or, is this simply evolution in the movie industry?

No, this is a fraction of a comprehensive, well calculated, socially-engineered attack on everything that is good, and right and just.  This is social programming deliberately designed to desensitize, sensualize and confuse our children and turn us all into whores, while reducing us to the most primitive physical, mental and spiritual state possible.

These attacks, which include attacks against gender, language, culture, borders, nationalism, history, heritage, individualism and good-old common sense, taking place throughout the world today, are aimed at destroying, not just Western Civilization, but all of humanity.  And if you don’t think these dots connect, you are sadly mistaken.

Is the sexual predator, Harvey Weinstein, Hollywood’s sacrificial lamb because he got himself caught?  After all, this is the same Harvey Weinstein, Meryl Streep called God, and Tom Hanks commented that he “knew all kinds of people” like Weinstein “who love hitting on, or making the lives of underlings miserable just because they can”.  This is the Weinstein that sent fear through the hearts and minds of actors and actresses alike, such as the five nominees for best supporting actresses who were told by Seth McFarlane they no longer had to pretend to be attracted to him.  This is the same Harvey Weinstein who publically reprimanded Jennifer Laurence during an award ceremony for failing to accredit him when she was given her Oscar for services rendered, and who recently confessed that she was forced to participate in a “degrading and humiliating” lineup while naked. Not to mention all those whose careers were destroyed because they were principled enough to refuse the Weinsteins degrading advances.

Or, is Harvey Weinstein being used as the diversion to keep the public sidetracked from the real, malicious depravity going on in Hollywood?  After all, Cory Feldman has been shouting from the rooftop for years that “pedophilia is the worst problem in Hollywood” and “the cause of his best friend, Corey Haim’s death”.

None of this is new, all of Hollywood was aware of it, and they covered it up because they were eager accomplices, willing consenters, or they were the poor victims like Corey Feldman and the thousands of others crying in the wilderness.

Regardless to how many emergency meetings the Hollywood elite hold to bury this scandal, the fact remains that Hollywood consists of executives and producers combing the studios to take advantage of actors and actresses who are willing to prostitute themselves, or not will, but seeking fame and fortune.  And that’s why the Weinsteins’ casting couches will always be the place that stars are born.

Another thing you can’t help but notice is Weinstein’s staunch liberal leanings, his large donations to liberal causes.  But it’s not just Weinstein; it’s all of the Hollywood types sucking up to, and by, liberal politicians who are also prostituting themselves for something or the other. And you can’t help but notice liberal politicians deafening silence toward this serial rapist, pedophile and sexual predator, who, by the multiple photo ops with liberal Congressmen, Senators and Presidents he is obviously one of them.  Or haven’t you observed Hollywood’s disdain for conservatives, who hold the ideology that the traditional forms of society are worth preserving?

The seven media companies in America, The Walt Disney Company, Comcast, Time Warner, CBS, and Jeff Bezos’ numerous holdings, also own the major movie industry—they’re one and the same, in thought and in deed.  These are the companies and their owners who conspire daily to control everything you see, everything you hear, and consequently, everything you think, feel and ultimately believe.  This is truly an information war.

These presstitutes have for over a century exercised the privilege of creating your reality, and they jealously detest the honest facts of true reality presented by the alternative media.  This group of elites that manage the mainstream media, now accurately dubbed Fake News, will resort to anything to prevent you from awaking out of their created-reality, to engage in the truth, based upon facts, which is actually reality.

Now that Communist China is buying up all the major Hollywood production studios we can expect a twist.  But knowing that China is a controlled dictatorship that has killed over 80 million of its own people over the last century, and currently manages human farms that harvest and sell freshly killed body parts, guaranteeing delivery anywhere in the world within 24 hours, it can only go from real bad to worse

The Weinstein scandal is only the tip of the iceberg.  The iceberg is pedophilia, Satanism and human sacrifice, which energizes most of the dealings in Hollywood, professional Sports and Washington DC.  The thousand pound elephant in this room is Disney.  And I’m not just referring to the sexual abuse and Satanic programming of the children under its employ, but the sexual and satanic indoctrination of sensualizing our children and sacrificing them on the Hollywood’s satanic alter.  Disney is one of the largest out of the seven media companies and its results are openly displayed in the lives of its famously degenerate, self-proclaimed demon possessed prodigy.

These are epic times and we have to stand ready to meet the challenge, for the future of humanity is at stake. Since Donald Trump took office 3,000 pedophiles have been arrested in the United State and over 84,000 internationally.  Thousands of Children have been release from cages, some chained to walls, others locked in containers, basements and dungeons, and not a word from the Fake News, mainstream media.

We must continue to reject these idiotic, insane and depraved ideals in the same manner we cast aside the reigns of the corrupt Democratic left when we elected Donald Trump.   Denouncing the NFL’s arrogant disregard for this country and our president was a start, that resistance definitely demonstrated the power possessed by peoples when united.  This same display of reestablishing authority over what we will or will not allow in our lives must be repeated in any and all institutions that stand as enemies of the truth and a wholesome way of American life.

The devil comes to kill, steal, divide and destroy; he’s the father of lies and he cannot tell the truth.  Look at the world today, who are the proven liars, who are the thieves and dividers that are destroying and killing everything they touch?  Jesus comes to bring enlightenment, truth, life, and that eternally.  He also brings principles, morals, satisfaction and contentment.  Do not be deceived, liberals see Christians as the enemy.

[Order Hollywood’s War On God DVD]

The war raging today is a battle between right vs. wrong, good vs. evil, and life vs. death.  It’s truly a war between God and Satan and humans are the pawns.  The battle lines were drawn at the Trump election; make sure you’ve chosen the ethical high ground and be ready to stand firm to the end.

© 2017 Al Duncan – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Al Duncan: alduncan@pacific.net

According to the 1828 Webster Dictionary, a conspiracy is:

A combination of men for an evil purpose; an agreement between two or more persons, to commit some crime in concert; particularly, a combination to commit treason, or excite sedition or insurrection against the government of a state; a plot…

The CIA and their ilk have done a tremendous job of maligning the term “conspiracy” to give it a rather negative connotation to the American public.  Today to speak of a conspiracy, images of uneducated misled persons in tinfoil hats are conjured in sophisticated minds properly conditioned by the rhetoric.  In fact, this conditioning is so prevalent that there is a stigma to actually admitting one does not believe the mainstream narrative and, heaven forbid, one has actually sought truth apart from the narrative.

For example, in 1953 a special investigative committee was appointed by Congressman Carroll Reece of Tennessee to investigate tax-exempt foundations.  An allegation of a conspiracy to subvert American education with counter-American principles through tax exempt foundations was made and a subsequent congressional investigation called for.  Mr. Norman Dodd was appointed the Director of Research, and the findings were published in “The Dodd Report to the Reece Committee on Foundations”.

[This report can be obtained with some effort.  It is a public report and an alleged public record.  But I found some difficulty obtaining it from my limited resources.  I finally obtained one that started at page four of the report.  I’m sure FOIA applications can be made for it.  It is copyrighted 1954 and published by the Long House Inc. of NY.  It’s Library of Congress Catalog Card Number is 54-11186.]

When the report set out to define its search, it referred to some studies detailed in The Economics of the Public Interest.  A damning summary is found on page six and I will quote it below:

These original studies of the “public interest” disclosed that during the four years, 1933-1936, a change took place which was so drastic as to constitute a “revolution”.  They also indicated conclusively that the responsibility for the economic welfare of the American people had been transferred heavily to the Executive Branch of the Federal Government; that a corresponding change in education had taken place from an impetus outside of the local community, and that this “revolution” had occurred without violence and with the full consent of an overwhelming majority of the electorate.

Before I go on, let me break it down.  There were allegations and concerns that tax exempt foundations were using their monies to change the educational system in America so to redefine America itself and to subvert it to another agenda not found in the Constitution.  The six month research found these allegations to be TRUE and posted them in their 1954 Dodd Report.  And then Congress did nothing with it, in a sense, endorsing the continuing subversion of American education and ultimately, America.

So what we have here is a conspiracy.  There was a conspiracy to alter America fundamentally and the vehicle decided upon was the educational system.  This is not a conspiracy theory, this is a conspiracy.  The research and findings conclusively agreed that this conspiracy had occurred and was occurring.  Yet what mainstream America projects is that there is no conspiracy to subvert the foundations of America – that this is all conjecture and “conspiracy theory”.  This is maddening to those of us who actually do the digging to understand the root issues and find the truth.  We’re labeled “conspiracy theorists” and dismissed as irrelevant.

In fact, in 1976 (twenty years later), Mr. Dodd gave a speech in DC in which he retold a conversation he had with Rowan Gaither, the President of the Ford Foundation at the beginning of his investigation.  Mr. Gaither told Mr. Dodd, “…we operate here under directives which emanate from the White House.”  He then elaborated on what those directives were, “The substance of the directives under which we operate is that we shall use our grant-making power so to alter life in the United States that we can be comfortably merged with the Soviet Union.”

Now you tell me why the Executive Branch of the Federal Government was giving directives to foundations to alter life in America to merge with a communist society?  On page seven of the Dodd Report additional findings of their investigation outline the following purposes:

• Directing education in the United States toward an international viewpoint and discrediting the traditions to which it [formerly] had been dedicated.
• Training individuals and servicing agencies to render advice to the Executive branch of the Federal Government.
• Decreasing the dependency of education upon the resources of the local community and freeing it from many of the natural safeguards inherent in this American tradition.
• Changing both school and college curricula to the point where they sometimes denied the principles underlying the American way of life.
• Financing experiments designed to determine the most effective means by which education could be pressed into service of a political nature.

So right there you have black and white evidence of a system designed to subvert the traditions of America to such a point they will turn the very nature of “education” into a political vehicle to achieve their goals of transforming America into a communist-like nation.

The report goes on to attempt to research and answer the questions asked by Congress in H. Res. 217, which are outlined on page eight of the report.  To answer those questions the committee studied “the development of American education since the turn of the century and of the trends in techniques of teaching of the development of curricula since that time.”  (pg. 8, Dodd Report)  The rest of their report outlines their findings and answers those questions.

In Dodd’s conclusion on page 15 he states, “It seems incredible that the trustees of typically American fortune-created foundations should have permitted them to be used to finance ideas and practices incompatible with the fundamental concepts of our Constitution.  Yet there seems evidence that this may have occurred.”

To sum up the conspiracy of a body of persons conspiring to commit treasonous acts against the Constitution of America, and ultimately against America, Mr. Dodd, in his 1976 speech explained that during his research on this committee, his committee members were given access to the Minute Books of the Carnegie Endowment for International Peace to peruse for their research.  Mr. Dodd sent a member of his staff to New York to go through the records.  He brought back to Mr. Dodd dictaphone belts with minute notes of their Trustee meetings.  In 1908 meetings they raised the question of how to alter life of an “entire people”.  They discussed this for about a year and concluded that war was the quickest way to alter the way of life for a body of people.  They then asked the question of how to involve the US in a war and came up with the answer of controlling “the diplomatic machinery of the United States.”  When they brainstormed on how to do that, they surmised, “We must control the State Department.”

Is this not treason??  Was this not a conspiracy?

Continued reading of the minutes found that in 1914 the Trustees discussed the issue of Americans reverting back to their former way of life (and thinking) after war, and they did not want this outcome.  So after discussion, they determined to keep that from happening they “must control education in the United States.”  These people then formulated their plan for altering and controlling education in America.

They began with a plot to change the way American history was taught.  They approached three key historians with their agenda and were rejected.  The historians would not go along with it.  So they formed their own group of historians by using the Guggenheim Foundation.  [Now are you seeing how tax-exempt foundations were used to subvert America?]  They used the Guggenheim Foundation to recruit new scholars in the field of teaching history and gave them fellowships to study in London under their directives.  Within a decade or two, they had groomed the top national historians to do exactly what they plotted, and history in America’s educational system transitioned accordingly.

The Dodd Report goes on to demonstrate the transition to “Social Engineers” from the Social Sciences.  It points out that the outcome of this program is to trade objectivity in science for “techniques of control”.  It goes on to suggest “that our traditional concept of freedom as the function of natural and constitutional law has already been abandoned….”  (pp. 12-13)

I’d love to continue on of the ills to America that followed, but that is not the purpose of this paper.  The purpose is to outline that conspiracies abound in our nation and world, and they are more than theories.  The purpose is to challenge the status quo and the rhetoric of a bought and paid for media that includes Hollywood personalities, large corporation heads, politicians and the like.

The evidence has been both hidden and exposed, but seems to be relatively dormant for lack of attention.  In 1954 Senator William Jenner plainly depicted the idea of a “Deep State” when he said,

“Today the path of total dictatorship in the United States can be laid by strictly legal means, unseen and unheard by the Congress, the President, or the people. Outwardly we have a Constitutional government. We have operating within our government and political system, another body representing another form of government – a bureaucratic elite.”

Was Mr. Jenner merely speaking of theories of conspiracies?

It’s not that a one world government is an agenda for a group of growing individuals; it’s that there is a conspiracy in the highest ranks of power and money to strip America of its sovereignty and place it under an international rule, ruled of course by an elite ruling class.  And it’s not even a theory.  They have proudly owned it.  David Rockefeller wrote it in his Memoirs:

“Some even believe we are a part of a secret cabal working against the best interests of the United States, characterizing my family and me as ‘internationalists’ and of conspiring with others around the world to build a more integrated global political and economic structure – one world, if you will. If that’s the charge, I stand guilty and I am proud of it.”

When Americans begin to understand the truth and actuality of this plot, so much of the staged events in our nation begin to make sense.  They can be traced back over a hundred years, as Norman Dodd’s research evidenced.  Consider New York Mayor John F. Hylan’s words in 1922:

“The real menace of our republic is this invisible government which like a giant octopus sprawls its slimy length over city, state and nation. Like the octopus of real life, it operates under cover of a self created screen….At the head of this octopus are the Rockefeller Standard Oil interests and a small group of powerful banking houses generally referred to as international bankers. The little coterie of powerful international bankers virtually run the United States government for their own selfish purposes. They practically control both political parties.”

He clearly outlined Rockefellers at the helm, and the plot was understood even almost a hundred years ago.  Are we not paying attention?  And today we have the advantage of a wealth of resources at our fingertips to educate us in spite of a manipulated state-run educational system, and yet we seem reluctant or apathetic or complacent enough to sit and allow it.  There are many who have dared to cross the agenda and have paid for it with their lives.  Are their sacrifices for nothing??

Representative Larry P. MacDonald was bold in his assertions of this conspiracy.  He was killed in a questionable plane accident four months after an indicting interview with Pat Buchanan and Tom Braden in 1983 on Crossfire.  He said,

“The drive of the Rockefellers and their allies is to create a one-world government combining supercapitalism and Communism under the same tent, all under their control. Do I mean a conspiracy? Yes, I do. I am convinced there is such a plot, international in scope, generations old in planning, incredibly evil in intent.”

Joseph Kennedy told the New York Times on July 26, 1936, “Fifty men have run America, and that’s a high figure.”  Is this all just allegorical rhetoric?  How can we be this deceived?

Well known researcher and “conspiracy theorist” Mae Brussell was quoted in The Realist, February 1974:

Our lives are being manipulated by specific individuals who can be identified and exposed. Conspiracy theories only remain “theories” when there is no court, no lawyer, no judge, no Congress, with the courage to expose the evidence. In every case where the evidence is pursued, the “theory” becomes a clear-cut case of criminal conspiracy.

It’s not that there isn’t enough evidence in a conspiracy; it’s that there isn’t enough interest or conviction in arresting wickedness.

We are quite plainly without excuse.  The evidence is available for our scrutiny.  Witnesses have come forth in every generation.  Culprits have even admitted to the plot.  There are enough dead bodies and sacrifices to warrant investigation.  But the general public seems content to allow the propaganda machine through the media and celebrity America to dictate their convictions.

And don’t think that American Christianity is interested in exposing evil.  The western church is one of the biggest culprits of irrelevance in modern society.  Not only is it barely enacting its mandate to bring the gospel to all people, but also it has copiously managed to replicate the current trends of just about every aspect of the world, from fashion, to hierarchy, to politics, to bureaucracy, to business models, to music, to clichés, etc.  Life changing truths are rarely found from a church pulpit anymore.  You might be able to find one in a sincere study group, or a gathering of likeminded believers, but you’ll have to look long and hard.  And to teach material that actually incorporates Ephesians 5:11-17 would find one hard-pressed for actual students.  No one is really that interested.

[New Book: The Master Plan]

Do not participate in the unfruitful deeds of darkness, but instead even expose them; for it is disgraceful even to speak of the things which are done by them in secret.  But all things become visible when they are exposed by the light, for everything that becomes visible is light.  For this reason it says,  ” Awake, sleeper, And arise from the dead, And Christ will shine on you.”

Therefore be careful how you walk, not as unwise men but as wise, making the most of your time, because the days are evil.  So then do not be foolish, but understand what the will of the Lord is.

Romanian pastor Richard Wurmbrand, imprisoned for sixteen years by the Soviet Communists for preaching the gospel, tortured with the scars to prove it, once told a reporter, “I have suffered more from the complacency of the West than from the Communists.”

No, do not expect the western church, (which should be a vessel for truth), to expose the unfruitful deeds of darkness that are altering the state of our nation.  But what you can do is educate yourself.  When you begin to see the patterns and playbooks of those intent on evil, you won’t fall for the theatrics they use to bring them about.  But that’s another paper for another day…

© 2017 Ms. Smallback – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail M. Smallback: M.Smallback@cox.net

Voltaire on Islam

“The Quran teaches fear, hatred, contempt for others, murder as a legitimate means for the dissemination and preservation of this satanic doctrine. It talks ill of women, classifies people into classes, calls for blood and ever more blood. Yet, that Muhammad, a camel trader, sparks uproar in his tribe, that he wants to make his fellow citizens believe that he talked to the archangel Gabriel; that he boasted about being taken up into heaven and receiving a part of that indigestible book there, which can shake common sense on every page, that to gain respect for this work, he covers his country with fire and iron, that he strangles fathers, drags away daughters, that he leaves the beaten a free choice between death and his faith; now this is certainly something that no one can excuse, unless he came as a Turk into the world, unless superstition has stifled any natural light of reason in him.” Voltaire 1694-1788

With worldwide Moslem terror events becoming regular front-page news, leaders of Western countries might ask themselves why they promote Moslem immigration.

Where Islam gains a foothold in any host country, conflict ensues at the local level until it boils over onto the national stage.  While Moslems lay low in the beginning stages of their “hijrah” (‘seeding’ as advocated by the Quran to spread Islam) of host countries, as their numbers grow, they push for Sharia Law.

Already in the United Kingdom after 25 years of intense Moslem immigration, Islam features 3,000 mosques, 130 Sharia courts, 50 Muslim Sharia Councils and dozens of ‘no go zones’ where Moslem ‘Sharia’ patrols ensure no one disobeys Sharia Law.

Main rules of Sharia Law:  Islamic law opposes free speech, women’s rights and religious choice.  It advocates honor killings, female genital mutilation, four wives per husband, women as property of men, arranged marriages, wife beating, decapitation, and Islam supreme over all other religions.

Unfortunately, Islamic law diametrically contradicts Constitutional-democratic-republican law in every way.

Today in Canada, America and Europe—Moslems dictate the rules with millions of followers creating parallel societies inside of Western countries.  Once they arrive, no one understands why they fail to leave their barbaric rituals and become modernized.

I spoke with fellow research journalist Peter Goodchild on his understanding of Moslems in Western countries.  Could you give us an idea as to how and why Moslems cannot and do not assimilate into Western countries?

“The Muslim world-view differs greatly from that of the Westerner,” said Goodchild.  “Largely because Muslims are tribalist. There are many forms of Islamic culture, and tribalism is very much an Arabic characteristic, but it is common throughout the Muslim world. Muslim tribalism is also similar to that of native people in the Americas, or in Africa. Allegiance is to the tribe, not to a “country.” Arabic countries did not even exist until such political entities were forced upon them in the 20th century by the British and the Americans. The essence of tribalism is that a man’s (and secondarily a woman’s) loyalty is to the tribe. (Even in my Omani classrooms in 2008-11, if there was a student in a class who was not in the same tribe as the other students, then there could be trouble.) Muslims have two names, just as Westerners do, but the big difference is that a Westerner’s last name is a family name, whereas a Muslim’s last name is that of a tribe.

“Because a Muslim belongs to a tribe, he is raised from birth to regard people outside his own tribe as enemies. Because other people are enemies, it is senseless to speak of a “crime” against them. For example, killing someone from another tribe is not “murder.” “Lawrence of Arabia” fell into this problem when he was trying to unite the Arabs and get them to side with the British against the Turks in WWI.

“The issue of tribalism came up — with apparently little awareness on the part of Westerners — in the last few years, when large numbers of Muslim migrants poured into Europe. Westerners were appalled by the “crimes” being committed. But from a Muslim perspective these were not crimes at all. And from a Muslim perspective, Westerners are basically subhuman because they have no tribes. Because they have no tribes it is senseless to say that a Muslim is committing a “crime” against such people.

“Again as in the Americas or in Africa, a member of a tribal society regards his women as his property. The more women the better! To a tribalist, a law enforcing monogamy is senseless. Why should a man be deprived of a chance to increase his women or his donkeys or camels? And why should a man have to accord a woman the same rights as a man?

“One can go beyond the above, and consider religion. Muslims commonly say that Allah appeared first to Moses, secondly to Jesus, and thirdly to Muhammad. Westerners understand only the first two stages and are therefore doomed by Allah. A Muslim feels no compassion for a Westerner, since the latter has not only no tribe, but no real religion.

“What people such as Justin Trudeau, [Merkel, Macron, Trump, Theresa May, et al.] are doing is getting themselves elected as overlords of the Muslim tribes. The political unit is geographically somewhat larger than the Muslims are used to, but the concept of the Westerner as a subhuman pre-tribal enemy is already well in place.

“Westerners often use simple emotion-laden language, based almost entirely on Western assumptions about morality, to criticize Muslims for their “crimes,” or to criticize people such as Trudeau or [Trump] for helping Muslims. But to do so is to display the Westerner’s misunderstanding of the Muslim world-view. We can be appalled at tribal mentality, but it goes back thousands of years and should not be dismissed as merely some unfortunate aberration. In any case, without an understanding of that world-view, any moral objections are certainly simplistic — and somewhat misplaced. To deal with Islam one must first understand it.

“The above comments about Muslim tribalism are relevant to patterns of immigration in Canada, [America and Europe], but they are especially relevant to what can be called psychological warfare, “PSYOP” — warfare carried out by psychological devices rather than conventional weapons. Such warfare is often used by governments against their own citizens. Trudeau and his colleagues are experts at psychological warfare.

“Canadian leader Justin Trudeau is using Muslims, people who do not understand Western values, and would have no interest in such values even if they did understand them, as a means of asserting control over his own compatriots, Canadians — Westerners. In that sense, Trudeau is betraying his country.”

“Immigrants devoted to their own cultures and religions are not influenced by the secular politically correct façade that dominates academia, news-media, entertainment, education, religious and political thinking today,” said James Walsh, former Associate General Counsel of the United States Immigration and Naturalization Service. “They claim the right not to assimilate, and the day is coming when the question will be how can the United States regulate the defiantly unassimilated cultures, religions and mores of foreign lands?  Such immigrants say their traditions trump the U.S. legal system.  Balkanization of the United States has begun.”  Speech given by James Walsh in 1991

In America, Congress and our presidents betray the USA with continued Moslem immigration.  It’s a matter of time and numbers.

Peter Goodchild writes at www.countercurrents.org  If you would like to contact him:  prjgoodchild@gmail.com

He recommends:  The Architects of Western Decline

© 2017 Frosty Wooldridge – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Frosty: frostyw@juno.com

In the United States, there exists a massive Jihadi support network led by the Muslim Brotherhood/Hamas [a Palestinian movement deemed by the U.S. as a terrorist group] and used by jihadis raised here in America, or those who come in from overseas. According to evidence in numerous federal terrorism trials, the largest Islamic organizations in America are fronts for jihad and controlled by the Brotherhood. —John Guandolo

Understanding The Threat

The internet is rife with inane theories regarding the Las Vegas massacre which resulted in 58 dead and over 500 wounded.  After only a few weeks, the media has all but dropped the story, and our government assures us this attack had nothing to do with Islamic terrorism.

The truth about the Mandalay massacre comes from Islamic expert, John Guandolo, President and Founder of Understanding the Threat (UTT).

Guandolo is a US Naval Academy graduate, served as an Infantry/Reconnaissance officer in the United States Marines and is a combat veteran. He was a combat diver, military free-fall parachutist, and a graduate of the U.S. Army Ranger School. Mr. Guandolo served as a Special Agent in the FBI from 1996-2008, and was recruited out of the FBI by the Department of Defense to conduct strategic analysis of the Islamic threat.  Here is his impressive and full curriculum vitae.

John is also the co-author of Shariah – The Threat to America, the first comprehensive book on the enemy threat doctrine, and the author of Raising a Jihadi Generation (September 2013) which details the Muslim Brotherhood’s jihadi support network inside the United States, a book every American needs to read.  There are few genuine experts who understand the Islamic threat; John Guandolo is one of them.

The UTT staff also includes Chris Gaubatz who infiltrated the Council on American-Islamic Relations (CAIR).  His amazing story is told in the book, Muslim Mafia.

And this month, Billy Vaughn, Gold Star father of fallen Navy SEAL Team VI Special Warfare Operations Chief Aaron Carson Vaughn joins UTT.  Billy’s book Betrayed, is the shocking true story of Extortion 17.  In this video, Billy states that UTT is the only organization in America giving law enforcement officials, leaders, and citizens tools to identify, map out, and dismantle the jihadi networks across the United States.

The Truth of the Mandalay Bay Massacre

Las Vegas law enforcement and the FBI still can’t find a motive for Steven Paddock’s slaughter.  Yet, in my short interview with John Guandolo, he clarified why the conclusion must be that the Islamic State is responsible.

• Last spring, the Islamic State identified Las Vegas as a target by using video imagery of blood over the city.
• Then in September, they issued another threat against Las Vegas.
• They reaffirmed the target shortly before the attack and told Muslims to stay away from large events where there were thousands of non-Muslims.
• On Monday after the attack, ISIS claimed responsibility.
• Later Monday ISIS issued another statement claiming Steven Paddock was a soldier of the Caliphate and a martyr for the cause.
• On Tuesday morning ISIS issued a third message again confirming they were responsible for the Vegas attack.
• On Thursday, October 5^th, after four major releases, including an on-line graphic only used for ISIS operations, they released a video showing a blood smear over the Mandalay Bay Hotel. They claimed Paddock had been converted six months earlier.
• ISIS has claimed dozens and dozens of attacks and all have been true.

There is no validity or proof that there were shots fired at other casinos, this is internet fake news.

How Many Shooters

Mr. Guandolo said the authorities should be looking closely at Brian Hodge who stated he was in the room next door to Paddock.

Hodge, who is originally from Wagga Wagga, South Wales, Australia, but has lived in Los Angeles for the past eight years, described seeing the SWAT team storm the hotel. He also claimed the entire floor he was staying on was a “crime scene” with “multiple shooters” firing weapons out of the windows.

He also claimed on twitter that he was in the room “next to Paddock” in 32134 at the Mandalay Bay.  Yet, evidence reveals Paddock was firing from rooms 32135 and 32134.  Hodge also told Australian media outlets he was on the 32nd floor of the Mandalay Bay when the attack was in progress, and then fled to bushes near the hotel where he remained for 3 1/2 hours.

The story he told the media is strange and inconsistent with the facts.  See/hear his interviews here and here.  Yet, Brian Hodge has not been interviewed by the FBI or the Las Vegas Sheriff’s Office.

Mr. Guandolo said UTT had studied the statements of Hodge, and there were too many discrepancies.  He possibly could be the other shooter, and should be looked at closely, which unfortunately, is not happening.

Paddock’s Girlfriend, Marilou Danley

Steven Paddock’s girlfriend retained a criminal defense lawyer upon her return to the United States from the Philippines.  Marilou Danley, 62, is being represented by attorney Matthew Lombard of Lombard Law.

Lombard, a criminal defense attorney for more than 12 years, operates his own firm out of Los Angeles, California. Lombard worked on the defense for Terry Nichols, an accomplice in the 1994 Oklahoma City bombing, according to his professional biography.

According to John Guandolo, both Marilou Danley and Brian Hodge should be run to ground and questioned over and over again by the FBI and local law enforcement.  Guandolo believes Marilou Danley knows more than she’s telling.

Subverting the Truth

Could the investigation into this horror become more bizarre and unprofessional?  The public suspects a coverup, and the preponderance of evidence points to ISIS.

Guandolo’s experience gives him insight into the truth.  In 1998, Guandolo was with the FBI investigating the Nairobi bombing of the US Embassy.  He also worked 9/11 and related al Qaeda cases out of the bureau’s Washington field office.  And, after 9/11, John began an assignment to the Counterterrorism Division of the FBI’s Washington Field Office developing an expertise in the Muslim Brotherhood, Islamic Doctrine, the global Islamic Movement, and terrorist organizations including Hamas, Al Qaeda, and others.

John was designated a “Subject Matter Expert” in 2006 by FBI Headquarters and created and implemented the FBI’s first Counterterrorism Training Program focused on the Muslim Brotherhood, Islamic Doctrine, and the global Islamic Movement.  He knows the workings of the Department of Justice, especially the FBI.

Quandolo stated, “The way the FBI is postured is that Las Vegas is not the Islamic State, and they’ve been wrong all the way back to Ft. Hood.”  He said the FBI always failed; they don’t understand the threat.

One of John’s colleagues asked another FBI agent just how many understand the Islamic threat.  The answer was, “Probably ten out of 14,000 agents, and half are not even in the counterterrorism unit.  There are none in leadership who understand.”

Jihadi Infiltration

The primary Islamic advisors regarding the Islamic threat who are inside the White House, State Department, CIA, FBI, DHS, national security staffs, and others are Muslim Brotherhood (MB) operatives or Muslims ideologically aligned with the Muslim Brotherhood. John clarified that the average FBI agent hasn’t any training in how to question Islamic suspects using sharia which Muslims would understand.  The hired Islamists within the DOJ are ones who do the translating.

When valid information on Islamic terrorism is put out by anyone inside the DOJ, NSA, or DHS, it is either shredded or the person is fired.  The entire Muslim Brotherhood network led by the likes of The Islamic Society of North America (ISNA), Muslim Public Affairs Council (MPAC), CAIR, Muslim American Society (MAS), and the US Council of Muslim Organizations (USCMO) are the first to complain if anyone in US intelligence should utter the truth of Islam or stealth jihad.

See Something, Say Nothing, is the tell-all book by Philip Haney, a former Homeland Security Officer, who exposed the government’s submission to jihad, especially under President Obama. The DHS ordered Haney to scrub records of Muslims with terror ties.

Enemies Within

I asked John if there was anyone left in the Trump administration who knew the real threat of Islam, and he said, “Other than the President, no one.”  They’ve been fired or have quit.

There are three military men within the Trump administration, and unfortunately none of them really understand the Islamic threat.  Lt. Gen. McMaster of the NSA is the one most loved by the Islamists and leftist Democrats and Republicans like John McCain.

Guandolo warned us that Lt. Gen. McMaster is in the enemy camp.  McMaster had even demanded that President Trump refrain from telling the truth about Islamic terrorism.  McMaster targeted and terminated the Trump loyalists in the National Security Council (NSC) who were hired by General Flynn because they knew the Islamic enemy, and were loyal to the MAGA agenda, they included Cohen Watnik, Rich Higgins, Derek Harvey, and Victoria Coates.  The latter is still in the White House but no longer in the NSC. She is truly another superstar.

Worthy to mention is General Kelly’s statement about the budget where he told the Senate, as he defended President Trump’s new budget, that the budget cuts some anti-terror grant funding for localities.

Really?  They want to cut funds after all the attacks, including Orlando and Las Vegas???

America, the Paper Tiger

Twelve years ago, Muhammad Khalil al-Hakaymah wrote The Myth of Delusion, Exposing the American Intelligence.  It is an al-Qaeda document released on the Internet and distributed via a jihadi email list.  It is a long treatise exposing America as a paper tiger, and the CIA, FBI, DOJ as useless.  John Guandolo says they nailed us!  UTT’s website lists a number of important jihadi writings under Research and Resources.

Conclusion

According to Guandolo, America fails to win the war on terror because the U.S. government takes advice from the enemy:

“When we can demonstrate that one hundred percent of the advisors—Islamic advisors at the Pentagon, the White House, the FBI, the CIA—are Muslim Brothers or…part of the Muslim sisterhood, but primarily Muslim Brothers, and those are the people that we’ve relied on to advise us on how to fight the war, both overseas and domestically our counterterrorism strategy, that would explain why we’re getting thrown all over the map and why we’ve been getting…the floor mopped up with us for the last 15 years.”

It would be impossible for me to relate all the information within a 35-minute interview that is spelled out so thoroughly on Guadolo’s website, Understanding the Threat.  I would hope that my readers spend afternoons absorbing the information on this amazing site.

Guandolo’s FBI joint terrorism training in 2006 laid out what sharia and the Islamic network is about.  He now has a three-day program for law enforcement, military and intelligence professionals that is a fact-based analysis of jihadi operations, their doctrine, and the significant jihadi network that exists in the U.S. today.

Those who attend will understand the broad scope of the threat, how it directly affects them in their daily duties, and how they can combat this threat at the local level.

I would urge all my readers to contact their local county sheriffs and speak to them about John Guandolo’s presentation, and urge them to contact John for training.

There are many threats in America today, but by far Islam is at the top of the list. Infiltration has kept our government from ignoring the threat.  It is up to us, the American citizens who wish to keep our culture free of Islamic domination to fund those who are leading the charge against Islam.

Please help John by funding his efforts.  Click here and then on donate.  It takes you to Americans for America (A4A), a 501(c)3 group that partners with Guandolo.  If you donate through A4A to Understanding the Threat, it is a tax-deductible donation, and a donation that will help to save America, her culture, her Constitution, and her freedoms.  Please help!

© 2017 Kelleigh Nelson – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Kelleigh Nelson: Proverbs133@bellsouth.net

I’ve tried to give Jeff Sessions a chance as the new Attorney General. If you take politics out of the equation, Sessions did a lot of good things while U.S. Attorney for the Southern District of Alabama and Attorney General for the State of Alabama. The lies by the prostitute media and members of the Democratic/Communist Part USA in Congress that Sessions is some sort of white supremacist or racist are just that. I always give credit where credit is due and in this case, Sessions deserves a great deal of credit in the area of civil rights.

But, I should have known better after Sessions’ disgraceful cowardice in taking on the confirmation of another criminal, US Supreme Court Justice Sonia Sotomayer:

♦ GOP Senators Ignore Sotomayor’s Criminal Activities 7-20-09
♦ Sotomayor’s confirmation vote rescheduled – here’s why 7-22-09
♦ Justice Sotomayor: tax evasion, perjury – what did Obama know and when? 4-23-12

Any American who has been following the sewage spewed out in Washington, DC over the past 50 years can come to no other conclusion that while there most certainly are honest, dedicated people who do work at DOJ and the FBI, it’s the top dogs who continue protecting criminals. Men and women who allegedly have had such ‘distinguished careers’ and ‘squeaky clean’ are now seeing their dirty drawers laundered in public. Other elected and appointed officials at the top who also belong in federal prison: Hildebeast Clinton, the tramp she’s married to, Susan Rice, Lois Lerner, James Comey and probably Loretta Lynch.

Watchdog: FBI has located 30 pages of documents related to Clinton-Lynch tarmac meeting: “The FBI is out of control. It is stunning that the FBI ‘found’ these Clinton-Lynch tarmac records only after we caught the agency hiding them in another lawsuit,” Judicial Watch Tom Fitton said in a statement. “Judicial Watch will continue to press for answers about the FBI’s document games in court. In the meantime, the FBI should stop the stonewall and release these new records immediately.”

Federal Judge Smacks Down DOJ Lawyers Protecting Hillary – Will Review Redacted Clinton Emails – Why is Tillerson’s State Department and Sessions’ DOJ protecting Hillary Clinton?
(Attorney) Gregg Jarrett: Lynch, the Clintons and a series of fantastic coincidences
Gregg Jarrett: Sessions should resign, but not before taking action against Clinton, Comey and Rice

Don’t tell me Debbie Wasserman-Schultz, putrid hag that she is didn’t know about this going on right under her nose considering how ‘chummy’ she was with the indicted:

Imran Awan case: Lawmaker calls ‘massive’ data transfers from Wasserman Schultz aide a ‘substantial security threat’

“A Republican lawmaker on Tuesday described the “massive” data transfers on government servers by a former IT aide to Democratic Florida Rep. Debbie Wasserman Schultz as “a substantial security threat.”…Imran pleaded not guilty in September to multiple federal charges including bank fraud and conspiracy. A grand jury had returned an indictment in August in the U.S. District Court for the District of Columbia charging Imran Awan and his wife, Hina Alvi, with a total of four charges. “Awan and other IT aides for House Democrats had been on investigators’ radar for months over concerns of possible double-billing, alleged equipment theft and access to sensitive computer systems. Most lawmakers fired Awan in February, but Wasserman Schultz had kept him on until his arrest in July.”

I have no doubt the transfers went to Pakistan and terrorist organizations supported by your tax dollars via ‘foreign aid’. Judicial Watch Presents: A Discussion on the Awan Brothers IT Scandal w/ Congressional House Members

Push is on to disbar James Comey after Clinton scandal: “A crusading lawyer filed a bar grievance this week accusing former FBI Director James Comey of lying to Congress and destroying potential evidence in the Clinton email scandal, in a process that could end up costing him his law license.

“Ty Clevenger filed the grievance in New York, where Mr. Comey was a former U.S. attorney and is licensed to practice law. Mr. Clevenger said Mr. Comey’s testimony to Congress that he did not predetermine the outcome of the FBI’s probe into former Secretary of State Hillary Clinton is belied by revelations this week that he in fact started drafting an exoneration months before even speaking with Mrs. Clinton.”

Liar outed: James Comey Claimed ‘No Special’ Rules for Clinton Just Days After Drafting Statement Excusing Her Mishandling of Classified Info

The question is how much more will these criminals will get away with UNLESS they are finally hauled before grand juries and indicted?

It appears President Trump is finally starting to pay attention to one of the worst cases of corruption and treachery: The sale of 20% of America’s uranium production to Russia BEFORE President Trump ever announced he was running for president. Actors: The Clinton pay-as-you-get Foundation, impostor Secretary of State Hillary the man Clinton and Hussein Obama. Yes, like hipster, Barack, stealing the office of president by fraud and deception, Clinton usurped the office of Secretary of State while EVERY damn U.S. Senator – including Jeff Sessions ignored the facts. Rodearmel v Clinton (usurper) case dismissed

As you read please remember YOUR federal income tax dollars which actually do NOT fund the government but that’s how the lie is sold – paid for Russia’s massive military build-up and that IS a proven fact:

The Best Enemy Money Can Buy by the late Antony C. Sutton who was not some conspiracy theorist. His books are based on hard facts and documentation.
National Suicide : Military Aid to the Soviet Union by Antony C. Sutton

“For Antony Sutton, research fellow at the Hoover Institution, Stanford University, proves that there is no such thing as Soviet technology, only American and allied technology on Soviet soil. Technology that maimed and killed American boys in Korea and Vietnam. Bridge building to Communist Russia is nothing new. It started early in 1918. With mountains of documentation Mr. Sutton shows that 90 to 95 percent of Soviet technology since 1918 has come from America and its allies . . . that we’ve built for, or sold, or traded, or given outright to the Communists everything from copper wiring and motor vehicles to combat tanks, missile equipment and computers . . . that we are today giving equipment to build the world ‘s largest heavy­ truck plant (output: 100,000 ten-ton trucks per year – more than all U.S. manufacturers produce in a year) . . . that “peaceful trade” is a myth . . . that to the Soviets all goods are strategic.

“All this, to create and maintain an enemy that we annually spend $80 billion to defend against. National Suicide, researched for over ten years, mentions scores of products passed on to the Soviets (down to the design specifications, in some cases). It fearlessly names the guilty manufacturers and politicians – right up to Presidents of the United States. The government won’t like this book. It blows the lid off information that has been kept from the public till now. But Americans weary of no-win wars and taxpayers repelled at subsidizing our enemy will hail this scholarly, gutsy volume.”

Hey, Putin’s the bad guy. The Soviets are our enemy. What horse manure propaganda. Putin is just another billionaire enjoying his powerful position while playing cat and mouse with the U.S. If Russia is our enemy then why did our government over the decades make their military might possible?

Attorney: FBI Informant Was Blocked by Obama Administration from Testifying on Uranium One Deal

“Attorney Victoria Toensing, a former Reagan Justice Department official and former chief counsel of the Senate intelligence committee, told The Hill that she is trying to get the Trump administration or the FBI to free her client to talk. “All of the information about this corruption has not come out,” Toensing said. She said her client possesses “specific allegations that Russian executives made to him about how they facilitated the Obama administration’s 2010 approval of the Uranium One deal and sent millions of dollars in Russian nuclear funds to the U.S. to an entity assisting Bill Clinton’s foundation.”

Free her client to talk to Congress? This is Sibel Edmonds, ‘the most classified woman in U.S. history’ all over again. Victoria Toensing is married to Joseph E. diGenova. They are great examples of honesty, decency and integrity.

I believe these are the most credible, factual articles on the Uranium deal. Each of them are important. I know time is an issue but it’s the sacrifice we all have to make to get the truth.

♦ Complete Transcript: Hannity – The FBI, Mueller and Russian Kickbacks to the Clinton’s
♦ Robert Mueller’s Role in Clinton Scheme to Sell 20 Percent of US Uranium to Russia
♦ Senate probes corrupt Russian money funneled to Clinton Foundation as FBI informant at scandal’s center is revealed to have been gagged by Obama’s Justice Department during 2016 campaign
♦ FBI uncovered Russian bribery plot before Obama administration approved controversial nuclear deal with Moscow
♦ Massive criminal conspiracy unravels: Hillary Clinton took $145M from Russians to sell out the U.S. uranium supply to America’s enemies (and the FBI knew all along)

Mueller was Hillary’s Uranium Bag Man

Why is Jeff Sessions hiding the Uranium One informant? – “It was said the Jeff Sessions recused himself from all things Russian because of election campaign conflicts but is it really because he thought it would insulate him from having to divulge what he knew about Uranium One and the people who at the very least knew about the deal, some who approved the deal, including past and present members of the FBI, the DOJ, and Special Counsel Robert Miller’s team? Is Jeff Sessions part of the Uranium One cover-up? If not, then he needs to explain why he is thus far refusing Sen. Chuck Grassley’s request to lift the gag order imposed by the Obama administration as part of the Uranium One cover-up:” (Rest at link)

6 Examples of Jeff Sessions’ Cowardice – Larry Klayman flays Trump’s AG for allowing corruption to continue at DOJ

What should happen now? I don’t believe Jeff Sessions should remain Attorney General. He should resign after Trump whispers in his ear. The new FBI Director, Christopher Wray, was just sworn in three months ago. Sessions had the usual rah-rah to say about Wray: “Chris has the experience and the strength of character that the American people want in an FBI Director,” said Attorney General Sessions, adding that he looked forward to working with Wray every day to keep the country safe.”

Well, that won’t happen under your stewardship, Jeff Sessions. The corruption above and the players all need a criminal referral to federal grand juries. The question is does Wray have the stones to get the job done? I don’t know about you but I am sick to death of career criminals getting away with their crimes just because their last name is Bush, Kissinger, Clinton, Mueller, Comey, Obama or Mueller.

I know Sen. Grassley is looking into some of this – big deal. Rep. Trey Gowdy held how many hearings on the Benghazi slaughter only for Hildebeast Clinton and Hussein Obama to walk free? How many committee hearings on the IRS targeting conservative organizations who applied for tax exempt status while that _itch Lois Lerner walks with a fat government retirement? One crime after another and no one goes to jail.

No more if we are ever going to have a real Dept. of Justice and right now the buck stops at Chris Wray’s desk. Now more than ever we the people need to make our voices heard to Wray. I’m in the process of composing my own one-page letter to him. Crisp, polite and to the point:

We the people no longer have ANY respect for the FBI and its ability to bring career criminals like Hillary Clinton to justice. Now that you are the new FBI Director will the FBI do what is right no matter how much political heat is put on you or will justice continue to be a joke and a moral crime against the people of these united States of America?

I’m talking about Clinton’s email crimes, the bribery machine called The Clinton Foundation, the Extortion 17 Chinook helicopter shoot down that killed all 38 people on board—25 American special operations personnel (Navy Seals), five United States Army National Guard and Army Reserve crewmen and a U.S. military working dog. Damn it. OUR Americans; another cover-up in Afghanistan (A retired Air Force captain says Pentagon covered up real cause of deadly chopper crash) Benghazi, and the Uranium One deal for starters.

This time I’m using snail mail. Besides there is no public comment line, fax or email for Wray. If Wray got 100,000 letters dumped on his desk just maybe he might go up against Jeff Sessions and start really cleaning out one of the dirtiest swamps in DC. That type of mail avalanche would also grab the attention of President Trump.

Remaining silent or ‘I’m too busy’ isn’t acceptable. He who shouts the loudest gets the most attention.

Christopher Wray
Director, FBI
935 Pennsylvania Avenue, NW
Washington, D.C. 20535-0001

(Starts today. Soldiers died and injured because of that coward. The 6 U.S. Soldiers Who Died Searching for Bowe Bergdahl He should go to Leavenworth for life: Dramatic Sentencing Hearing Expected in Bergdahl Case)

Links:

WATCH: Congress Examines Firing Robert Mueller As Special Counsel 9/26/2017
AG Sessions: Shut Down The Phony ‘Russiagate’ Special Prosecutor Witch Hunt

Wikileaks Founder Julian Assange: “There’s Something Wrong With Hillary Clinton”
Silverglate: How Robert Mueller Tried To Entrap Me

[Devvy does a pod cast every Thursday: What Congress and the Media Won’t Tell You, which covers bills like the one to stop taxing social security rotting in committee in Congress and other critical issues. Knowledge is power but only if truth is made available to millions of Americans. The beauty of a pod cast is you can listen live or download and listen anytime on just about any gadget out there like iTunes, on your computer, iPhone, Smart Phone or Android device. Here’s the direct link. Just click on show title to the right.]

© 2017 Devvy Kidd – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Devvy: devvyk@npn.net

Part 1

America is being led into a cesspool of deviancy and America’s pastors remain largely silent. For those of us who have been calling attention to the rank immorality that daily seems to increasingly encroach upon the shores of common sense and moral sensibleness, this is not surprising.

Few pastors said a word when contemplative prayer, labyrinth walking, yoga, word faith heresy, and many other misguided and unbiblical practices were introduced into the church by goats masquerading as sheep. While these things demonstrate a tragic departure from the faith once for all delivered to the saints, today we are facing a full on frontal assault from our politicians.

President Obama, who demonstrated a spirit of antichrist, lobbied for men utilizing women’s bathrooms and threatened our public schools with loss of funding if they did not allow boys to shower with girls.

Attorney General Loretta Lynch threatened of fines and jail time in a blatant attempt to make sure Obama’s evil and unconstitutional demands appeared legitimate.

Where are America’s pastors? The progressive Marxists among us aided by the progressive Marxist media have rendered most pastors deaf mutes for fear of being labeled as a hater or racist or homophobe. Friends it is time that Christians throw off the shackles of political correctness and stand strong in the power of God and deliver this message: “No more, no more, no more! We will not silently stand by and watch our nation be torn apart by people who hate America. We will not stand by and allow morally depraved people to have their way with our children. We will not be afraid of what any President or any other evil tyrant says or threatens to do. God will reign and He will rule in our hearts and minds and therefore we will not fear any man or the consequences of our stand!”

It is the “eleventh hour” in America friends. Will you don the spiritual armor of God and stand firm against the encroaching evil? Will you encourage your Christian brothers and sisters to join you in this battle? Please encourage other believers to find a church that is true to the gospel and is not compromised by an end times Babylonianism.  This means finding a church that is not characterized by compromise, pandering to the pagan culture, or that rejects the Bible as our guide for righteous and holy living, the very Word of God.

This article is the first in a five-part series looking at the subject of the Church and its mission today. The intent is to encourage you as well as to help you identify a body of believers who is being the church as God intended.

God bless you today as you seek Him.

© 2017 Mike Spaulding – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Mike Spaulding: drmichaelspaulding@gmail.com

This last week we witnessed one of the most vile and self-centered acts from one of the low life politicians of the Democrat Party, and there are many in that Party that fall into that category.  Since the election we have seen nothing but vile actions from the so-called political leaders in the Democrat Party.

Maxine Waters, one of the most erratic members of that Party, began calling for Trumps impeachment even before he was sworn in!  The stupidity of that is only exceeded by the stupidity of the people who vote for her. Democratic representative Maxine Waters, who has called for Trump’s impeachment several times publicly, appeared on “MSNBC Live” on Tuesday to deny ever calling for Trump’s impeachment.

Waters was asked about her impeachment tweets and what offenses Trump has committed that would warrant impeachment.

“Well, you know, our intelligence agencies have already confirmed that the Russians did hack into the DNC, and to many of us, who had to have our telephone numbers changed, etc. And so, the question becomes, was there collusion, did this campaign, this president, and his campaign and/or allies, collude with the Russians in doing the hacking and undermining our democracy? We know that Putin hated Hillary, that they worked, in some ways, to try and support Trump, to get elected. They got what they want. we know that Tillerson, for example, who’s never been in government before, who came from Exxon, negotiated a multibillion-dollar deal with Putin to drill in the Arctic. And so, we have enough information that leads us to, I think, a credible investigation to find out whether or not there was collusion and whether or not an oil deal is involved with all of this.” ¹

Most if not all of this statement is false but the is very typical of her comments.  The funny part of this is after calling for his impeachment several times she denied that she had done it.  Here is a woman who won’t even live in the district she represents.  Maybe that should be a requirement.  If these people were forced to live in the districts they represent maybe they would do a little more for the community other than see to it that the welfare check and food stamps keep coming.

Then there is the infamous Shelia Jackson Lee (SJL) from Texas.  This woman is a perfect example of the pathetic education that is given out in our used to be great places of higher education.  She attended Yale and the University of Virginia Law School.  If I were these schools I would do everything I could to keep it quite that she ever graced the halls of either of their institutions.  Along with the denials of Waters she too called for the impeachment of George W. Bush.  She joined ten other Democrats on Dennis Kucinich’s bill to impeach Bus and then denied that she had done so. “A historical fact: President Bush pushed this nation into a war that had little to do with apprehending terrorists. We did not seek an impeachment of President Bush, because as an executive, he had his authority. President Obama has the authority.” ² Then she made a declaration that our Constitution has been around since 1614: “Maybe I should offer a good thanks to the distinguished members of the majority, the Republicans, my chairman and others, for giving us an opportunity to have a deliberative constitutional discussion that reinforces the sanctity of this nation and how well it is that we have lasted some 400 years, operating under a constitution that clearly defines what is constitutional and what is not.” ³ Yes, She really is that stupid.

This poor foolish woman does not seem to be anywhere qualified to hold the position she holds.  She has called for unemployment insurance payments to be paid to the employed,⁴ declaring a continuing resolution situation is Martial Law: “We have martial law. What that means – and my colleagues know what it means – is that you can put a bill on in just minutes.” ⁵ She even considers herself a freed slave even though slavery was abolished 148 years before she made this comment: “I stand here as a freed slave because this Congress came together.”  ⁶  Last but nowhere even close to the least is this little episode: Former Capitol office executive assistant and events scheduler Rhiannon Burruss claimed Sheila Jackson Lee was outraged when she found out someone was given a chauffeur to a Selma march anniversary, while she wasn’t given one.
“You don’t understand. I am a queen, and I demand to be treated like a queen.” ⁷

Now we have Representative Frederica Wilson making a complete fool out of herself concerning the phone call President Trump made to the family of Sgt. La David T. Johnson.  As General Kelly stated he was stunned that Representative Wilson would listen into that conversation and then only take part of the conversation out of context.  But this is what the liberals do any more.  All the MSM outlets tell half-truths or outright lies and are in collusion with Democrats to do whatever they can to discredit President Trump.  General Kelly stated what Trump really said and, as usual, is was nothing like the press and Representative Wilson reported.  She even called Kelly, a Gold Star father, a liar: Gen. Kelly had come to the defense of President Trump, who was accused by Rep. Frederica Wilson of being insensitive to a grieving military family during a phone call.

Kelly, whose own son was killed while serving in Afghanistan, said during a press conference on Thursday that Wilson is an “empty barrel” who “makes noise.” Wilson criticized Trump again early Friday for his phone call to the pregnant widow of Green Beret Sgt. La David Johnson, who was killed in action in Niger. However, she also took Kelly to task for claiming that he “secured the money” for the FBI building in Miramar.  “I feel sorry for Gen. Kelly,” Wilson told CNN. “He has my sympathy for the loss of his son. But he can’t just go on TV and lie on him.” ⁸

If I seem harsh towards Representative Wilson I’m only being truthful.  This piece of trash is a shining example of what has become of the Democrat Party.  Ungodly, vile supporters of debauchery and everything that is ant-American.  She and the rest are to be pitied.  Hopefully the people that voted these low-life, self-centered racist haters will come to their senses in 2018 and replace them with people more concerned about the future of the country than about their personal wellbeing and ‘rock star’ status.

© 2017 Roger Anghis – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Roger Anghis: roger@buildingthetruth.org

FootNotes

1. Maxine Waters calls for Trump’s impeachment then denies making the call for impeachment
2. http://www.dumbocratquotes.com/viewbyperson.php?personid=40
3. http://www.dumbocratquotes.com/viewbyperson.php?personid=40
4. http://www.dumbocratquotes.com/viewbyperson.php?personid=40
5. http://www.dumbocratquotes.com/viewbyperson.php?personid=40
6. http://www.dumbocratquotes.com/viewbyperson.php?personid=40
7. http://www.dumbocratquotes.com/viewbyperson.php?personid=40
8. Rep Frederica Wilson calls trump’s chief-of-staff John Kelly A liar

The California wildfires have taken more than 31 lives and are now the deadliest fires in the history of that State. There are 10,000 fire fighters now in the field. “Santa Rosa lost 2,834 homes and approximately 400,000 square feet of commercial space, and Mayor Chris Coursey expects the numbers to grow.

The tales of this week are growing increasingly tragic. As the Redwood Valley fire swept through Mendocino County, the Shepherd family hurried to escape, first by car and then by foot when the vehicles caught fire. Kai Shepherd, a 14-year-old who loved the San Francisco Giants and wrestling, did not make it out alive, his aunt Mindi Ramos said.

“The firestorm washed over them,” Ramos said.

His sister, Kressa, was so badly burned her legs were amputated below the knee at a Sacramento hospital where her mother, Sara, was also being treated. Jon Shepherd, Kai’s father, remains at a burn center in San Francisco, Ramos said. The family’s Redwood Valley home on West Road is gone.

Video of the sermon

In Sonoma County, sheriff crews and cadaver dogs began combing through rubble and charred remains, targeted searches of missing persons. The grim task of identifying the dead could take weeks or months, officials said. Some bodies already located “were nothing more than ash and bones,” Sonoma County Sheriff Rob Giordano said. One identification was made through an ID number on a prosthetic hip replacement.

Sonoma officials received 1,000 reports of missing persons, some duplicates, and by Thursday afternoon 603 people had been located, leaving 400 missing.

Pilot Todd Hudson, who has been flying missions… is still wrapping his head around what the fires are doing to the area where he was born and raised.

“One of these fires would be mind-boggling, and there’s multiple fires,” he said. “It’s jaw-dropping.”

I think we should consider if any of this could be the judgement of God. We must ask a question prior: has California earned a deserved judgment?

Well, let’s first look at history. California was the first state in the union to directly attack and undermine God’s holy institution of marriage. Back when Ronald Reagan was Governor, he signed the no-fault divorce statute unleashing a title wave of divorces, not only in California, but in all other 49 states that followed its lead. Another great devastation California delivered to the world was the production and widespread distribution of pornography. The multibillion dollar industry was centered in the San Fernando Valley. We could also speak of the redefinition of marriage and the promotion of sodomy, and now, the insanity of transgender people demanding special privileges.

Consider a piece of legislation that Governor Brown signed this month. The piece of paper says that if you mis-gender someone in California it is a $1000 dollar fine. The definition of mis-gendering is someone who is mentally mixed up enough that they think they’re not the biological gender in which they were born. So, if you use the wrong pronoun in reference to them, it is now a crime in California. For example, if a man is so benighted to think he is not a man, but instead a woman, and wants everyone around him to participate in his delusion, they must participate or they pay a fine of $1000. So, instead of helping people who are possessed by a form of insanity deal with their problem, we must participate in their insanity or we will pay a $1000 fine in California. It’s no wonder they refer to the man that signed that bill as Governor moon beam. He is out of his mind, dwelling in the land of lunatics.

However, before we jump to conclusions we ought to remember what Jesus said when people asked him about a disaster that occurred nearby.

Luke 13:1-5 says, “There were present at that season some that told him of the Galilaeans, whose blood Pilate had mingled with their sacrifices. And Jesus answering said unto them, Suppose ye that these Galilaeans were sinners above all the Galilaeans, because they suffered such things? I tell you, Nay: but, except ye repent, ye shall all likewise perish. Or those eighteen, upon whom the tower in Siloam fell, and slew them, think ye that they were sinners above all men that dwelt in Jerusalem? I tell you, Nay: but, except ye repent, ye shall all likewise perish.”

Jesus does not deny that those who suffered these disasters were suffering the judgment of God. Rather Jesus warns us to examine ourselves to see if we are worthy of similar judgement. So, this is a clear take away from not only the California wildfires, but also the Mexican earthquakes, the ferocious hurricane season and all the other disasters around the world. It should cause us to examine ourselves, repent of our sins and turn to the Lord.

Learn more about your Constitution with Pastor David Whitney and the “Institute on the Constitution” and receive your free gift.

© 2017 David Whitney – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail David Whitney: dwhitney@iotconline.com

© 2017 Lloyd Marcus – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Lloyd Marcus: mr_lloydmarcus@hotmail.com

The world is changing rapidly.  It may not have affected you directly yet, but I can assure you, it soon will.  I am not setting dates here — people have been expecting the Lord’s soon return ever since He ascended into heaven — but never before in the history of mankind have all the “signs of the end” come together so completely.

By Edwin Berry, PhD, Atmospheric Physics

Al Gore framed the climate debate. He said, human carbon dioxide emissions increase atmospheric carbon dioxide. Carbon dioxide is a greenhouse gas. Greenhouse gases traps heat like a blanket that keeps you warm at night. It was that simple, he told us.

People believe big Al’s story. Simplicity sells. But simple is not always correct. A whole lot of people who don’t care about correct, push for laws to reduce carbon dioxide emissions. They are the “climate alarmists.” They think they are saving the planet.

Since they think Al Gore’s basic claims are correct, the alarmists focus on possible consequences of global warming. They believe that finding consequence proves we must stop carbon dioxide emissions. But the climate debate is not about consequences because consequences do not prove their cause.

The critical questions about climate are about cause-and-effect:

1. How much do human emissions increase atmospheric carbon dioxide?
2. How much does increased atmospheric carbon dioxide change climate?

In a climate debate, the alarmists must prove the answers to BOTH questions are “significant.” If they miss on only one question, they still lose the debate. They have the burden of proof.

President Trump is a “climate realist.” He disagrees with the alarmists. Many good atmospheric physicists are climate realists. They have shown the answer is “insignificant” to both questions.

These answers may seem counter-intuitive if you think the atmosphere is a simple system. But the atmosphere is a complex system and, as good systems engineers know, complex systems are counter-intuitive.

Al Gore and his alarmists think the atmosphere is like a garbage landfill. What we dump in, stays. They could not be more wrong.

Neither nature’s emissions nor human emissions stay in the atmosphere. They merely flow through the atmosphere. The atmosphere is like a lake where a river flows in and lake water flows out over a dam. The lake’s water level will rise or fall until the outflow over the dam equals the inflow from the river.

If the inflow increases, the level will rise until the outflow equals the inflow and the level becomes constant. Conversely, if inflow decreases, the level will decrease until, once again, outflow equals inflow. The faster the inflow, the higher the level to balance the inflow. Fig. 1 illustrates the simple physics model for both the lake and the atmosphere.

Fig. 1. The Model shows the rate of change of the level equals the difference between Inflow and Outflow. This model applies to both the lake model and the atmosphere model.

Nature’s carbon dioxide emissions are over 20 times human emissions.

Suppose the first river represents nature’s carbon dioxide emissions and a second river represents human emissions. The first river produces 95 percent and the second river produces 5 percent of the total inflow into the lake.

Question: What percent of the water in the lake came from the first river and second river?

If you answered 95 percent came from the first river and 5 percent from the second river, then you passed your physics exam. You are more qualified in physics than any climate alarmist including their PhD’s. This intuitive answer is backed up by solid math that good physicists use.

The ratio of natural to human carbon dioxide in the atmosphere is the ratio of their inflows. Nature produces more than 95 percent of the carbon dioxide in our atmosphere and human emissions produce less than 5 percent.

In terms of the often-quoted ppm (or parts per million), these percentages show that human emissions cause an 18-ppm rise, and nature’s emissions cause a 392-ppm rise, in atmospheric carbon dioxide. The total of each inflow is today’s carbon dioxide level of 410 ppm.

The flows and corresponding levels of natural and human carbon dioxide are independent of each other. It does not matter what natural emissions are. If natural emissions went to zero, the level of carbon dioxide in the atmosphere would fall to 18 ppm and we all would die.

If alarmists could stop ALL human emissions, the present inflow of natural carbon dioxide would maintain the level of carbon dioxide in the atmosphere at 392 ppm.

The Paris Climate Agreement proposed to reduce worldwide human emissions by 28 percent. Twenty-eight percent of 18 ppm is 5 ppm. The Paris Agreement would have reduced atmospheric carbon dioxide by only 5 ppm, which is insignificant. Even 18 ppm is insignificant. The alarmists have no case.

Alarmists claim human emissions have caused all the rise in atmospheric carbon dioxide since 1750. They claim human emissions have caused the 130-ppm rise from 280 ppm to 410 ppm. They believe the human-produced inflow of 5 percent of the total causes 32 percent (130 ppm / 410 ppm) of the carbon dioxide in the atmosphere. It can’t happen.

Climate alarmists don’t understand how nature works. They deny the way how nature balances itself. Therefore, they are not good guardians of nature because they flunk simple physics.

The IPCC scientists made a critical scientific error.

The IPCC (Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change) inserted their critical error into their climate models. This error negates all their alarmists’ beliefs and claims.

The IPCC reports are clear. While the IPCC correctly assumes nature’s emissions of about 100 ppm per year balance outflow to inflow, the IPCC incorrectly assumes human emissions do not balance. The IPCC assumes 1.5 ppm per year of human emissions gets stuck in the atmosphere and stays there. That 1.5 ppm is coincidently just enough to support their claim that human emissions have caused all the increase in atmospheric carbon dioxide since 1750.

The IPCC and its believers and scientists began, not with science, but with their emotional, ecological belief that human emissions are bad and natural emissions are good. They have built their whole climate fraud on a foundation of sand.

Here’s why the core IPCC assumption is invalid.

First, the IPCC method rejects simple physics that proves the level, of lake water or atmospheric carbon dioxide, will always adjust outflow to balance inflow. The physics question is NOT whether there is an imbalance of flows. There is. Nature always proceeds toward balance.

The physics question is how much will the level change to achieve this balance. We have already described the answer to this simple physics question.

Second, the atmosphere cannot open its exit door to nature-produced carbon dioxide and close its exit door to human-produced carbon dioxide because it can’t tell the difference between nature-produced and human-produced molecules of carbon dioxide.

In physics, the Equivalence Principle means if we cannot tell the difference between two things then they are identical, and nature will process them the same.

Third, even IF nature could identify nature-produced from human-produced carbon dioxide, to treat them differently would violate the Second Law of Thermodynamics, because it would decrease entropy without an input of energy.

For example, if you mix cream in your coffee, it goes in with no effort. But try to take the cream back out of your coffee. It would take an energy source to separate the cream from your coffee. There is no energy source available to separate identical carbon dioxide molecules based upon their history.

In summary, the IPCC claims, and all climate alarmists believe, that nature separates human and natural carbon dioxide molecules – thereby violating the Equivalence Principle – and that nature shuts its exit door for human-produced carbon-dioxide molecules while letting nature-produced carbon-dioxide molecules pass freely – thereby violating the Second Law of Thermodynamics.

IPCC’s Bern model proves the IPCC’s climate claims are wrong.

The IPCC has something it calls the Bern model. The Bern model is a seven-parameter curve fit to the output of IPCC climate models. To satisfy the intended curve fit, the Bern model must have the same mathematical form as the climate models. Therefore, the Bern model tells us a lot about what is in the climate models.

Specifically, the IPCC claims the Bern model simulates how our atmosphere treats human carbon dioxide emissions. The Bern model says a one-year “pulse” of human carbon dioxide inflow that sets the carbon dioxide level to 100 ppm, will cause the level to still be 29 ppm after 100 years and have a permanent level of 15 ppm forever. This is for only one year of emissions.

The Bern model then adds these permanent levels for all successive years. This invalid idea follows the initial assumption that nature does not balance human emissions. It is the reason alarmists claim human carbon dioxide emissions cause permanent and long-range damage. This is why James Hansen claimed in 2008 that we must shut down all coal-electric power plants by 2012 in order to save the planet. Alarmists believe and preach their irrational feelings rather than logical physics.

These alarmist claims derive from the invalid idea that the atmosphere is a garbage dump rather than a reservoir the processes inflows and outflows. The IPCC built these claims into all its climate models. The built-in false claims are why all IPCC climate models are pieces of junk.

Here is a simple way to test the Bern model and thereby all IPCC climate models. According to the Equivalence Principle, the Bern model must hold for natural emissions as well as human emissions, even though the IPCC says it only applies to human emissions.

If we insert natural emissions of 100 ppm per year into the Bern model, it predicts these natural emissions would add 15 ppm per year permanently to the atmosphere. Therefore, the Bern model predicts that the last 1000 years of natural emissions would have added a permanent increase of 15,000 ppm today. Obviously, this has not happened. This invalid prediction proves the IPCC Bern model and all IPCC climate models are wrong.

Here are the steps in the IPCC climate alarmist logic:

1. Claim human emissions cause all the increase in carbon dioxide.
2. This means nature must restrict outflow of human carbon dioxide.
3. Insert this restriction into climate models.
4. Insert also the false claim that more carbon dioxide increases temperature.
5. Models calculate that human emissions increase carbon dioxide and carbon dioxide increases temperature.
6. Then alarmists claim the climate model output proves human emissions cause climate change.

Here are the steps in climate physics logic:

1. Understand how nature adjusts outflow to balance inflow.
2. Develop simple Model of how nature balances inflow.
3. Show the Model reproduces real data, like carbon-14 data.
4. Show the Model proves that IPCC models are fundamentally wrong.

The fork in the road of the climate change debate

It may be hard for you to believe, but climate realists now come in two opposing flavors: vanilla and chocolate.

The chocolates want to prove the IPCC is fundamentally wrong by using solid, simple arguments like I have summarized above. The chocolate argument is sufficient to cut off the alarmist argument at its knees. Nothing more is needed. It would be a slam-dunk win in a quick checkmate. The jury would be impressed. The judge would be happy. The chocolates would reverse the EPA Endangerment Finding.

By contrast, the vanillas would begin by trashing physics and admitting that Al Gore, the IPCC, and the alarmists are right about the warming effects of human emissions. Then they would to try to prove that global warming brings more benefits than the status quo. That approach opens the door to endless arguments that the alarmists have perfected.

Even worse, the vanillas would reverse the burden of proof from the alarmists to the vanillas.

The vanillas would confuse the jury, upset the judge, lose the climate debate, and forever extinguish the opportunity to win the debate using simple physics.

The alarmists have already noticed the cave-in by the vanillas and expect to easily win a debate or trial if the vanillas are their opponents. The alarmists will simply claim they want to stop all carbon dioxide emissions so they can keep the climate status quo. Checkmate win.

Conclusion

President Trump is right to recognize the climate fraud. Now, it is up to the realist scientists to recognize and promote a debate based on the physics of climate change, rather than on the vanillas plan to admit the alarmists are right and then try to prove warming is good. Yikes.

To comment on this article, please click here.

This article is written for the layman. To read my preprint that explains the physics of this post, please see “Why human CO2 does not change climate.”

© 2017 Edwin X Berry, PhD – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Ed Berry: ed@edberry.com

In a recent BBC interview, when asked if she was proud of America, Jane Fonda answered, “no.”  She was proud of the “resistance,” but not of America.  Select NFL players upon hearing the National Anthem “take a knee” by which they mean to protest in the face of the very symbol of America, the American flag.  The legacy of America is one of freedom, a freedom that Fonda and the NFL players very much depend upon and exploit to protest the country of liberty that has given them so much.  It is one thing to express an opinion, it is quite another to condemn the country that protects your right to voice that opinion.  The former may make sense, the latter is illogical and absurd.  Charitably we may say that Fonda and the NFL players who take a knee are confused, woefully inarticulate, and misguided, conditions that are painfully apparent because their expressions of dissent are so obtuse and contrary to the proof extant in the lavish lives they lead in the U.S.  More accurately we may say that they are examples of a spoiled generation that still does not comprehend that the spoils they enjoy are proof that far from harming them this bounteous land of freedom has enabled them to succeed in ways not possible anywhere else in the world.

Without this land of freedom, they are nothing.  But ingratitude of the sort they express is not new, just repulsive, unremarkable and foolhardy.  Theirs is the rant and romp of a juvenile, excusable but for the fact that they are adults if by age only.  In stark contrast to their incomprehensible expression, the First Amendment rises above, far above the pedestrian level, confirming that even those like Fonda and Kaepernick who communicate ignorant or ill-conceived sentiments are free to do so in America, just as those who hear the words that offend have their right to call out their expression as folly.  Were Fonda and Kaepernick the children of North Koreans, they would understand all too well what it means to live in a country where fundamental rights have no protection from the greatest threat to individual liberty, the monopoly of the state.

Unique among all nations on earth, the United States was founded upon the principle that just governments derive their authority to govern from the consent of the governed; that just governments are instituted among men for the very purpose of protecting the rights of the governed; and that if government presumes to violate that sacred compact, the government must be altered or abolished because rights to life, liberty and property are God given, precede the existence of the state, and are superior to the state.  Although rights theory and a Republic arose among men, and were initially deemed the province of white, landowning men, the two concepts were fundamental and transformative.  For the first time in history, people decried the notion that rulers were divinely appointed and possessed of a monopoly of all rights, articulating instead the revolutionary concept that all men are created equal and endowed by God with unalienable rights to life, liberty, and property.  Because rights theory was so fundamental, it could not be limited to landowning white males for long but instead within less than two centuries became recognized as universal, thus largely sweeping away hypocrisy in society and law.

When Fonda and the NFL players think of America, they apparently conjure up notions of discontent, albeit precisely what they despise about America eludes even them.  They do not appreciate well that the kernel of liberty germinated here, first, uniquely among all nations of the world.  It is that liberty which is America.  The flag embodies the fight for that liberty against enemies domestic and foreign that would enslave or destroy us.  The flag is hallowed by the blood of patriots.  It is the banner under which the best and the bravest have sacrificed their lives, giving the full measure of devotion, to secure for their fellow Americans the rights to life, liberty and property.  We should be so very grateful for the brave men and women who police our neighborhoods, respond to all manner of crises, and take up arms to defend America.

It is, therefore, profoundly disgraceful and disrespectful to the very men and women who are willing to die for the life of fellow citizens who are complete strangers, profoundly disgraceful and disrespectful to the very people whose integrity rises above self and sustains the existence of our nation, to do anything but give them homage and give reverence to that flag which symbolizes their bravery.  There are many ways to voice opinion and protest that do not denigrate the flag (and the speaker alike), acting in ways that dishonor the flag are not among them.

I do not say that Americans have no legal right to utter stupidity.  They do so long as it does not violate the rights of others.  They have the right to burn their own flag on their own property, no matter how dishonorable I believe or anyone else believes that to be.  But they do not have the right to occupy someone else’s property to burn a flag or to burn someone else’s flag.  They do not have a right to endanger others as they perform dishonorable acts.

Indeed, so powerful is our First Amendment that it stands in defense of minority views repulsive to every great right and foundational principle declared by the Declaration of Independence and every great right and limitation on government power enshrined in the Constitution and Bill of Rights.  To be sure, we are all protected in our freedom to express even hatred for our own country against, and especially against, a majority holding contrary views.  Nevertheless, that right to speech does not deprive others of their equal rights, does not compel the owners of the NFL franchises to allow by contract reprehensible dishonoring of the flag and does not compel a private citizen or corporation to make available privately owned property for speech they oppose.  Moreover, reasonable time, place, and manner restrictions are appropriate in public places to protect intended uses of property, ensure safe passage, and avoid obstruction to ingress and egress.

I find it more than a little ironic that a spoiled generation acts to dishonor the very objects that stand for the freedoms upon which they depend to protest.  They behave as ignorantly as one who rises to speak to condemn freedom of speech and lights his own platform ablaze as a sign of protest.  Like that person, were the entire nation to follow Fonda and Kaepernick’s lead, the American people would soon lose their precious land of liberty and in its place would come a regime far more hostile to dissent.  Fonda and Kaepernick would then discover what it is like not simply to speak ill of freedom while benefiting from it but to live under tyranny.

© 2017 Jonathan Emord – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Jonathan Emord: jemord@emord.com

By Roxane Premont

The largest statue in the world, twice the size of the statue of Liberty, is of Columbus in Arecibo, Puerto Rico. The statue, “Birth of the New World”, survived the utter devastation of Hurricane Maria and remains standing.

While we tend to remember Columbus’s first journey in 1492, that journey was exploratory.  Colonial settlements began with Columbus’s second journey, in 1493. Columbus’s 17 ships left Cadiz, Spain on the biblical (Jewish) New Year, Rosh Hashanah.  Jews financed that second voyage hoping to flee the Inquisition.   Spain would choose Puerto Rico as its Caribbean headquarters.  The Inquisition followed them.

Rosh Hashanah marks the creation of mankind, and means “head of the year”.  What happens on that day is thought to set the tone of events for the coming biblical year.  Back in 1493, that second voyage presaged not just the colonization of Puerto Rico, but of the entire New World.  524 years later Hurricane Maria hit Puerto Rico during Rosh Hashanah.  What new world might that event presage?

Prior to an act of God called Hurricane Maria, the bond markets could delude themselves into believing that Puerto Rico’s massive debt could be paid to creditors. That lie has now been laid bare, with multiple billions of dollars in damages to an island already underwater with debt and suffering under austerity to pay creditors.   Can creditors continue to squeeze a people that now lack basics such as clean water and electricity?  How can infrastructure be rebuilt with previous debt payments accounting for essentially all income, even before austerity drove the island’s economy to a standstill?   Most problematic of all, you can’t extract the same amount of tax from an ever-shrinking population.   Puerto Ricans were fleeing P.R. before the storm hit.  They will certainly leave now— leaving behind Puerto Rico’s poorest.

President Trump has agreed that Puerto Rico cannot repay those debts.  Moreover, he has gone a step further to suggest that bondholders will need to accept the risk they took and eat their losses.   The President said, “We’re going to have to wipe that out.”

The bond markets reacted negatively to such statements and left the administration back peddling.  But in May 2016, Trump made similar statements during the campaign, calling U.S debt “unpayable”, suggested that the U.S. federal debt would need to be renegotiated and reminding creditors that “we never have to default because we can print the money.”     Trump has long derided hedge fund managers as “paper pushers” who are “getting away with murder.” Thus, we can ascertain these are the true sentiments of a man who has had his own business debt renegotiated.

The President’s views regarding debt cancellation come at a remarkable time in history.  The entire planet is up to its eyeballs in debt.  Every man, woman, and child in the United States owes over $60K for the federal debt alone.    Many U.S. states and cities, indeed many entire nations, are finding it hard to make just interest payments on the bonds they took out to build infrastructure like schools, roads, and stadiums.  Now comes President Trump offering a biblical solution—a Sabbath rest for debts.

God commanded that Israelites limit lending and God never allowed any interest charges, which were called an “abomination” deserving “death” (Ezekiel 18:13).   Moreover, God required that lenders wipe away debts every 7^th year.   Every 50^th year began a Jubilee year, serving as God’s failsafe device for debt cancellation.

Did God bring on Hurricane Maria to force a Jubilee in Puerto Rico?   Prior to Hurricane Maria, austerity imposed to pay bondholders was emptying out the island leaving a shrinking tax base.   Now, the devastation of the island will force more people to leave as they seek employment, electricity, and safe drinking water on the mainland U.S.    There will soon be no one left to tax forcing debt cancellation.

The critique of debt cancellation is that repayment is an obligation.  This fails to recognize that lenders have moral obligations too!  They are not supposed to extend loans that they know are impossible to repay.  Even after Hurricane Maria, hedge funds showed that they had no morality, as they offered yet more bond financing to Puerto Rico with even greater repayment terms or “vulture bonds”.   Puerto Rico got into its present situation, in large part, because hedge funds realized that Puerto Rico could not declare bankruptcy.  The triple tax-free status of PR bonds and first-priority repayment guaranteed through the US-written PR Constitution encouraged fund managers to throw away all caution and push for more and more borrowing so that US investors had access to more bonds for their portfolios.   Financially naïve politicians agreed, and others were likely bribed to go along.

Arguments against debt cancellation also conveniently ignore the risk the lender agreed to take when extending the loan or bond.  Bonds are, after all, not a risk-free investment, which is why compensation varies with risk rating.  But all arguments regarding debt repayment fail to recognize that the problem of repayment is not so much a moral failure as it is a systemic one.

Lending creates a society that allows everyone to live beyond his means and outside his budget.  Indeed, the system demands it, since the use of credit drives up the cost of goods and services for everyone, creating a world where borrowing becomes a necessity to keep up.  For instance, if car dealers could no longer offer financing to buyers, then automakers and dealers would quickly adjust by offering cars at much lower prices.  Without loans to students and parents, college costs would drop to what families could afford. Costs throughout the economy would adjust to a level people can afford out of pocket or with reasonable saving. This would necessitate building simpler cars and offering less ivy with the education, but would more accurately reflect our actual means.

In a world with easy credit, everyone is encouraged to buy more than they really need, or can afford today.  Buyers currently just look at their “monthly payment”, not the total price, and ‘buy’ Lexus and McMansions.  The net result is that with more dollars chasing the same amount of goods; lending drives up prices for everyone.

Today no one OWNS anything.  Banks have title to everything of value.  Most of us are now driving around in cars that we do not have a legal title to.

During the 1940’s, most people bought cars and even houses without financing.  That is still true in Indonesia today.  U.S. department stores used to not accept credit cards.  Instead, they offered to “lay away” desired items in storage until they were fully paid.  Prior to the early 1800’s, cities did not go to the “bond market” to finance infrastructure projects.  Earlier still, the founding fathers argued that even using public monies to build a canal was not appropriate.  Today, cities think nothing of subsidizing private sports teams by building large stadiums for their private games.

Conservatives lament wasteful spending but fail to realize that lending subsidizes the liberal spending habits they claim to abhor but actually participate in.

Environmentalist’s lament overconsumption and unsustainability, but simply fail to see easy credit as a prime cause.

In a world with financing, we create a world that requires borrowing.   House prices rise until even the most frugal must take out a mortgage.  We have done this with everything.   Cities feel compelled to turn to the bond markets for financing for everyday needs.  We do not ask how much we can pay off?  We ask: How much debt can we service?

We borrow until no one can afford to service even the interest payments.  And now, with Puerto Rico, the bubble has begun to burst.  Eventually, it will burst for the mainland U.S. cities and states.

At that point, there are two choices.

Choice one:  The U.S. will need to decide if it will treat U.S. states and cities like Greece and become a slave to the lender by forcing citizens into debt BONDage.  Greece confiscated both bank and retirement accounts.  Greece shut down schools.  (Puerto Rico has already closed 184 schools to try to meet debts and has been in austerity for 10 years.)  Greece sold off its national parks, utility companies, airports, and even islands to pay off creditors, who then turned around and sold the properties to friends of bankers for pennies on the dollar.  The European Central Bank treated Greece like a hostile occupied state in order to pay off creditors who were unwilling to accept the RISK they had signed up for!    Moreover, as Forbes magazine has noted, “austerity schemes” are a failure.

Choice Two:  The Treasury purchases bonds at market value or at a renegotiated much lower price.

U.S. federal debt stands at over $60K for every man, woman, and child.  Greece was locked into accepting austerity because it had surrendered control of its monetary policy to the European Central bank when it joined the European Union.  But the U.S. still can legally direct the U.S. Treasury to create money to pay off bondholders.  It can buy back Detroit bonds, Puerto Rican bonds, Illinois bonds, and U.S. Federal bonds.   Back in May 2016,  Trump said, “You never have to default, because you print the money.”  Perhaps, the President was channeling Abraham Lincoln, who directed the Treasury to directly issue “greenbacks” during the Civil War to avoid locking the government into debt with exorbitant interest rates.  This interest-free money was key to funding not only the North’s victory in the war, but an array of infrastructure projects.     Former Fed Chairman Alan Greenspan has made statements similar to Donald Trump, “The U.S. can pay any debt that it has because we can always print money to do that.  So there is zero probability of default.”

People argue that this is inflationary.   They expected inflation with quantitative easing. It never materialized.   If you can print up billions to bailout Wall Street banks, then helping our states and cities with far less money will not be inflationary.    It is actually deflationary.   Why?  When a company buys back its own stock, those shares vanish.  In similar fashion, when the government purchases back its own bonds, the bond obligation vanishes too.  Do taxpayers pay for this?  No.  Money emitted by the Federal Reserve in the form of quantitative easing do not come from taxpayer funds but are magically created as mere accounting entries.

If the President uses the Treasury, instead of the Federal Reserve, to pay for a debt Jubilee then he will be reclaiming a power that the U.S. constitution once delegated solely to the U.S. Treasury.   Prior to 1913, the U.S. government created its own money supply interest free!  With the Federal Reserve Act, this power was delegated to large banks and their consortium, the Federal Reserve, which issues Treasury bonds on behalf of the U.S. government.  The U.S. government then pays interest on those bonds.

A return to interest free money creation would certainly please God.  Perhaps this is why Hurricane Maria left the world’s largest Columbus statue, “Birth of a New World”, still standing.  God may also have left this statue as a reminder that Puerto Rico will be the beginning or “Rosh Hashanah” of a historic wave of debt jubilees to spread across the New World.

[BIO: Roxane Premont Is the former public policy director of the North Carolina Education Reform Foundation.  Currently she is a full time mom to her children.

© 2017 Roxane Premont – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Roxane Premont:

I’m confused

Are you confused? Are they confused? Are our media confused? Are our politicians confused?

IF WE COULD JUST FIGURE OUT WHO’S CAUSING THE PROBLEM.

Let us see. Do I understand this thing correctly? The Shoe Bomber was a Muslim

The Beltway Snipers were Muslims
The Fort Hood Shooter was a Muslim
The underwear Bomber was a Muslim
The U.S.S. Cole Bombers were Muslims
The Madrid Train Bombers were Muslims
The Bafi Nightclub Bombers were Muslims
The London Subway Bombers were Muslims
The Moscow Theatre Attackers were Muslims
The Boston Marathon Bombers were Muslims
The Pan-Am flight #93 Bombers were Muslims
The Air France Entebbe Hijackers were Muslims
The Iranian Embassy Takeover, was by Muslims
The Beirut U.S. Embassy bombers were Muslims
The Libyan U.S. Embassy Attack was by Muslims
The Buenos Aires Suicide Bombers were Muslims
The Israeli Olympic Team Attackers were Muslims
The Kenyan U.S, Embassy Bombers were Muslims
The Saudi, Khobar Towers Bombers were Muslims
The Beirut Marine Barracks bombers were Muslims
The Besian Russian School Attackers were Muslims
The first World Trade Center Bombers were Muslims
The Bombay & Mumbai India Attackers were Muslims
The Achille Lauro Cruise Ship Hijackers were Muslims

The September 11th 2001 Airline Hijackers were Muslims

————————————————————————————————————————-

Buddhists living with Hindus = No Problem
Hindus living with Christians = No Problem
Hindus living with Jews = No Problem
Christians living with Shintos = No Problem
Shintos living with Confucian’s = No Problem
Confucian’s living with Baha’is = No Problem
Baha’is living with Jews = No Problem
Jews living with Atheists = No Problem
Atheists living with Buddhists = No Problem
Buddhists living with Sikhs = No Problem
Sikhs living with Hindus = No Problem
Hindus living with Baha’is = No Problem
Baha’is living with Christians = No Problem
Christians living with Jews = No Problem
Jews living with Buddhists = No Problem
Buddhists living with Shintos = No Problem
Shintos living with Atheists = No Problem
Atheists living with Confucian’s = No Problem
Confucian’s living with Hindus = No Problem

—————————————————————————————-

Muslims living with Hindus = Problem
Muslims living with Buddhists = Problem
Muslims living with Christians = Problem
Muslims living with Jews = Problem
Muslims living with Sikhs = Problem
Muslims living with Baha’is = Problem
Muslims living with Shintos = Problem
Muslims living with Atheists = Problem

MUSLIMS LIVING WITH MUSLIMS = BIG PROBLEM

They’re not happy in Gaza
They’re not happy in Egypt
They’re not happy in Libya
They’re not happy in Morocco
They’re not happy in Iran
They’re not happy in Iraq
They’re not happy in Yemen
They’re not happy in Afghanistan
They’re not happy in Pakistan
They’re not happy in Syria
They’re not happy in Lebanon
They’re not happy in Nigeria
They’re not happy in Kenya
They’re not happy in Sudan

SO, WHERE ARE THEY HAPPY?

They’re happy in Australia
They’re happy in England
They’re happy in Belgium
They’re happy in France
They’re happy in Italy
They’re happy in Germany
They’re happy in Sweden
They’re happy in the USA & Canada
They’re happy in Norway & India

They’re happy in almost every country that is not Islamic!

And who do they blame?

Not Islam.

Not their leadership.

Not themselves.

THEY BLAME THE COUNTRIES THEY ARE HAPPY IN!!

AND THEY WANT TO CHANGE THE COUNTRIES THEY ARE HAPPY IN,

TO BE LIKE THE COUNTRIES THEY CAME FROM, WHERE THEY WERE UNHAPPY !

I’m completely stumped.

Any idea who might be causing the problem ?

We thank Reader Robert Bowen for sharing his thoughts with us.

© 2017 Austin Miles – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Austin Miles: chaplainmiles@aol.com

For every human activity there is a root cause or established beginning.  For example, the uptick in thugs murdering police officers for sport or who seem to have nothing better to do.  When I was but a young lad, my Dad would often say, that if good is not taught or perused, then evil will most certainly be there to occupy your thoughts, words and eventually actions.  We were taught to respect our parents, police officers, the United States flag, America, our preachers, teachers and by all means God.  Other than God, none of them were perfect, but for the most part, they were very good people, who were capable of making mistakes.  But we did not condemn all of society and render ourselves as useful idiots to be used by others who had big plans to harm our republic from within.

When I saw or heard those horribly (in their own addle minds) oppressed multi-millionaire football players disrespecting our national flag because they say that racism and oppression are so pervasive in American society, I could not help but that “what ungrateful mental midgets and hypocrites they are. Recently, there was a photo released of Seale Sea Hawk football players and coaches cheering on one of their team mates who was burning an American flag.  Yet they will tell us they are not disrespecting the flag.

Those gumps know nothing about of oppression.  Those self-proclaimed victims should have studied a bit of history. Or maybe check out what happens to people in real oppressive societies.  At the very least since the plight of Black Americans is their “concern” seek out older Black Americans who suffered authentic racism and oppression.  Maybe then those self-anointed NFL victims of today would wake up to the reality of the blessed life they have.

Little do they know, that they are perfect useful idiots to the political elite class who seeks to dominate “We the People.” The elites have always understood that an informed and moral people cannot be fooled, dominated, or used to help destroy America from within through politically motivated discord.  That is why they utilized the one size fits all government school system to gradually wean generation after generation of students away from the onetime steady diet of high quality education, patriotism and Christian/Judeo ethics.

As each generation was pushed further away from high quality education and Christian/Judeo ethics, the acceptance of leftist amoral philosophical leanings became more and more acceptable.  On top of being stupefied, generations of Americans have also been brainwashed into becoming embittered against American society.  Many are so conned into believing that the United States represents nothing but evil, yet they themselves support evil practices like sharia law and illegal immigrant brutes having free reign in America.  It does not matter to them that citizens from around the world would give a limb to legally immigrate to America and trade lives with them.

Gone from American education are the positive stories of great Americans like Frederick Douglas, who overcame brutal slavery long before Lincoln freed the slaves.  He worked became an abolitionist, a highly successful businessman and arguably the greatest orator of the nineteenth century.  But despite the racist motivated hardships Douglas faced, he never hated America or hoped for her destruction.  In fact, after he took time to read the Constitution, Bill of Rights and the Bible for himself, he quickly learned that those writings were nothing like what his former democrat party slave masters falsely described to him.  Madame C. J. Walker, the first female millionaire in American history overcame immeasurable odds to achieve such a high degree of success, not through bitter hatred of America, but the vehicle of setting goals and obtaining them, fostering a great example of beating the odds, despite some small minded people.  Neither she or Frederick Douglas used their success to convince others that they are only victims and that America is only a racist society.

Those great Americans and many more overcame tremendous trials to secure great success in their chosen vocations.  To the grumbling gripers of the grid iron, if Madame C. J. Walker who lived during tough times for Black Americans, could out achieve most people living today and never developed a hatred of the United States or try to persuade others that they were just victims, what is your pathetic problem?

The truth is, our country is plagued with far too many incurably ignorant and bitter individuals who would rather see America destroyed than get past problems, both real and imagined.  This pattern was recently played out in the fall of Venezuela right into the hands of dictatorial elites who have rendered a once prosperous and vibrant nation to be nothing but a dying hulk of starving people.  Also, the communist/globalist inspired Antifa brutes here in America are allies of bitter leftist blacks and brainwashed leftist whites in the unholy mission of bringing about the downfall of this great republic.  According to World Net Daily, Antifa mobs may attempt to cause mayhem in the streets of America on November third in their wicked effort to get president Donald Trump removed from office.  I happen to know that their sorry effort will fail.

The ANTIFA mission is a representation of the true focus of NFL kneelers and other leftist who use bitterness, ignorance and misinformation to try and duplicate the downfall that happened in Venezuela, because they think so lowly of themselves.  Again, their warped mission of destruction from within shall fail miserably.  For those who think that the odds are heavily against the United States, I say so what.  Never forget, the odds were dramatically against the founding and establishment of this beloved republic, the United States of America.  But those great men and women founders did not allow their vision to be thwarted.  As a result, America the beautiful became the envy of the world where God shed his grace upon her.

We shall soon witness a true rebirth of our republic as one blessed nation under God with justice, liberty and opportunities for all Americans and legal immigrants.  God bless you, God bless America and may America bless God.  Be blessed by a page from The Edwards Notebook commentary weekdays at 6:29 AM PT, 9:29 AM EST on KCKQ AM 1180 or anywhere via www.americamatters.us.  The Ron Edwards Experience is now holding court and sharing the good news on shrmedia.com www.americamatters.us, www.lonestatenews.com and AM 1180 KCKQ Reno, Nevada Friday afternoon at 1:00 PM PT, 4:00 PM EST.  Your weekends are also made better by a page from “The Edwards Notebook” nationwide at 4:30 AM Saturday via flag ship station WGUL AM 860 The Answer and everywhere else via www.am860theanswer.com during Captain’s America talk show with host Matt Bruce.  You can also enjoy The Ron Edwards Experience weeknights at 9:00 PM EST 6:00 PM PT on the www.FreedomInAmericaRadio.com

© 2017 Ron Edwards – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Ron Edwards: ronedwards@edwardsnotebook.com

When you realize that your U.S. Senators and House of Representatives members commit incredible atrocities—it’s little wonder that Congress boasts a 17 percent approval rating.   They support and vote for 10 to 17 year long, useless wars in Vietnam, Afghanistan and Iraq.  They kill our finest soldiers and/or bring them back without arms or legs—all for banker’s pocket books.  Has anything been accomplished in Iraq or Afghanistan in the past 17 years?  Answer: absolutely nothing but death and destruction.

Our Congressional critters voted us into $20 trillion debt while they gave China “free trade” options that placed our own workers into unemployment lives—while we buy endless junk from China.  The Chinese became rich while we owe them $1.4 trillion from unbalanced trade brought to us by our U.S. Congress.

Congress allows 350,000 illegal alien women to drop their babies on U.S. soil annually, and then, gives the children bogus birthright citizenship, food stamps, free education and housing, but Congress never moves to stop the practice.  Your Congressional critters, whether democrats or republicans, refuse to secure our borders, but they do everything in their power to keep illegals crossing our borders to provide cheap labor for corporations that forces our workers into unemployment lines.

Those same reps in Congress import millions of poor immigrants to put them on welfare, but won’t solve our inner city ghetto school problems, illiteracy rates, 7 out of 10 African-Americans born out of wedlock, while living in poverty and enduring drug gangs.

But they will import tens of thousands of Syrian refugees that we pay for with our taxes.  Somaliland in Minneapolis, MN, Dearborn, MI, Miami, FL and Los Angeles, CA have become foreign countries.

While their corruption runs deep and wide, from Charles Schumer in New York to Diane Feinstein in California to John McCain in Arizona to Nancy Pelosi or the incomparable Maxine Waters—this latest treachery takes the cake.  Your Congressional critters passed laws to destroy the DEA’s ability to stop opioid distribution across the country, according to “60 Minutes” October 15, 2017.

While 200,000 people died from prescribed opioid overdoses in the past 10 years, your reps facilitated the big pharma companies to enjoy massive distribution systems to kill your kids–legally.

“People are dying,” said Joe Rannazzisi, DEA boss to Bill Whittaker of 60 Minutes.  “People are dying by the thousands.”

Journalist Bill Whitaker at 60 Minutes interviewed whistleblower Joe Rannazzisi.   I watched it in total disbelief!  Your Congressional members passed a voice vote to disempower DEA from prosecuting the three major pharmaceutical companies that distribute those drugs.

Never mind that 100,000 Americans die every year from prescribed drugs, but let hundreds thousands of Americans become addicts to oxyconton and other addictive drugs.

“In April 2016, at the height of the deadliest drug epidemic in U.S. history, Congress effectively stripped the Drug Enforcement Administration of its most potent weapon against large drug companies suspected of spilling prescription narcotics onto the nation’s streets,” says the article by Scott Higham and Lenny Bernstein. “A handful of members of Congress, allied with the nation’s major drug distributors, prevailed upon the DEA and the Justice Department to agree to a more industry-friendly law, undermining efforts to stanch the flow of pain pills…”

In the end, we face Mexico sending $50 billion in drugs across our unprotected borders annually.  Then, we face our own drug companies distributing addictive drugs to our citizens and youth.

Congressman Tom Marino of Pennsylvania and Marsha Blackburn of Tennessee introduced a bill to strip the DEA of their abilities pursue drug companies.   Who bought off Congress?  Big pharmaceutical companies!

Their names:  Cardinal Health, McKesson and AmeriSource-Bergen with billions of dollars to bribe men and women like Congressman Tom Marino and Congresswoman Marsha Blackburn and the rest of Congress.

What does all this subterfuge mean?  Answer: career, corrupt, criminal senators and House reps that work against the American people.  Whether it’s endless wars, endless drugs screaming across our borders or pharmaceutical companies distributing opioids to kill our unsuspecting youth and adults—your Congressional reps work against you.  The drug companies buy off your reps in Congress; plain and simple.

That alone gives credence for term limits for the U.S. Senate and House.  Once they stay in Congress for more than 10 years, they become a brotherhood of criminals.  Because of their endless Congressional careers, as you look across the American landscape, the Iraq and Afghanistan wars, drug cartels, anchor babies, endless refugees, illegal migrants, and continued growth of our $20 trillion debt—those elected officials threaten to destroy the foundation of our Constitutional Republic.

Who killed 200,000 Americans with opioid addiction?  Answer: those three pharmaceutical companies and the people in our U.S. Congress they bribed to keep their deadly pills on the market.

You may watch the 60 Minutes segment here.

© 2017 Frosty Wooldridge – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Frosty: frostyw@juno.com

The best thing you can possibly do for your sanity is turn of ALL television news.

All of it…including FAUX News.   We just don’t understand how deep the deception goes.  There is no such thing as “conservative” news and “liberal” news.  In fact, any news organization that tells you that they are bringing you “fair and balance” news cannot be trusted.

There is no such thing as fair and balanced Truth.  Truth stands on its own and does not have multiple perspectives.  Truth has no left side and no right side.  There are never two sides to the Truth.  Fake news is not real news.

I remember from the old Perry Mason shows that my parents used to watch when I was a child that witnesses placed their left hand on the Bible, raised their right hand, and swore to tell “the Truth, the whole Truth, and nothing but the Truth.”  Not fair and balanced Truth.  Not liberal or conservative truth. Today, Truth has become and opinion.

Today’s media is designed to confuse you.   It is structured  to get you to question the obvious.  The media have taken a page from the book of the sleight of hand magicians who ask “Are you going to believe me or your eyes?”

We no longer believe our eyes.  Lying has become so common place…so much a part of the culture of America today…that it no longer bothers us when our elected officials lie to us.

“How do you know when a politician is lying?” goes the old joke.

“When you see his lips moving” rattles the punch line.

Well most Americans are punch drunk and incapable of discerning the Truth from propaganda.  That is what the mainstream media has done to us.  They have fogged our memories…bombarded us with fake news…to the point that we continue to re-elect the very people who lie to us.  We have lost the ability to think.

But there is a stirring going on in America.  A slow awakening is leading people to the realization that something is VERY wrong and that somewhere along the line we have been snookered.  The sleeping giant is beginning to roll over.

A steady stream of lies and disinformation is about to run dry.  Millions are finally finding their way to dry ground.  One by one the shoes are beginning to drop.

As much as you may hate to admit it much of the credit for this awakening is a direct result of the tactics of President Trump.  His no-holds-barred attack on FAKE NEWS has emboldened a former silent demographic of the American populace to once again “question authority.”

Isn’t it ironic, that same slogan planted during the rebellious sixties by LSD proponent Timothy Leary is resurrecting in the hearts of the now grandma and grandpa former hippies?  Leary and his communist cohorts embedded rebellion in the hearts of these same once-teenage gray hairs and today the “deplorables” are leading the charge against the now-socialist government.  It is a beautiful thing to watch.

These now “oldtimers” have rebelled against a corrupt political system and four decades of socialist indoctrination to realize that they have lost the great nation that they thought they were leaving to their grandkids.

The genie is not going back into the bottle.

Most of the former hippies have watched with disdain as the President they elected is being assailed from all sides…including the “conservative Republicans” that they have been taught all of their lives were fighting for their values.  The mask has come off.  Their eyes are finally open.  They long for a return to a nation in which their grandbabies can be free.  They see it rapidly slipping away as a result of the wanton neglect on their watch.

The Left is losing and the Left knows it.  They have pulled out all of the stops in their attempt to dam up the flood of the “America First” cries from those who bear the scars of the Vietnam fiasco.  They remember what America used to be.  Trump is their champion…and they are aware of  all of his warts…but they have cast their lot with this unvarnished, rough American.

I am reminded of the time in 1989 when then Michigan basketball Coach Bill Frieder was fired by AD Bo Schemblecher over rumors of Frieder taking a similar position at Arizona State just days before the NCAA tournament began.

“A Michigan man will coach Michigan” a defiant Schembechler said upon Frieder’s release.  The 1989 Wolverines went on to win the National Championship under Michigan man Steve Fisher.

American’s are sick of the double talking globalists masquerading as their elected officials.  They have had enough of the Bushes, the Clintons, the McCains, and the McConnells.  They are up to their ears with the alphabet news channels.  They are sick of the education system and the anti-God, anti-American, anti-all-they-believe-in bilge oozing from the universities.

No one can predict how this whole thing is going to play out.  The Left is beginning to eat their own as ever bullet they fire ends up being a blank..  The Left is being exposed.  Everything the media tells them is fake and they are sick of it.

Will the American ship survive?  Will the globalists and their nefarious agenda carry the day?  What kind of nation will the former hippies leave to their posterity?

Their cards are on the table.  The pot is right.  The Deplorables have gone “all-in” with the man with orange hair.

Come what may they will not be moved.  They don’t believe the lying media and they don’t care what Trump has done in the past.  When it is all said and done they will take the Bo Schembechler approach.  The Deplorables are digging in.  Donald Trump is their man.

They have chosen an America-first man to lead America.

© 2017 NWV – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Dave Daubenmire: ptsalt@gmail.com

A lot of the things that liberals say leave you wondering whether they’re quite all there. And then you remember that these are the self-anointed Smartest People in the World who feel entitled to run your country and meddle in your life. Then you can wonder about the sanity of a society that produces so many of them.

Last week a small gaggle of psychiatrists and other “mental health professionals”—try not to laugh—equipped with professionally printed cloth banners, marched down Broadway in New York to demand that President Donald Trump be removed from office because he’s, well, too crazy to be president. They were not singing “Doo-wah diddy, diddy-dum, diddy-dum,” which would have made more sense.

Mr. Trump, said these mental health professionals, can’t be president because he’s “narcissistic.” Narcissus, in Greek mythology, was a guy who fell in love with his reflection in a pool of water, so mental health professionals named a personality quirk after him. Mr. Trump, they say, is a nut who’s in love with himself. So he’s gotta go.

If you took all the narcissistic personalities out of politics, who would be left? And don’t even think of expelling them from the mental health profession.

Where were these marchers for the whole eight years of President *Batteries Not Included, the pompous, motor-mouthed, incompetent blowhard who ought to be the poster boy for narcissism? Remember the fun we had, counting the times he said “I” and “me” in any given speech? Compared to him, even Trump’s a shrinking violet.

And where were they for the eight whole years of Narcissist No. 2, Bill Clinton? Who ever blew his own horn louder than Bill Clinton did?

But it wasn’t for narcissism alone that they wanted to pack Mr. Trump off to the funny farm. They also diagnosed him as loony because apparently he doesn’t understand that no sane Republican president ever tries to win. A sane Republican backs down every time a Democrat opposes him. Every Republican in Congress understands that. But that loony Donald Trump, he just keeps right on trying to do those things the American people elected him to do, with or without any help from Congress. Look at his eyes: he must be crazy.

But the alternative, Hillary Clinton—no way, baby, no narcissism there! She’s as sane as the day is long. Oh, what a loss for America, that she couldn’t be our president! Mental health professionals are inconsolable.

Speaking of Hillary, and of liberals who seem to have no idea at all of what they’re saying, and what it sounds like to normal people, savor this quote of hers that came out five days after Hollywood producer and Democrat mega-donor Harvey Weinstein was accused of a laundry list of sexual predations:

“The behavior described by women coming forward cannot be tolerated”.

What? This from the same Hillary who was First Lady to the Predator-in-Chief, and captain of the Bimbo Eruption Squad? She didn’t just tolerate his behavior. She enabled it, she defended it, and she did everything in her power to smear and intimidate all those “women coming forward” to accuse her husband. This, coming from her, is more than just hypocrisy. This is hypocrisy hitting 60 home runs, winning a gold medal in the Olympic decathlon, writing Shakespeare’s plays, and inventing the Internet.

One stands in awe of the liberals’ gift for saying things that reveal such an absolute want of self-awareness. This is cluelessness elevated to high art. If you really think about what you’re seeing here, you wouldn’t let these people baby-sit your goldfish, let alone psychoanalyze you or govern your country, teach your children, or operate a business. The fact that so many of them do those very things is a terrifying thing to contemplate.

have discussed these and other topics throughout the week on my blog, http://leeduigon.com/ . Stop in today and visit. A single click will take you there.

© 2017 Lee Duigon – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Lee Duigon: leeduigon@verizon.net

By NWV Senior Political News Writer, Jim Kouri

“The FBI confirmed that disgraced former FBI Director James Comey drafted a statement exonerating Hillary Clinton two months before she was even interviewed. Comey knew exactly what he was doing when he launched a phony investigation, preemptively exonerated Hillary Clinton, and leaked classified information to perpetuate the plot against President Trump.” – Tomi Lahren, The Great America Alliance.

The special counsel’s (Robert Mueller’s) investigation into alleged collusion between Russia’s Vladimir Putin and President Donald Trump — to secretly torpedo Hillary Clinton’s presidential dreams — drags on with Mueller’s investigators first having to find an actual crime committed by Trump or his campaign workers. But documents from the Federal Bureau of Investigation not only show political corruption bordering on treason, but they reveal the likely perpetrators included the Clinton family’s charity, the Obama White House, the Justice Department and the FBI.

Federal cops possessed proof that Russian operatives bribed, paid kickbacks and used corrupt tactics in order to allow Russia to control a substantial amount of U.S uranium. However, it was President Barack Obama who ultimately approved a controversial uranium deal benefiting Moscow in 2010, according to a report released by the news media on Tuesday. https://youtu.be/L8x2mbJ7k0E

Tens of millions of dollars from uranium investors flowed into the Clinton Foundation, and Bill Clinton received a $500,000 speaking fee from a Russian bank tied to the Kremlin before Secretary of State Hillary Clinton helped decide whether to approve the sale to the Russian government of a company that held one-fifth of America’s uranium capacity.

The report addresses the allegations from the 2016 election cycle that the Bill and Hillary Clinton used the State Department as their own money-laundering facility. The release notes that Bill Clinton and his family foundation got millions of dollars from executives from a uranium company while Hillary Clinton led the State Department and served on a panel that helped seal the deal for a uranium sale to a Russian company.

FBI agents gathered evidence – including recordings and emails – as early as 2009 revealing how Vladimir Putin’s government used bribery and kickback-payment in order to gain control of an American firm that transports uranium, considered “precious cargo.”

The Obama Justice Department reportedly conducted a slow-paced investigated that lasted for years, while hiding the details from the American people and their representatives in Congress. During this time the Obama team made two decisions benefiting Moscow.

The first was the selling of Canadian mining company Uranium One to Russia’s Rosatom nuclear company. That sale involved the United States because it bestowed control of part of the uranium supply in the U.S. to the Russians.

A year later, the Obama administration gave the OK on a separate deal involving  Russia’s Rosatom subsidiary.

The details of the Uranium One deal first emerged in news reports in 2015. Since then, President Trump’s allies have cited the deal – and accusations that the Clintons benefited from figures tied to it — to counter allegations of Russia collusion during the 2016 campaign.

Meanwhile Obama, the news media and the Democratic Party helped Clinton’s campaign by downplaying the allegations:  “No one has produced a shred of evidence that Hillary Clinton ever took action as Secretary of State in order to support the interests of donors to the Clinton Foundation. To suggest the State Department, under then-Secretary Clinton, exerted undue influence in the U.S. government’s review of the sale of Uranium One is utterly baseless. It mischaracterizes the nature of the State Department’s participation in such reviews, and also ignores the range of other regulatory agencies that ultimately supported this sale.”

According to a former federal law enforcement official who spoke to the Conservative Base’s editor, the Obama administration’s Russian-uranium probe was supervised by Rod Rosenstein, who is now overseeing the special counsel probe into the evidence-deficient Russia-Trump allegations.

“Hillary Clinton’s State Department was one of eight agencies to review and sign off on the sale of U.S. uranium to Russia. However, Clinton was the only agency head whose family foundation received $145 million in donations from multiple people connected to the uranium deal, as reported by the New York Times,” reported Breitbart News on Tuesday.

Russia’s Rosatom Nuclear Company

“The State Atomic Energy Corporation ROSATOM is one of the global technological leaders. It is one of the largest companies of the Russian Federation and largest taxpayers of the country.  It brings together nuclear power and power engineering assets, as well as NPP design and construction. ROSATOM is the largest electricity generating company in Russia, producing 196.37 billion kWh of electricity in 2016 (or 18.3% of the country’s total generation of electricity). ROSATOM holds first place for the largest portfolio of foreign construction projects (34 NPPs in 12 countries).

“ROSATOM produces annually approximately 3,000 tons of uranium domestically, and some 5,000 tons in other countries. Raw materials of the Russian and foreign deposits (particularly in Kazakhstan) will be enough to supply both domestic and international projects of Rosatom for the next hundred years.

“ROSATOM with its 1/3 world market share takes the lead in global uranium enrichment services and covers 17.7% of the global nuclear fuel market. ROSATOM also manufactures equipment and produces isotopes for nuclear medicine, carries out research, material studies. It also produces supercomputers and software as well as different nuclear and non-nuclear innovative products. ROSATOM’s strategy is to develop clean energy projects, including wind energy.

“ROSATOM brings together over 300 enterprises and organizations, including the world’s only nuclear icebreaker fleet. ROSATOM is tasked with implementing the uniform state policy on the uses of atomic energy as well as fulfilling the Russian Federation’s international obligations on the peaceful uses of atomic energy.”

© 2017 NWV – All Rights Reserved

Contact Jim Kouri – E-Mail: COPmagazine@aol.com

The Washington Examiner recently reported, “A huge boom in immigration, legal and illegal, over the past 16 years has jumped the immigrant population to over 43 million in the United States, according  to a new report by Center for Immigration Studies.”

According to federal statistics reviewed by the Center for Immigration Studies, when you include the immigrants’ children born in the U.S. the number grows to over 60 million, making the immigrant community nearly one-fifth of the nation’s population.

So the natural progression of thought is, “Should we be celebrating diversity as Americans?”

Webster’s 1828 Dictionary defines diversity as “difference, unlikeness, or variety.”

The world around us is full of diversity.  Most things are more different (or diverse) than they are alike.

This is certainly true with respect to the backgrounds, talents and abilities of people.  Men and women are naturally diverse in their skill sets as well as their ideas and their opinions.

There is nothing wrong with this.  But it’s not necessarily something to celebrate.

Why?

Because diversity, by itself, is not conducive to progress, success, or even peaceful enjoyment of life, liberty or property.

It’s only when we take diverse resources and unify them for a common constructive purpose that harmonious and peaceful enjoyment of life can be achieved.

For any culture, it’s unity, not diversity that needs to be championed and encouraged.

This is why the Founders of America like Jefferson and Franklin and Adams proposed the phrase “E Pluribus Unum“ as our national motto back in 1776.  This Latin phrase is translated as, “Out of many, One”.  This is a public and national statement that promotes and champions unity that arises out of the chaos of diversity.

Many modern day efforts by government, media, academia and corporations that promote “diversity” are, in effect, subversive attacks on America and are designed to destroy unity and harmony in our culture.

There is nothing wrong with diversity.  But our peaceful enjoyment of God’s creation is dependent on our being united with the American View of government that is expressed in our Declaration of Independence:

• There is a Creator God.
• Our rights come from Him.
• The purpose of government is to secure these God-given rights.

Don’t let diversity distract us from this unifying truth.

Schedule an event or learn more about your Constitution with Jake MacAulay and the Institute on the Constitution and receive your free gift.

© 2017 Jake MacAulay – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Jake MacAulay: Jake@TheAmericanView.com

“And the LORD said unto me, A conspiracy is found among the men of Judah, and among the inhabitants of Jerusalem.” (Jeremiah 11:9)

I have a couple questions for you to preface this week’s column.

Who is Leon Czolgosz? Who is Charles J. Guiteau?

The answer: Leon Czolgosz was President McKinley’s assassin.

And Charles J. Guiteau is President Garfield’s assassin.

Most people do not know who these men were because at the time, it was for the world to know the facts as to what took place concerning these assassinations.  These were not conspiracies.  They were simply two men who took things into their own hands and committed the act of murder (1 John 3:12).

There were no diversions, no media cover-ups. They were simple cases to solve, as it was reported through eyewitness accounts and easily solved.

Now, let me ask you who was John Wilkes Booth?

Most can speedily answer with “That’s easy, that was President Abraham Lincoln’s killer!”

The same with John F. Kennedy’s assassination, that Lee Harvey Oswald was responsible.

Year after year, new generations are raised up to believe, by the media and lies in textbooks, that John Wilkes Booth and Lee Harvey Oswald were solely responsible for the assassinations of these two presidents.  A Gallup poll, for what it’s worth, taken in the U.S., reveals that 61% of the American people still believe that the JFK assassination was a conspiracy while the establishment media is hard at work doing their best to keep the up and coming generation deceived into believing their contrived theories and covering for those who are committing the act of conspiracies.

CONSPIRACY, noun 

1. A combination of men for an evil purpose; an agreement between two or more persons, to commit some crime in concert; particularly, a combination to commit treason, or excite sedition or insurrection against the government.

P.S. In this country it is the American people that are the government! Read the preamble to the U.S. Constitution.

Reading of the Declaration of Independence!

[YouTube Video]

As a matter of fact, you will find that for decades in this country, it has been the controlled media who has been demonizing and accusing those of being “conspiracy theorists” or just plain “crazy” when it comes to questioning the narrative that they attempt to set.

Below are Conspiracies that were sold by the controlled media as “conspiracy theories.”

• The Dreyfus Affair
• The Mafia
• MK-ULTRA
• Operation Mocking Bird

[YouTube Video]

“Operation Mockingbird,” was a fully implemented CIA program to spread disinformation throughout American media.  CIA Director William Colby testified to the Church Committee that over 400 CIA agents were active in the U.S. media to control what was reported through American mainstream television, newspapers and magazines.

• Manhattan Project
• Asbestos
• Watergate (Was about a pedophile cover-up in government)
• The Tuskegee Syphilis Study
• Operation Northwoods

In the early 1960s, American military leaders drafted plans to create public support for a war against Cuba, to oust Fidel Castro from power. The plans included committing acts of terrorism in U.S. cities, killing innocent people and U.S. soldiers, blowing up a U.S. ship, assassinating Cuban émigrés, sinking boats of Cuban refugees, and hijacking planes. The plans were all approved by the Joint Chiefs of Staff, but were reportedly rejected by the civilian leadership, then kept secret for nearly 40 years.

Ted Gunderson Former FBI Chief – Most Terror Attacks Are Committed By Our CIA And FBI

[YouTube Video]

“It is the function of the CIA to keep the world unstable, and to propagandize and teach the American people to hate, so we will let the Establishment spend any amount of money on arms.” -John Stockwell

[YouTube Video]

• 1990 Testimony of Nayirah
• Counter Intelligence Programs Against Activists in the 60s
• The Iran-Contra Affair (drug trafficking was omitted from media coverage)
• CIA Drug Running in LA
• Gulf of Tonkin Never Happened
• The Business Plot
• July 20, 1944, Conspiracy to Assassinate Hitler
• Operation Ajax
  Operation Snow White
• Operation Gladio
  The CIA Assassinates A Lot Of People (Church Committee)
• The New World Order

In 2002, Rockefeller authored his autobiography Memoirs wherein, on page 405, he wrote:

“For more than a century ideological extremists at either end of the political spectrum have seized upon well-publicized incidents … to attack the Rockefeller family for the inordinate influence they claim we wield over American political and economic institutions. Some even believe we are part of a secret cabal working against the best interests of the United States, characterizing my family and me as ‘internationalists’ and of conspiring with others around the world to build a more integrated global political and economic structure – one world, if you will. If that’s the charge, I stand guilty, and I am proud of it.”

• Kennedy Assassination – The 2nd Investigation by Congress Few People Know About, United States House of Representatives Select Committee on Assassinations(HSCA)
• 1919 World Series Conspiracy
• Karen Silkwood
• CIA Drug Smuggling in Arkansas

[YouTube Video]

• Bohemian Grove
  Operation Paperclip
• The Round Table
• The Illuminati
  The Trilateral Commission
  Big Brother or the Shadow Government
• The Secret Team: The CIA and Its Allies in Control of the United States and the World (or so they think Isaiah 28:18)
• The Report From Iron Mountain
• The Federal Reserve Bank

Now think of that.  The media, in whom 94% of the people do not place any trust, and rightly so, wants you now to believe them when they tell you something that is in stark contrast to what the eyewitnesses have seen with their own eyes concerning the shooting that took place in Las Vegas.

Look at the diversions and inconsistencies that are taking place.

Furthermore, the stupidest and most telling thing that the controlled media has done here is tried to convince Americans to disarm in the face of an alleged mass murderer with a gun.

How stupid do they expect the people to be? (Just look to Hollywood) This is very telling as to the responsible party when you see a concerted effort from corrupt politicians, as well as the corrupt media, to call for gun control.

Hollywood Hypocrites:

[YouTube Video]

Here are some videos and articles for you to see which contradicts the controlled media narrative.

Timeline of the Las Vegas shooter continues to

Change!

Incredible Forensic Acoustic Analysis Demonstrates A Second Shooter In Las Vegas

Vegas Survivor says she heard multiple shooters!

Las Vegas Police Radio “Multiple Shooters”

[YouTube Video]

And here you have the media attempting to demonize anyone that questions their propaganda because it does not fit their narrative.

Shooting a Watermelon with Shotgun and tells viewers that it is an AR 15? Not!

[YouTube Video]

Las Vegas Sherriff told “Don’t go there!” by the FBI!

[YouTube Video]

Conspiracies are very real and they continually breed when you let the conspiracy go as a theory. Remember who is telling you it is a theory.  For history shows us, that it is, in fact, the media giving cover to those who are committing the act of conspiracy.

[YouTube Video]

© 2017 Bradlee Dean – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Bradlee Dean: Bradlee@SonsOfLibertyRadio.com

“If you fired 50% of the employees of the American government bureaucracy, federal, state, or local, you would still have a Progressive – Liberal infested, fetid, smelly swamp of Progressive brainwashed workers who graduated from one or more of the liberal American colleges and have no concept of individual freedom or unalienable rights.” —Ron Ewart

Millions of people watched last Sunday’s 60 Minute double segment expose’ of the opioid epidemic and the efforts by U. S. Drug Enforcement (DEA) to stem the tide of illicit opioid prescriptions flooding the market from three major drug distributors and sending thousands upon thousands of opioid addicts to their deaths.  But Drug Enforcement efforts were thwarted by Pharmaceutical lobbyists who managed to get a bill passed that severely limited DEA efforts to put the bad guys away.

What became immediately apparent from the story is that the big business – big government collusion, racketeering swamp was well oiled and working like it always does when awash in big money.  Many of the DEA attorneys responsible for investigating and prosecuting illegal opioid distribution were spirited away with the offer of big salaries by the major drug distributors, who then lobbied for the drug distributors to obtain favorable legislation in Congress.  Since most members of Congress have no honor, on either side of the aisle, the offer of big money for their next campaign (or money in their pockets) is too tempting to pass up.  One of the sponsors of the bill that severely limited DEA opioid drug enforcement was appointed by the President to become the next Drug Czar.

And IRS Commissioner John Koskinen who lied to Congress in the IRS targeting scandal is still the IRS Commissioner.  So much for draining the swamp.

So you see ladies and gentlemen, the “SWAMP” is still operating at full tilt and as it stands right now, nothing is going to stop it.   Trump can’t or won’t stop it and Congress doesn’t want to stop it, being part of the SWAMP’s big-business, big-money collusion racket.

Government, at least in what is left of the Constitutional Republic of America, is (or was) about preserving, protecting and defending the individual, God-given rights of the people.  Government is (or was) also about service, service to the people for functions that only government can accomplish.  In America, the people established the government and the government was and is supposed to be the servant for the people.  But alas, it is a fact, the servant has become the master without a shot being fired and the SWAMP is in full control..

Government (the SWAMP) has sent hither swarms of officers and bureaucrats to pass millions of unconstitutional laws and eat out our substance.  The ironic part is, these bureaucrats that harass the people were the creation of past and current Congresses and presidents, in direct violation of their solemn oaths to preserve, protect and defend the Constitution and the rights of the people.

The duty of those Congresses and presidents was to provide oversight to the bureaucracies, but as anyone can see from observing just the current scandals with the Veterans Administration, the Justice Department, the NSA, the INS, the FBI, the USDA, the DOE, the DHS, the IRS, the BLM, the EPA, etc., oversight is a mirage and out-of-control bureaucracies with dictatorial powers (the SWAMP) are the reality.  In fact, it has gotten so bad, that bureaucracies have become an irreversible power unto themselves and the Congress, much less the president, appear to be powerless or unwilling to rein them in, or stop them.  What exists today is a culture of criminally wasteful and corrupt bureaucratic employee entitlement, funded at great expense by the hapless and virtually helpless American taxpayer.

If Congress won’t pass legislation that the bureaucrats want, the president just writes an executive order, or the bureaucrats just promulgate a rule, thereby effectively repealing Article 1, Section 1 of the U. S. Constitution.   What constitution?  Maybe the dog ate it.

THE VA:  The most volatile scandal today involving a bureaucracy is the Veterans Administration (VA).  The VA has been a scandal for decades and everyone in and out of government has known it but has done nothing.  It is a prime example of the inefficiency of big government (the SWAMP) that prides itself in protecting its turf, wasting billions of tax dollars and rewarding its perpetrators with bonuses.   If the VA is any example of administering a single-payer health care system for veterans as a government-run bureaucracy, the people must be loving how government is running Obama Care.  In 2009 we wrote 18 Basic Principles for America.  Principle number 17 states the following:

“17. The entire Veterans Administration office should be overhauled and new policies put in place with the funds to match. These new policies would create an absolute priority for treating our veterans and their families with respect, honor, dignity and the admiration that they deserve.  These people gave their lives, mind and limbs in the service of our country, defending our cherished freedoms. The current VA programs are an egregious affront to these individuals and an abysmal travesty.”

But then who will implement this reasonable and justifiable solution?  The Congress?  Not likely.  The VA has too many friends in high places because it is just another out-of-control federal bureaucracy (the SWAMP) living high off of our money.

MEDICARE:  (the SWAMP) A recent Office of Inspector General (OIG) report on the multi-billion dollar waste, fraud and abuse in the Medicare program, determined that it was more effective financially to do nothing, rather than trying to fix the problem.  If the government is so careless about spending the people’s tax dollars, why then should the people care about paying those tax dollars?  Why indeed!

THE EPA:  (the SWAMP) Another out-of-control government bureaucracy is the Environmental Protection Agency (EPA).  It is proposing two new rules that will have a significant negative impact on the economy and a disastrous effect on local land use control and property rights, especially for rural landowners.

Comes now the EPA, at the direction of radical environmentalists, to promulgate rules for CO2 emissions from gas and coal-fired power plants based on flawed climate computer models.  (See ” “Global Mass Hysteria From Notoriously Inaccurate Climate Modeling“)  The overly strict new rules, without a doubt, would stifle economic growth by raising energy prices and killing much needed jobs if the Trump Administration had not reached in to stop it.

THE BLM:  (The SWAMP) Many of us witnessed the abuse of power by the Bureau of Land Management (BLM) at the Bundy cattle ranch in Nevada, Senator Harry Reid’s royal desert stronghold.  It was all over the news for a couple of weeks.  When the heavily armed BLM SWAT team was faced with a bunch of angry landowners, cowboys and militia, the BLM stood down, thankfully.

But this is just one area in which the out-of-control bureaucracy known as the BLM is exercising dictatorial power over other disputed lands in the West, to the point that an armed cadre of open carry landowners and militia were confronting the BLM along the Red River in Texas.  A similar event was occurring in New Mexico at the time.

Once again, the BLM, the EPA, the Department of U. S. Fish and Wildlife, the Forest Service, the National Park Service and the Department of Agriculture (the SWAMP) are all dancing to the radical environmentalist’s agenda.  This agenda emanates from the United Nations under the Agenda 21 accord, which the American government, by presidential executive order, codified into American law without a treaty being debated and ratified by the U. S. Congress.

THE DHS:  (The SWAMP) The Department of Homeland Security was formed not long after the airborne terrorist attack of September 11, 2001 on the Twin Towers in New York and the Pentagon in Washington DC.  This new cabinet level agency, under the president, combined 22 other government agencies into one giant bureaucracy, employing over 200,000 people with an operating budget of almost $100 Billion.  It covers all Immigration and Border Patrol functions, U. S. Customs Service, Animal and Plant Health Inspection Services, etc.  Its original function was to:

“The mission of the Office will be to develop and coordinate the implementation of a comprehensive national strategy to secure the United States from terrorist threats or attacks. The Office will coordinate the executive branch’s efforts to detect, prepare for, prevent, protect against, respond to, and recover from terrorist attacks within the United States.”

So why did DHS purchase 1.5 billion rounds of hollow point bullets and over 7,500 fully automatic assault rifles and is providing armored vehicles and SWAT equipment to major urban police departments around the country and other federal agencies, like the BLM?  Was this to fend off a significant terrorist attack, or was this massive weapons build-up to be used against the citizens of the United States who have had enough of the SWAMP?

THE IRS:  (The SWAMP) The Internal Revenue Service, another aggressive, out-of-control government agency, viciously collects our money in the form of taxes so that it can feed all these out-of-control dictatorial bureaucracies that pass unconstitutional rules (laws) and feed millions of illegal aliens with child tax credits.

What these American bureaucracies are doing is exactly what King George III did to the people of the 13 colonies that led to the American Revolution and the birth of freedom.  Today, the IRS knows no law but its own and seems to be impervious to independent investigation or congressional oversight.  It is a dictatorial power unto itself that Congress and the president allow to exist.  It uses that power against the people in violation of due process and other constitutional protections.  The income tax law may even be illegal.

We have barely touched the surface of the federal bureaucracies without hardly mentioning the hundreds of local and state bureaucracies.  The President’s cabinet consists of 15 major bureaucracies and each secretary of each cabinet answers directly to the president.  But no matter who is president, the U. S. Supreme Court has given all of the federal bureaucracies the power to operate as they see fit and their decisions could not be challenged, until just recently.  In the last 100 plus years, through unconstitutional legislation from Congress and the President and U. S. Supreme Court decisions, America has been silently converted from a Constitutional Republic into a SWAMP BUREAUCRACY and most of the American people are clueless.  From all appearances, it appears to be virtually impossible to peacefully drain the American SWAMP.

Let us know if you have a suggestion on how to DRAIN THE SWAMP.

© 2017 Ron Ewart – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Ron Ewart: info@narlo.org

© 2017 Lloyd Marcus – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Lloyd Marcus: mr_lloydmarcus@hotmail.com

BOISE ID. – The chaplaincy is the most TOTALLY DEDICATED ministry there is. Chaplains put others first and go to them at their time and place of need.  MANY of those encountered give their hearts to Christ and are baptized. Before leaving California I had a baptismal ceremony for 27 individuals, including children who had been dedicated to the Lord years earlier and had now made their own decision, as a result of chaplaincy. There were several such baptisms over time.

Sadly, there are those who defile this very SACRED assignment from God. This week, a CHAPLAIN APPRENTICE in St. Luke’s Hospital in Boise, Idaho, 30 year old Kevin Forbes, was before a judge. He had hung around the child’s Play area in a mall at Boise Town  Square, took over 30 photos up a child’s dress before he was caught and charged with 2 Felonies.

What I want to know is how nobody saw this, intervened and smashed his head into the ground while he was taking these lewd photos up this child’s skirt? He of course was dismissed from all duties at St. Luke’s Hospital. If I ever see him, he will receive the backhand of fellowship.

ON THAT SAME DAY, a Catholic Priest, who was just ordained that very day was caught fondling a young woman. Both of these so-called “men of God” were front page stories in the Idaho Statesman which all the unsaved saw. Neither of these men were CALLED to the ministry. They CHOSE ministry as a career. And this is the problem by which they disgraced the titles; Chaplain and Priest. Ministry is not something you choose, it is something God chooses YOU for.

There is a  stern message taught in chaplain classes: Keep the Vessel Clean…..AND…keep your mind clean.  Obviously, neither of these two men had been taught such.They were strictly ‘career ministers.’ They are the biggest ministry problems today. And Called Ministers, MAN YOU PULPITS.

When I first started in the ministry in New York, a very young Benny Hinn was also preaching in the same area. Controversies about him were swirling. I once personally saw him screaming at his staff in view of the public.  The story below about him is another example .It was written by his nephew and published in Christianity Today.  We are to serve God, not ourselves. Click this link, and I promise you will be–maybe not–shocked at what you read about his ministry and personal life.

I don’t think at the end of the lives of the two above, that God say to them: “Well done my good and faithful servant.” Instead I believe God will say, “Satan, here they come. They’re all yours.

There are many CALLED pastors who are wonderful ministers of God and LIVE the Christian life. Hopefully, you have one in your area. Go to that church he pastors without delay.

Thoughts on the Las Vegas Shooting:

An eyewitness SAW two persons in that room as the shooting began. Before the slaughter, the shooter wired a huge sum of money to his girlfriend in the Philippines, who had just flown home before the attack of the Country Western Festival in Vegas. The Philippines is known as a hotbed for Muslim Terrorists.

I do NOT think he committed suicide since he had his car ready to flee. It looks as though he planned other attacks since dynamite ingredients were found in his car, which would be typical for Muslim murderers. He also took videos of the killing spree. ISIS members always photograph their terror strikes.

It was seen on the ISIS website that yes, he had joined up as an Islamic Soldier 6 months ago. One thing this writer has learned, new recruits to any organization will go to the extreme of the organization’s goals immediately to prove themselves worthy to be with that group.

But one thing does not make sense.  He had been accumulating weapons for 20 years. So that is a puzzle since he had only, according to reports, just joined ISIS six months ago.

I think his live-in Filipino girl friend is lying. You cannot live with someone for that long without knowing more about the person they are living with. She cannot know NOTHING about her partner as she claims.

Dr. Phil McGraw flew to Vegas to visit wounded victims of the shootings and taped it for his TV show, which this writer saw today.  His counsel was great and soothing. It was one of those patients that said that the moment the shooting began, he looked back at the Hotel and SAW TWO MEN IN THAT ROOM.

The News Media, owned by George Soros, mainly falsified the accounts of the shooting, leaving too many blanks in the story for readers to really know what this was about. Some of those I listed above.  Again, he had planned his getaway, so it is improbable that he ‘committed suicide.’  

Also, this was not shown in the media. Investigators found a 22 caliber bullet shell among the others, when he supposedly used high power assault rifles with machine gun capabilities. Yet everyone there is tight lipped in order to deceive us.

Meanwhile, while all of this is going on, Governor Moonbeam of California strikes again. He has signed a bill to put ANYONE in jail if they….now get this….do not use the proper gender pronoun when addressing a Trannie. That’s a tall order since they now have 57 individual gender pronouns.

And the latest is this that you will not believe. This column did not believe it until doing some research. It’s true. Governor Jerry Brown, Governor Moonbeam, is about to sign a bill that would, again, sit down…..that would penalize anyone laughing….yes you read that right. “Because,” Gov. Moonbeam reasoned, “Laughing is usually at someone else’s expense.” Oh, now it makes sense….at least in California.

I’m so glad we left that place. Very happy in my little spread outside New York.

ANALYZING TODAY’S NEWS FOR TOMORROW’S HISTORY

Photo Caption:  Disgraced Hospital Chaplain Trainee Kevin Forbes

© 2017 Austin Miles – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Austin Miles: chaplainmiles@aol.com

As the readers of my columns on News With Views are aware, for more than the past decade I have attempted to awaken Americans who consider themselves “constitutionalists”, “patriots”, “friends of the Second Amendment”, and like-minded people to the importance of revitalizing “the Militia of the several States”. But my efforts have met with scant success. Whether the fault lies with the author of these missives or the audience to which they were directed may be debatable. The facts remain that, not only have vanishingly few Americans evinced any interest in this matter, but also all too many who have taken note of my work have reacted to it in a singularly negative, if not overtly hostile, fashion.

The latest manifestation of this dog-in-the-manger attitude is the refusal of the Petitioners in the pending case Kolbe v. Hogan, No. 17-127 (U.S. Supreme Court) to consent to my filing of a brief amici curiae on their behalf. The decision which is the subject of this petition—Kolbe v. Hogan, 849 F.3d 114 (4th Cir. 2017)—is, in my estimation, the most egregious affront to the Second Amendment which has ever been handed down by any court in the United States. So my attempt to intervene in this case is not simply a quixotic, let alone an uninformed, effort on my part.

For those who are unfamiliar with procedure in the Supreme Court, a potential amicus curiae (“friend of the Court”) first seeks permission from the parties to file a brief, usually on behalf of one of the parties. If either party refuses consent, the amicus may file a motion for leave to file, requesting the Supreme Court to accept his brief notwithstanding that refusal.

Now, usually, parties who desire the Supreme Court to review their case through a petition for a writ or certiorari want to marshal as many amici briefs on their behalf as possible, in order to convince the Court that their petition not only has theoretical merit but also raises issues of general rather than merely passing concern. Indeed, in yesteryear, the all-too-close coördination of various amici with the parties they supported became something of an abusive “cottage industry”, which resulted in the Supreme Court’s issuance of its Rule 37.6, under which an amicus must certify that no counsel for any party has authored the amicus brief in whole or in part, and that no such counsel or any party has made a monetary contribution intended to fund the preparation or submission of such a brief. So, today, an amicus must be completely independent of the party whose position it supports, except to the extent under Rule 37.1 that the amicus brief brings to the Court’s attention matters which not only support that party but also apprise the Court of matters that the favored party will not emphasize in its petition but which nonetheless will be useful for the Court to consider.

In my brief amici curiae, as something of an expert on the Second Amendment I seek to inform the Court of critical matters related to the first thirteen words of the Amendment—to wit, “[a] well regulated Militia, being necessary to the security of a free State”—that (as my brief explained)

will “not * * * [be] brought to [the Court’s] attention by the parties”, but nevertheless “may be of considerable help to the Court.” Because these matters have  “not [been] specifically noticed in the objections taken in the records or briefs of counsel” for the parties in a satisfactory manner to date, and are unlikely to be raised hereafter, th[e Supreme] Court should take them under consideration by way of the Amici’s brief, “that the Constitution may not be violated from the carelessness or oversight of counsel in any particular.” See Pollock v. Farmer’s Loan & Trust Co., 157 U.S. 429, 604 (1895) (separate opinion of Field, J.).

Of course, one would expect that the Respondents (here, Hogan et alia) would balk at having such information brought to the Court’s attention—but that, on the other hand, the Petitioners (here, Kolbe et alia) would be grateful for whatever assistance they could obtain from an amici brief prepared by someone who knows his business. After all, at the petition stage, the strategy must be for the Petitioners to amass whatever support is available that could convince the Court to hear the case on the merits.

If the reader goes to the SCOTUSBLOG on the Internet, and searches for Kolbe v. Hogan in the compilation under “Petitions”, he will find, not only Kolbe’s Petition for a Writ of Certiorari, but also the amici briefs filed on the Petitioners’ behalf. These include briefs from such amici as the NRA and the Cato Institute. Of these briefs, mine is the only one as to which the Petitioners have denied their consent to file.

When the reader peruses these briefs, he will see that mine is the only one which focuses on the first thirteen words of the Second Amendment. The rest rely on what I should describe as the erroneous “law-school solution” to the problem raised in Kolbe—focusing on such really irrelevant matters as whether so-called “assault rifles” are in “common use” by average Americans for individual self-defense in the home, and such ultimately self-defeating arguments as whether “the right of the people to keep and bear [such] Arms” is subject to one or another anti-constitutional judicial “balancing test” (so-called “strict scrutiny” or “intermediate scrutiny”) under the Supreme Court’s decision in District of Columbia v. Heller, 554 U.S. 570 (2008). None of these briefs, other than my own, points out that the actually controlling precedent is United States v. Miller, 307 U.S. 174 (1939); and that, applied in tandem, both Miller and Heller demand reversal of the Court of Appeals’ decision in a manner which absolutely guarantees—indeed, if the Second Amendment is properly construed, requires—average Americans’ possession of “assault rifles”.

Under these circumstances, one would expect that my amici brief would at least be welcomed sotto voce by the Petitioners, because they have nothing to lose, and everything to gain, from having the Supreme Court made aware of the arguments which that brief, and no one else, presents. But no—the Petitioners do not want my amici curiae brief even to be considered by the Court. Having kicked around in Supreme Court practice over the years—and not without some notable successes—I find Petitioners’ reluctance to further their own interests rather perplexing. This is a conclusion in which I expect those of my readers who study the various amici briefs to concur.

So the question I raise for my readers’ consideration is: “What is going on here?” Why do the Petitioners (and, for that matter, the other amici ostensibly on their side) treat the first thirteen words of the Second Amendment, not simply as irrelevant to their case, but also as so dangerous to mention that they refuse both to address them in their own briefs and to consent for my amici brief to bring them to the Supreme Court’s attention?

Do these people really believe that the first thirteen words of the Second Amendment are actually irrelevant to the last fourteen words, even though they all are included in the very same sentence? If this the way English grammar works? Is this the way constitutional interpretation works (or ought to work)?

At this point, the matter is in the hands of the Supreme Court. But, in the long run, the problem goes beyond what happens to my amici curiae brief or even to the petition for a writ of certiorari in Kolbe itself. Kolbe, after all, will not represent the final battle over radical “gun control” in this country. The struggle to secure “the right of the people to keep and bear Arms” will continue, unabated, until all of the twenty seven words of the Second Amendment are either upheld in their entirety or so disregarded, discounted, or diluted by ridiculous decisions of the Judiciary that the Amendment is reduced to the palest shadow of what the Founders intended it to be.

To be sure, readers of this commentary who are not members of the Supreme Court Bar are not in a position to influence the Court. But many of them are capable of bringing this matter to the attention of leaders of the NRA—who, more than anyone else, are responsible for floating the mistaken notion that the Second Amendment’s overriding concern is to enable average Americans to possess “Arms” for the purpose of individual self-defense. Not simply the words of the Amendment, but especially the pre-constitutional history which informs them, teach that community self-defense is that concern. See my book The Sword and Sovereignty: The Constitutional Principles of “the Militia of the Several States” (CD-Rom Edition, 2012).

So I urge my readers—in particular, those who are members of the NRA—to contact that organization and encourage its leadership to reevaluate its position. At no time in this country’s history could such reconsideration be more vital.

© 2017 Edwin Vieira – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Edwin Vieira: edwinvieira@gmail.com

A communist is like a crocodile: when it opens its mouth, you cannot tell whether it is trying to smile or preparing to eat you up.  —Winston Churchill

Flattery won’t tame a raging dragon.  —Brett Decker, author of Bowing to Beijing

Fat Little Rocket Man

Rocket Man has been a thorn in our President’s side and a worry to many nations.  Both South Korea and Japan (a change to Japan’s Constitution is required) should attain nuclear weapons in order to dissuade the fat little dictator.

One day after Tillerson stated that he was trying to open the door for talks with North Korea while on a trip to China, Trump disputed his efforts, tweeting, “I told Rex Tillerson, our wonderful Secretary of State, that he is wasting his time trying to negotiate with Little Rocket Man.”

Decades of talks got the USA and the UN nowhere with N Korea, and decades of blood curdling threats against both the South Koreans and USA by Pyongyang were dismissed and ignored by the previous administrations.  Now Kim Jong un is making these threats too difficult to ignore. North Korea should have been handled years ago by previous administrations.

President Trump inherited this disaster due to the utter spinelessness, stupidity and culpability of Democrat presidents Clinton and Obama.  It was Clinton who empowered N Korea and it was Obama who ignored N Korea while sanctioning Iran to go nuclear by helping them with the treasonous sum of $150 billion and $400 million in cash.

The little fat dictator, Kim Jong un, marches his missiles through the streets of Pyongyang, proud of his military prowess, but oblivious of his starving people.

The fear has always been communist China’s support of N Korea, just as it was in 1950.

The Korean War

The Korean War was 67 years ago.  Korea was ruled by Japan until the Soviet Union liberated the North just weeks before the end of World War II and the region was split into two.  Korea was divided, the North went to Russia, the South to America.

In 1950, Kim II sung, the leader of North Korea, sent his powerful army into South Korea and the United States had to take a stand against Communist aggression.  Truman ordered American naval and air forces to support S Korean ground troops, and asked the UN to approve the use of force to stop the North Korean invasion.

The UN responded quickly to impose military sanctions. The U.S. and 19 other nations committed troops to the area.  Despite heavy losses, the US and combined forces began to win because of MacArthur’s surprise tactics.

Joint Chiefs Chairman Omar Bradley said that “large-scale amphibious operations will never happen again,” but MacArthur organized one of the largest and most successful amphibious attacks in American military history.  He deployed a huge task force of more than 300 ships carrying nearly 70,000 men to carry out a surprise attack on the port of Inchon, far to the north of the Pusan battle zone.

MacArthur’s gambit to open up a huge new offensive hundreds of miles behind enemy lines caught the North Koreans totally by surprise. The massive invasion force quickly overwhelmed the light defenses left in place by the communists at Inchon.  MacArthur wanted to continue into N Korea and rid them of communism.

Freeing North Korea

The turning point in the Korean War was the decision made to cross the 38th Parallel (the dividing line between North and South) and pursue the retreating enemy into North Korea. At President Truman’s direction, the National Security Council (NSC) staff had studied the question and recommended against crossing the 38^th because ejecting the North Koreans from South Korea was a sufficient victory. To this, the Joint Chiefs of Staff (JCS) objected.

MacArthur, they argued, must destroy the North Korean army to prevent a renewal of the aggression. On 11 September—four days before the Inchon Landing—Truman adopted the arguments of the JCS. Truman changed the national objective from saving South Korea to unifying the peninsula. After the UN Assembly passed a resolution on 7 October 1950 calling for unification of Korea, MacArthur was free to send forces into North Korea.  The worry was that China would enter the war and help N Korea, and they did.

Truman ordered MacArthur to Yalu, which is the river running between the border of China and N Korea.  But, in November and December 1950, hundreds of thousands of Chinese troops crossed into North Korea, they had been waiting in hiding.  The field commander captured a few of them and thought there was little resistance.  However, on 27 November 1950, the Chinese 9th Army surprised the US X Corps commanded by Major General Edward Almond at the Chosin Reservoir area. A brutal 17-day battle in freezing weather soon followed.

The Chinese flung themselves against the American lines, driving the U.S. troops back into South Korea. MacArthur said the Chinese attacked and should be rebuffed, but the JCS said that would be getting us into WWIII.

Death at Chosin Reservoir

The battle of the Chosin Reservoir pitted 15,000 allied ground troops against 120,000 Chinese infantrymen. The ten Chinese divisions, along with North Korean forces, were on a mission: wipe out the Marines, the Army, and all of the allies.  They nearly did.

The weather was 48 degrees below zero, and Americans were running out of food and ammunition as well as medical supplies.

The order finally came to withdraw to the south. But, it was crucial that planes could land and take the most severely wounded out of the battle zone, and the cold was beyond bitter.

“It was looking pretty bleak, because the planes couldn’t fly and the Chinese were closing in,” offers Clyde Queen who said they could hear the screams of the wounded in the night, not knowing which side was screaming.

“One night a cloud opened up and a Marine looked up in the sky and he yelled, ‘Look, a star. A star.’ Then we knew that the planes would fly. We knew that they would be getting out of there. Some Marines think that star was placed there by God as a sign, ‘Don’t give up hope. I haven’t forsaken you.'”

More than 4,000 allied casualties were evacuated from the air strip as the C-119’s dropped rations and ammunition. But, the fight was not over. The remaining troops still had to make their way south to evacuate by ship, and many froze to death getting there.

Historians consider the battle of the Chosin Reservoir to be the single most savage battle of modern warfare. And for the chosen few who lived through it, it was an experience they will never forget.  The Arctic cold killed many of them, but they fought on.

MacArthur’s Request

MacArthur then asked for permission to bomb communist China bases north of the Yalu and use Nationalist Chinese forces from Taiwan against the People’s Republic of China. Fearing a widening of the war and possible entry of the Soviet Union, Truman flatly refused these requests.

Years after the war, we found out that Stalin wanted no involvement and said Russia was not getting into WWIII over Korea, although he provided material and medical services, as well as Soviet pilots and aircraft, most notably MiG 15 fighter jets, and required Mao Zedong to pay for them.

MacArthur was ordered to organize a phased and orderly retreat. On December 29, Truman administration officials informed MacArthur that the United States had abandoned the goal of reunifying Korea, and would seek negotiations.

The JCS limited his reinforcements to replacements, shifted the priority of military production to strengthening NATO forces, and wrote a new directive for MacArthur requiring him to defend in Korea as far to the north as possible.  He was outraged at the thought of going on the strategic defensive and fought against his new directive with all his might. Nevertheless, on 12 January 1951, the JCS sent him the final version of the directive, and the UN coalition had a new war aim designed to bring about a negotiated settlement.  Negotiations for a cease fire took two years while the war raged on until 1953.  The Chinese kept up the attacks, and the loss of American and allied lives kept rising.

Truman’s Sell Out

MacArthur was infuriated at what he considered the Truman administration’s sell-out of Korea.  He proposed his own plan for victory. He wanted a complete blockade of the Communist Chinese coastline. He wanted to bomb industrial sites and other strategic targets within China. He wanted to bring Nationalist Chinese troops from Formosa to fight in Korea. Finally, he wanted the Nationalists to invade weak positions on the Communist Chinese mainland.

Congressman Joseph W. Martin of Massachusetts had written to MacArthur asking for comment on Martin’s thesis that Nationalist Chinese forces “might be employed in a second Asiatic front to relieve the pressure on our forces in Korea.”

MacArthur replied that his own view followed “the conventional pattern of meeting force with counter-force,” that Martin’s suggestion on the use of Chiang Kai-shek’s forces was in consonance with this pattern, and that “there was no substitute for victory.”

Cong. Martin wrote back to him in full agreement.  Here is his letter.

However, Truman and the top military leaders in Washington quickly rejected MacArthur’s victory plan. MacArthur criticized the “politicians in Washington” for refusing to allow him to bomb Chinese bases north of the Yalu River. He did all this in spite of an order from his superiors in Washington not to make any public statements on foreign or military policy without first getting approval from the Department of State or Defense. MacArthur was on a collision course with his commander in chief. Truman was a Democrat and MacArthur a strong conservative Republican.  Back then, we had true constitutional conservatives.

After General MacArthur publicly disagreed with President Truman about whether or not to bomb China, he was fired. Truman believed that bombing China would have led to a much bigger war.

Today, we see countless members of Trump’s administration disagreeing publicly with his policies, yet they remain employed.

Conclusion

Five million soldiers and civilians lost their lives during the war. The Korean peninsula is still divided today.  We know this only too well with the likes of Kim Jong un running the communist North.

Today we are paying the price with an out-of-control dictator in N Korea and a Chinese military built by American free-trade dollars.

Democrat President Truman stopped Republican General MacArthur from ending Chinese communism and warning the Russians.

Now President Trump is left with this mess in Korea.  Had it been finished in the 1950s, we wouldn’t have a communist China with a US built military who could destroy us, neither would we have a communist N Korean dictator.

“We will have no choice but to totally destroy North Korea,” Trump said. “If the righteous many don’t confront the wicked few, then evil will triumph,” he added, before repeating a nickname he gave Kim on Twitter. “Rocket Man is on a suicide mission for himself.”

However, our President will have to negotiate with China’s Xi Jinping and Rocket Man and therein lies the danger.  This time victory would not be as easy.

“Communism is not love.  Communism is a hammer which we use to crush the enemy.”  Mao Zedong

P.S.  Communism has infiltrated our country and it happened long ago.  Joe McCarthy was absolutely right, and so was Khrushchev when he told us the communists would overtake America and never fire a shot.  One needs only watch CNN and the mainstream networks to see communists at work.  CNN’s Van Jones states openly that he’s a communist, as does former University of Chicago professor and Weather Underground leader, Bill Ayers.  The CEO and publisher of NWVs escaped from communism in his youth, and this is why he works so very hard to bring the truth to Americans through his website.  We’re all fighting to save our beloved America.  Please, Please help us with monthly donations, every penny is so appreciated.  Thank you!

© 2017 Kelleigh Nelson – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Kelleigh Nelson: Proverbs133@bellsouth.net

Part 4—How To Stop It

“A Constitutional Republic demands citizen participation.  Citizenship means ‘action’, not sitting in the bleachers watching the game with a beer mug in your hand.  Your children’s lives and the future of this country depend on your actions in 2017. The worst mistake you can make: to think that you can do so little that you do nothing at all.”  —FHW

Thomas W. Chittum, author of, “CIVIL WAR II: THE COMING BREAKUP OF AMERICA,” brings concrete historical evidence to the impending conflicts in America.  By looking around, you, the average American, can see this tragedy building.

In part 4, you learn what you can do to change course.  When enough Americans take action, we can move mountains and ehange our country’s course toward a viable and sustainable future.

With 12 to 20 million “illegal, undocumented, border jumpers, Anchor babies, visa overstays, ad nausea” or whatever the mainstream media wants to call them living on U.S. soil, a dozen cities sport 51 percent foreign born immigrants, over three million Middle Eastern immigrants enclaving against American values—“America, we’ve got a problem.”   One of the aspects of the disintegration of Rome stemmed from its importation of Vandals that neither cared about Rome nor gave allegiance.  In the end, they ‘enclaved’ more of their own until they became more powerful, by sheer numbers, than Romans.  The cult of ‘diversity’ and ‘multiculturalism’ being jammed down Americans’ throats by both parties is an example of self-induced national suicide—just like the Romans.  In this case, both Republicans and Democrats wear the same sombrero given to them by Mr. Fox south of the border.

In a 2003 speech by former Colorado Governor Lamm, “How to Destroy America,” he said, “My sixth point for America’s downfall would be to include dual citizenship and promote divided loyalties.  I would celebrate diversity over unity.  I would stress differences rather than similarities.  Diverse people worldwide are mostly engaged in hating each other—that is when they are not killing each other.”   A walk down the streets of Los Angeles, Miami, Chicago or New York proves the chilling anti-American sentiment.

Chittum writes about economic collapse.  He talks about how our own Congress ramrods 2.1 to 2.6 million immigrants down our throats annually while outsourcing, insourcing and offshoring jobs to other countries.   How can we ever maintain a decent standard of living by adding 3.1 million people annually into the USA?  Doesn’t anyone ‘get it’ that the reason they are running out of Mexico and China stems from the fact that they can’t feed, work, educate or clothe their own populations that explode out of control?  Why create the same crisis here?

Like many companies, American Flyer, the little red wagon that we all pulled in our childhoods– offshored its production to China.  But thousands of companies are moving production out of our country—leaving our people in unemployment lines.  It’s a lose-lose situation for U.S. citizens.

Chittum talks about phases of Civil War II:  1. Tribalization, or the undermining of the concept of citizenship.  2. The creeping loss of democracy to private, governmental institutions and international bodies.  3. Gradually falling wages.  4. The slow decay of infrastructure in our cities and the abandonment by Americans and their replacement by minorities wedded to welfare and affirmative action. 5. Growing legal and illegal immigration to transform America into a typical Third World country.  6. Massive drive for gun control to cripple military potential from the working class.  7. Cooperation of the mass media to dumb down the population.

Near the end of the book he makes projections that you can see happening right now:

1. Shrinking hourly wage.  2. More immigrants than Americans.  3. Foreigners hold most Federal Debt.  4. Twenty million Third World slums on our borders known as ‘colonias’. 5. Manufacturing jobs moved out of the USA making it impossible for us to make or sell anything to the world.  6. Republican and Democratic politicians refusing to deal with the immigration crisis. Worse, both parties aid and abet it.   7. Growing power of advocates of Aztlan or the reconquest of California, Arizona, New Mexico and Texas by Mexico.

Our country is in deep trouble and worsening fast. I spent two weeks on the border from El Paso to San Diego.  Immigrants successfully pour over our borders at 500,000 per year.  I saw them loading up in busses.  I saw them squashed 30 to a van.  I saw them crawling through the desert bush with my night vision scope.  I interviewed Border Patrol officers who are hamstrung by Congress.  Trump changes that recently.  The illegals they catch, they release on the border only to try again until they succeed.    I saw the safe houses.  I saw the lay-up areas.  I saw the millions of pounds of trash left in the desert.  I saw the invasion first hand.

What can you do?  Democracy is not a spectator sport.   YOU need to start acting, writing, calling, pushing, shoving and screaming at your mayors, radio stations, newspapers and reps that you’re tired of this invasion.  Demand a total immigration shutdown, NOW!  Demand troops on the border.  Demand English as our only language.  Support building a wall to stop the $50 billion in drugs every year from being offered to your kids.  Demand no benefits for illegal aliens.  Demand E-Verify be passed.  Stop DACA.   Demand no amnesties for illegals.  Demand deportations begin.  Demand the rule of law be followed and employers of illegals be arrested.  Call your senators and house rep!

Will Chittum’s book prove prophetic?  Will Rome’s history become our history?  It all depends on you.

Join seven million other Americans to empower yourself at these websites:  www.NumbersUSA.org ; www.CapsWeb.org;  www.CarryingCapacityNetwork.org   It’s free and you can forward pre-written letters by fax to your Congress critters.

© 2017 Frosty Wooldridge – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Frosty: frostyw@juno.com

Last week President Trump signed another Executive Order that has stinking socialists and communists in Congress, as well as those who profit from unconstitutional spending, throwing fits of stupidity with predictions of monstrous consequences for all Americans. One of the loudest voices, as usual, is Sen. Chuckie Schumer, whose mouth is located between his butt cheeks.

Trump To Scrap Crucial Obamacare Insurer Subsidy’

Update:  “Late Thursday, the administration said it would immediately stop paying what are known as cost-sharing reduction subsidies. The payments go to health insurers in the Affordable Care Act to help lower-income people with co-pays and other cost sharing. Without them, insurers have said they’ll dramatically raise premiums or pull out of the law’s state-based markets.

“According to Bloomberg, the White House said the Department of Justice and the Department of Health and Human Services both concluded that there is no appropriation for cost-sharing reduction payments to insurance companies under Obamacare. “The bailout of insurance companies through these unlawful payments is yet another example of how the previous administration abused taxpayer dollars and skirted the law to prop up a broken system,” the White House said in the statement.

“The payments will stop immediately, with no transition period, Acting HHS Secretary Eric Hargan and Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services Administrator Seema Verma said in a statement. They next payments were due next week.

“Congress has not appropriated money for CSRs, and we will discontinue these payments immediately,” the department said.

“Just hours after signing an executive order that implicitly begins unwinding ObamaCare, Politco reports, citing two people familiar with the matter, that President Trump plans to cut off critical subsidy payments to insurers selling Obamacare coverage. The decision, which critics call deliberate attempts to sabotage the law, come just weeks before Americans will be able to start signing up for coverage for 2018. They follow other steps the Trump administration has taken, such as slashing advertising and outreach budgets meant to get people to sign up, as well as planning outages of the website where people can enroll.”

Unlawful being the key word above. Nowhere in the U.S. Constitution does it authorize Congress to steal from you, your children and grandchildren to pay any form of subsidies or bail outs to insurance companies, banks or auto makers. How do people think the national debt – created by incumbents in both parties because every penny is borrowed – got to be now over $20 TRILLION dollars?

Trump eases ObamaCare rules with executive order

“Trump’s order seeks to expand the ability of small businesses and other groups to band together to buy health insurance through what are known as association health plans (AHPs). It also lifts limits on short-term health insurance plans.

“Because both of these types of plans do not have to follow the same ObamaCare rules, such as minimum benefits standards, experts warn that healthier people could join these cheaper plans and leave only sicker people in ObamaCare plans. That could lead to a spike in premiums for ObamaCare plans or insurers simply dropping out of the market.

“The move is a victory for Sen. Rand Paul (R-Ky.), who has long pushed for expanding association health plans, saying they give people choices for lower-cost coverage. He joined Trump at the White House on Thursday, calling the move the “biggest free market reform of health care in a generation.”

See those words above: “…healthier people could join cheaper plans…” Yes, free will instead of young healthy Americans being forced to pay a penalty tax to the Gestapo IRS for not enrolling in insurance plans they can’t afford and 70- year old ladies long past child bearing years forced to pay massive premiums for maternity coverage.

As for those with chronic health problems being forced into Obamacare plans – Congress never had the authority to force healthy or sick Americans into ANY health care plan. Let the free market correct this disaster. Give it some time.

When Obamacare was passed by a Democratic/Communist Party USA majority in Congress without a single Republican vote under the illegitimate Obama reign of terror, it was unconstitutional and it’s still in violation of the supreme law of the land. President Trump is doing what he can through EOs to tear it apart.

Insurance companies forced to participate under Obamacare have lost HUNDREDS OF BILLIONS of dollars over the last 8 years simply because that monstrosity was designed to fail with the ultimate goal being a single payer system – another sure, proven disaster.

Yes, millions and millions of Americans have been hurt by Obamacare, it’s killing the middle class and all the lies about dead Americans littering the streets because they can’t get health care has blown up big time.

The U.S. government has NEVER had any authority to meddle in health care, dictate to doctors what they can and cannot do and forcing companies to do what government dictates against their will: Fascism. Something useful fools who belong to the domestic terrorist organization called ANTIFA don’t seem to understand. Communist ANTIFA Promotes Extreme Violence

What President Trump is doing needed to be done by the gutless Republicans in Congress years ago – especially the whores in the Senate. Think career crook, John McCain.

And don’t act surprised because this is a given: Trump halts ‘massive’ Obamacare subsidies in surprise late-night announcement – ‘Piece by piece we will now begin process of giving America the great HealthCare it deserves!’

WASHINGTON – “Thwarted over and over in his effort to repeal and replace Obamacare by a unified Democratic Party and a handful of Republicans, President Trump is using his executive power to at least partially fulfill his major campaign promise. Trump plans to halt payments to insurers under the Affordable Care Act “immediately,” in a major blow to Obamacare that is likely to draw a legal challenge.”

Trump: I’m ‘very proud of my executive order’ on health care: “Trump’s decision has also already spawned legal action, with 18 states and Washington, D.C., announcing Friday that they would sue Trump to stop him from ending the payments.”

More wasted borrowed money to fight lawsuits that are a result of socialists/Marxists in the U.S. Congress who passed Obamacare and the fake ‘president’, Obama/Soetoro, who signed it into “law”.

You can’t solve a problem unless you know when and how it was created. Please take the time to read this piece: Blame Congress for HMOs

One video you MUST watch. Bookmark it and watch one evening or next weekend, but watch it. It is one of the finest, most accurate films on what’s been shoved down our throats. What has and is destroying this country and solutions: Cultural Marxism – The Corruption of America

Off the subject but I just have to bring it up: The horrific fires in my home state of California. The destruction is almost beyond words just like after Hurricanes Harvey and Irma. Horrific photos here.

My little sister lives 10 miles from the Napa Valley area. It’s been very difficult for her to breathe outdoors this past week. Lisa said it’s just been black smoke and choking on soot.

She told me there is some talk out there that the initial fire in that area and around Santa Rosa which has damn near burnt to the ground was caused by downed PG & E lines. There will be investigations, believe me. Likely some will be arson as has happened in states like Arizona. People just need to be patient on that for now.

I know all those areas well as I was born and grew up in Northern California. Santa Rosa, Napa Valley, Sonoma, Calistoga. Used to fish all over No. California, the Delta, rivers, lakes, you name it. Because of the winds, in some areas a week ago yesterday when it started clocked in at 70 mph, the fire spread so fast and simply became out of control in literally a heartbeat. No time for people to get out – especially the first night as it started during the night.

40 dead so far; average age of those burned to death, 79.  I’ve been watching and listening to live coverage on my computer all week. One man on standby evacuation said the fire was getting closer and all he could hear was dogs crying out and some screaming as they burned to death. He looked like was going to cry. I put the rest of my lunch sandwich in the refrigerator.

Jesus, God, I do not understand this. I don’t care if you have to throw your favorite whatever out of the car you don’t just leave your dog(s) or cats behind to burn to death. I know there wasn’t much time unlike the warnings people had in Texas and Florida but how can people be so damn cruel?

God bless all the first responders. All the fire fighters who for the past seven days have been on 12 and 24-hour shifts while their own homes burnt to the ground. To all those around the burning areas for helping strangers, their fellow Americans, in a time of dire need. One lady who owned a four-horse trailer made trip after trip to one area near Santa Rosa and was able to get 48 horses out to safety at a fair ground.

Homeowners evacuating leaving all the outside sprinklers on hoping the fire would skip over their house. Just heart breaking. Just like Texas and Florida. Some people drove a couple of hours to hand out gift cards for grocery stores to those being evacuated. School alumni hastily put together a donation drive that has been a huge success in getting people simple things like a pillow. God bless you.

Not everyone who lives in the burning areas are well off, believe me. Yes, Napa Valley is some of the most prime real estate in the world; several wineries have been wiped out. If you’re going to buy wine in the near future, read the label and buy from one in the Napa Valley area to help their economy and keep folks employed.

One tea shop nestled in one large neighborhood in Santa Rosa is gone. 70 people now without paychecks. $90,000 a month in payroll, some of which gets spent by those employees around town now gone.

Devastating hurricanes, tornadoes and fires all have a huge negative effect on local economies. The hundreds of thousands from Harvey, Irma and now the California fires without jobs, missed work because businesses destroyed or badly damaged, injuries. Re-building means they have little to nothing to contribute to the economy except buying food and absolute necessities. Things like dining out and other leisurely activities won’t be happening for a long time.

Hopefully, more people have insurance than don’t. Estimated damage right now nearing $9 billion. Some insurance companies are going to be stretched to the limit.

So far, a whopping five thousand seven hundred homes and business have burnt to the ground. Because of how rapid the fires spread all fire fighters could do was concentrate on getting people out and let neighborhoods and businesses burn. A very tough, awful choice that had to be made simply because the winds turned one fire into a massive inferno and not enough firefighters could get there in time.

There are also a couple of fires in the So Cal area that are also devastating. Not getting as much national press but we shouldn’t forget about those folks suffering. Photos of that devastation.

Please pray for rain. While Thursday is a life time away, it’s supposed to rain Thursday and possibly into Friday throughout parts of Northern California; perhaps God will make it happen today or tomorrow. Please pray for everyone affected. Like our fellow Americans in Texas and Florida, they didn’t ask for this and many can use our help – even if it’s just $5 bux.

The Animal Rescue Site is my go to this time because, as always, 100% of every penny donated goes to organizations helping both animals and humans. Their networks are huge. BTW: They also pay any credit card transaction fees so every penny of your donation goes where it will help.

You’ve got a five dollar bill to give, don’t you?

[Devvy does a pod cast every Thursday: What Congress and the Media Won’t Tell You, which covers bills like the one to stop taxing social security rotting in committee in Congress and today’s hot issues. Knowledge is power but only if truth is made available to millions of Americans. The beauty of a pod cast is you can listen live or download and listen anytime on just about any gadget out there like iTunes, on your computer, iPhone, Smart Phone or Android device and pass it along to friends, family and colleagues. Here’s the direct link. Just click on show title to the right.]

© 2017 Devvy Kidd – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Devvy: devvyk@npn.net

A fascinating group of leaders emerged in the time of King David. We are told in 1 Chronicles 12:32 “And of the children of Issachar, which were men that had understanding of the times, to know what Israel ought to do;”

Today, as disciples of Jesus Christ, we need to possess these same two qualities of the Sons’ of Issachar: we need to understand our times and know what we ought to do.

Recently, as you well know, a mass murder took place in Las Vegas. The propagandists would have us believe that it was a lone wolf who killed all 58 and injured more than 500 concert goers. But there are too many facts that do not add up.

One fact being a video of an interview by a European news outlet of a concert goer who tells how 45 minutes before the shooting began, concertgoers were warned by a strange couple of the extreme violence and death to come. Their words to the front rows were, “you are all going to die tonight.” Security came and removed them from the venue. But what did they know 45 minutes ahead of time?

The Lone Wolf narrative has also been undermined by eyewitness who heard rounds expended from multiple places. One taxi driver parked at the entrance to the Mandalay Bay recorded 5 minutes of the barrage. In the recording you can clearly hear very close range as well as far off reports that were not echoes.

A cell phone video by a concert goer on the ground shows a man in a yellow vest pulling out a gun shooting into the crowd.

Mike Adams asks a series of telling questions which punch large holes in the official narrative. He writes, “In summary of all this, we’re told that a flabby 64-year-old senior citizen accountant with a gambling problem managed to expertly lay down highly effective fields of fire, killing 58 and wounding 500+ people by firing off thousands of .223 rounds well outside their effective range, all while producing merely dozens of pieces of expended brass that were magically cooled before they hit the carpet of his hotel room.

This was accomplished, we’re told, by one man firing 10 rifles… wait, no, 27 rifles all by himself, without any military training whatsoever. This same man set up a James Bond spy camera in the hotel hallway to monitor police in an attempt to defend himself against the inevitable police assault, then he just changed his mind and shot himself the moment the cops showed up… all for no apparent reason.

Oh, and one more thing: This same guy who meticulously planned the hotel room, the rifles hidden in the luggage, the huge collection of 100-round magazines, the window hammer smashing routine, the concert calendar dates, the monotonous lugging of ammunition to his room…

So wait, millionaire gambling man who has no military training, no familiarity with automatic weapons, no James Bond super spy training, no political affiliations and nothing in the world to complain about just got tired of living in a $400,000 home …and flying around his private Cessna? Instead of that rather well-off life, he wants to run a suicide mission, set up spy cameras in the hallway, shoot a bunch of innocent people he’s never met and then shoot himself in the head while going down in history as a man ….who will burn in Hell forever? Oh yeah, and before he does all that, he wires $100,000 to his girlfriend in the Philippines?

Something doesn’t add up here. I don’t know if it’s the missing brass, the missing carpet burns, the wildly fluctuating rifle count, the staged police photos, the suicide story, the totally laughable ballistics miracles of .223 rounds or the magically disappearing evidence of all the rifle rounds that hit pavement but then seemed to be whisked away by law enforcement. But something smells fishy about all this.”  (www.naturalnews.com)

The official narrative is highly suspicious. But one piece of interesting information from the FBI hostage rescue team is that they found a lot of Antifa literature in his room. In understanding our times, we need to understand that Antifa is nothing less than godless communism in its more violent manifestation. Listen to their own words, taken from a new ebook published by World Net Daily:

“[T]he process of continuous social revolution has no limits. Average citizens may say they are opposed to “racism” but… that word is being continuously redefined so that almost everyone who is not actually Antifa is a “racist,” and therefore a target. Words such as “ableism,” “heteronormativity,” or “transphobia” would have drawn confused stares from the vast majority of the population even a few years ago. Today, they are seen as grounds to get someone fired from his or her job or attack him or her in the street.”

The Author of the World Net Daily ebook continues, “As ‘Anti-fascism’ quite explicitly defines itself as anti-liberal (in the classical sense of liberalism), repudiates the right to free speech and takes upon itself the responsibility to enforce though violence a remarkably narrow definition of what people can and cannot say, it is of course quintessentially totalitarian.

“By definition, Antifa must have enemies that can be dehumanized as evil and dangerous; otherwise they lose their entire reason for existence.”

Indeed, many European-Americans are starting to understand the demands for “equality” were never about equality. The goalposts will always be moved; the demands for more concessions and redistribution of wealth always increased. No matter how much conservatives (and whites in general) give, the Establishment Left, following in the train of its Antifa vanguard, will always demand more.

What we see now as sons of Issachar is an emerging American Cultural Marxist anarcho-tyranny.(www.vdare.com)

We can see this hateful mindset in the firing this week by CBS of their network’s legal executive who wrote in a social media that she is “not even sympathetic” to victims of Sunday’s Las Vegas shooting, given that most country music fans are Republican. Hayley Geftman-Gold wrote, “I’m actually not even sympathetic bc country music fans often are Republican gun toters.”

One thing is clear: the godless communists hate their opponents and want them dead. So that all fits with an unusual series of statements made by leftist leaders about two months ago. Leftists such as Al Gore, and former deputy director of the CIA, and former deputy director of the FBI, as well as Michael Moore and other Democrats have all said on national TV that a violent revolution is coming to America in Oct 2017. How did they know that precisely 100 years after the leftist in our country and Britain financed and directed the violent overthrow of the Russian government, there would be a violent attempted overthrow of the United States government? How did they know?

Antifa now says they are prepared to begin killing people in mass in a race war. What October 1st in Las Vegas tells us is that the attempted revolution has actually begun.

Yet last Sunday as 58 were murdered, that same day 1600 babies murdered, and the next day 1600 were also murdered and the next and the next as well. So, since that scene of bloodshed in Las Vegas, 11,200 babies were murdered all across this land.

The Sons of Issachar “had understanding of the times, to know what Israel ought to do.” And the most important thing we need to understand is what this mass murder reveals about mankind. Jeremiah 17:9 tells us, “The heart is deceitful above all things, and desperately wicked: who can know it?”

The second thing which made the Sons of Issachar outstanding in their day was that they knew what the people of God should do. What should the people of God do in these dangerous times?

^“Yet for love’s sake I rather beseech thee, being such an one as Paul the aged, and now also a prisoner of Jesus Christ,” Philemon 9. The Love of Christ transforms us from the inside out.

Antifa is an organization filled with hatred for other human beings. Violent hatred as demonstrated repeatedly throughout the election season and then in Berkeley and other so-called protests. (And very clearly at Charlottesville where they came prepared to violently attack those all who were not Antifa.) Now if the story we are being told is accurate, one of the mass murderers of Las Vegas was Antifa.

Think of the horrific evil that was displayed by the mass murderers. They coolly and methodically plotted mass murder as if it were a video game. Months in advance renting a hotel suite with windows overlooking a coming country music concert. Coordinating who knows how many separate murderers from the air and on the ground. Carting in, over five days, an enormous arsenal with the semi-automatic assault rifles modified to fire fully automatic.

They succeeded in murdering 58 people they did not know and against whom they had no specific grievance. How did these evil beasts come to treat fellow humans as vermin? And what does this say about our country?

The conscience of these mass murderers was completely dead. Their souls were dead, they were moral nihilist, they were and are human monsters. That is what happens when the love of Christ is rejected.

The hatred the world has for Christ followers should not surprise us. Antifa hates Christians, Antifa wants to kill Christians. Jesus told us in John 15:18 “If the world hates you, ye know that it hated me before it hated you.”Contrast that with the agape love demonstrated by the people being murdered”

“At the Las Vegas concert, men died protecting women, using their bodies as shields and standing up in the middle of gunfire to direct the women to safety. The New York Post reports that one woman said she “was running away and a couple of guys said, ‘Hey, come stand behind us,’ and boom, they went down.” Heather Melton has described how she felt her husband, Sonny, being shot in the back, fatally, as he shielded her from the rain of bullets.” (www.vdare.com)

The way Christ loved us is the way we learn to love one another, that is the whole message of Philemon.

1 John 3:16 states, “Hereby perceive we the love of God, because he laid down his life for us: and we ought to lay down our lives for the brethren.”

Learn more about your Constitution with Pastor David Whitney and the “Institute on the Constitution” and receive your free gift.

© 2017 David Whitney – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail David Whitney: dwhitney@iotconline.com

America’s liberals, progressives, and Democrats are in the throes of denial.  They seem to want to erase a lot of American history.  Their torrid history.  They want all the statues of southern Generals and anything else that is related to slavery removed from public site so we are not reminded of the Democrats past racism and hatred.  They even have desecrated a statue of Lincoln who freed the slaves!  The problem is, their racism and demand to have complete control over the black community is still very evident today.  By the way, they don’t have a problem with Carl Marx statues.  Interesting.

Those that write history get to write their version which isn’t always the truth.  That goes for both sides of the isle.  Case in point is how Native Americans have been portrayed.  Growing up I was ‘taught’ that the Native Americans ‘massacred’ Custer at the Battle of the little Big Horn.  I, as a student of history, later found out that Custer was a dirt bags dirt bag.  The only good Indian is a dead Indian, type of attitude and that he attacked them, not the other way around.  So much for truth about history.  Then on the other side I was taught that they were kinder than the white man, more in tune with nature and had a higher spirituality than the white man even though it was not directed at the right Spirit.  Because of this we now see the snowflakes wanting all statues of Christopher Columbus removed because he was the one that introduced slavery to the Americas and was the cause of Native American genocide, even though he never set foot on American soil.  What they fail to remember, if they were ever taught it, is the fact that he did introduce Christianity to the North American continent.  Some say that isn’t a good thing but we have to remember that five years before Columbus showed up over 80,000 people were sacrificed to the Aztec gods: The Aztecs bragged of sacrificing 80,000 victims at the re-consecration of Great Pyramid of Tenochtitlan in 1487. A review of a museum show of Aztec art called it “chilling” and “terrifying.” Writing in “The Guardian,” journalist Laura Cumming called Aztec art “the most alien of all art. There are no images of moving animals, as in the caves of Lascaux. There are no accounts of great deeds, or commemorations of great leaders as in the art of the Pharaohs. Unlike just about every other culture in history, the Aztecs did not represent women, or women with babies, or, indeed, children at all. Nor, to be fair, did they ever depict men except as priests or warriors half-skeletonized in the jaws of death.

If they had any interest in the human spirit, in friendship, sex or emotion, then they certainly never showed it. The last thing you would expect from them would be anything as human or intimate as a portrait…As far as I can see, pretty much the entire purpose of Aztec art was to scare the living daylights out of everyone who saw it…Even the flea is monumentalized in stone because it lives by sucking blood. [1]  Not to be picky here but Christianity has never used human sacrifice so the introduction of Christianity to the Americas seems like a good thing to anyone with working brain cells.

The liberals also complain that he brought slavery to America but they ignore that every nation on the face of the earth practiced slavery at the time.  Why America is such a disgrace because of it but no other nation is, is mindboggling.  Especially when all muslim nations today still practice slavery in several forms. AFTER being captured by Islamic State, a group of young girls were forced to stand against a wall while men groped their chest.

“If she had breasts then she was OK to rape,” said a Yazidi survivor recounting the experience. “If she did not have breasts they kept her there for another three months and came back to see if she had grown in the meantime; whether she was good for raping then.”

The young woman revealed she was forced to watch other girls being raped in front of her, before becoming pregnant and trying to throw herself down the stairs to force a miscarriage.

“Even women who had three or more children were raped in front of their children,” she told the UK government in 2015. “There are thousands of other girls right at this moment, in Iraq, in Syria, going through the same thing or about to go through the same thing. Nobody is talking about them and nobody is doing anything.”

The harrowing experience forms part of a new report by the Henry Jackson Society’s Nikita Malik, looking at how sex slavery has become a lucrative and critical trade for terrorist groups like Islamic State, Boko Haram and Al-Shabaab in recent years. [2] Why don’t these people who want to disgrace America because the slavery of her past never say anything about the slavery practiced today by Islamic nations?  These people are not just ignorant of America’s history and world history but they are grossly ignorant about modern history as well!

The idiocy goes even further.  The most useless organization in the world, the UN, says that the US owes blacks reparations.  The history of slavery in the United States justifies reparations for African Americans, argues a recent report by a U.N.-affiliated group based in Geneva.

This conclusion was part of a study by the United Nations’ Working Group of Experts on People of African Descent, a body that reports to the international organization’s High Commissioner on Human Rights. The group of experts, which includes leading human rights lawyers from around the world, presented its findings to the United Nations Human Rights Council on Monday, pointing to the continuing link between present injustices and the dark chapters of American history.

“In particular, the legacy of colonial history, enslavement, racial subordination and segregation, racial terrorism and racial inequality in the United States remains a serious challenge, as there has been no real commitment to reparations and to truth and reconciliation for people of African descent,” the report stated. “Contemporary police killings and the trauma that they create are reminiscent of the past racial terror of lynching.” [3] Really?  People who were never slave owners must pay reparations to people who were never slaves!  What about all the other nations of the world throughout history that allowed slavery?  When will the UN call for reparations for them?  What about the young girls that muslims are kidnapping today and forcing them into sex slavery?  When will the UN call for reparations for them?  Heck, when will the UN call for a stop in this barbaric behavior?    Probably won’t happen because most of the UN are muslim nations that condone that present day practice.

George Santayana, a philosopher and essayist in the late 19^th and early 20^th century stated “Those who cannot remember the past are condemned to repeat it.”  Would those that are ignorant of our history still be the radical brainless fools they are if they had a full grasp of real history.  If they knew that islam embraces slavery today?  If they do know this and still demand that America be brought to her knees because of slavery have a deeper agenda than slavery.  Anyone who is really paying attention knows that most of these fools if not all of them are only doing it for the money. George Soros is funding all the riots against Trump and conservative speakers at any college. Student protesters attempted to block the entrances to Tommy Robinson’s speech at Columbia University Tuesday night, then stormed inside to ensure that the event could not proceed.

According to a Facebook page for the protest, the rally was explicitly dubbed an “anti-fascist” protest to show that “alt-right speakers” allegedly like Robinson are “not welcome on our campus.”

“As students and community members, we are disappointed in our campus Young Republicans for choosing to aid the trend violent provocation over intellectual discourse,” a description for the protest, organized by Columbia’s Apartheid Divest group, states. “Far-right extremism has relied upon Young Republican chapters at universities for audiences, promotion, and credibility.” [4]  It wasn’t the Young Republicans that chose ‘violent provocation’ it was the liberal snowflakes that can’t handle a different opinion from theirs.

Amherst College, and I use that term loosely, has allowed the desecration of the honoring those who died in the murderous attack on 9-11.  On Monday, the sixteenth anniversary of the September 11^th terrorist attacks, leftist campus culture reached a new low. Students at Amherst College took it upon themselves to use that sacred day of remembrance as an opportunity to affix a shocking anti-war message upon the school’s Valentine Dining Hall. The banner, posted anonymously and penned in capital letters, evoked a quote attributed to Howard Zinn: “There is no flag large enough to cover the shame of killing innocent people.”

Worse still, added below were the words; “In honor of those killed and displaced by America’s so-called ‘war on terror.’” The location of the banner was a clear effort to undermine this year’s iteration of a noble tradition: a 9/11 memorial erected yearly inside the Hall by the Amherst College Republicans—the only student organization that acknowledges the attacks in such a manner.[5]  This is the result of decades of liberal professors feeding lies and outright lies to our kids.  We pay dearly for this ‘education’ that has very little if any truth and no substance.

We can continue to ignore what history has taught us or we can take those lessons and build a better future based on truth.  Our kids deserve that as they start out in life.  We were given a strong nation that led the world and we must do the same for our children.

© 2017 Roger Anghis – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Roger Anghis: roger@buildingthetruth.org

FootNotes:

1. Taboo truths about comanche danusha v goska
2. Sex slavery forms lucrative and critical role for Islamic state Boko Haram
3. US owes black people reparations for a history of racial terrorism says UN
4. https://www.campusreform.org/?ID=9944
5. Amherst – free speech no longer welcome

© 2017 Lloyd Marcus – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Lloyd Marcus: mr_lloydmarcus@hotmail.com

Over the past several weeks I have been taking classes to become a Certified Textbook Analyst?  Why you ask?  Based on the incidents in America today, I realized that no one actually monitors what our students read. This quiz in WY suggests that shooting POTUS was the correct answer.

The Florida Department of Education is not paying attention to the material given to our students.  Textbooks are filled with errors. The other states have the same issue. Who monitors what the students read in school?

Today they learn that social justice is more important than anything else. But what is Social Justice?  Do they know?  Can they tell you?

Social justice, the UNESCO Marxist, ideology is now taught in the American classroom. Social justice supports equality and solidarity in a society based on the group to which you belong.  Groups are then divided, told they must fight for their rights.  Sadly this division is used to destroy conversation, create class warfare, and keep the populace divided.  Divided groups will never realize they are all fighting for the same thing which already had been guaranteed by the constitution.  So why the fight?  MONEY.  Nothing brings in more cash than racism.

So we are all on the same page, Social justice is based on the concept of human rights and equality and involves a great degree of economic affairs in which equality of outcome means all people having the same wealth.  If wealth is not equal then the government has the right to take from one and give to another. The government has no problems making demands and mandates with penalties if you do not comply – Imagine if every policy was mandated like Obamacare?

Social Justice is a founding principle of various forms of socialism, communism progressivism, Marxism , etc. and cooperative economic organization, through progressive taxation, income redistribution or even property redistribution.  Our American founders realized that division will destroy the society, so in the constitution they used words like ALL,  We the People.  Unfortunately “ALL” is no longer taught so each individual group feels, their group is special and they must have…   These groups usually represent less than 5% of the population, but they are backed up by the media and Hollywood. The noise of unfairness is loud. Facts are omitted and groups are pitted against each other.  If schools taught the facts, students would learn that in America ALL means ALL.  Unfortunately, that can never happen because if “All was All”, people like Sharpton would be without a job and donors.

Notice there is no need for students to know how to read, write, do math, science, learn American history learn about America’s greatness, Bill of Rights or Constitution.  Instead as long as they can communicate the values of social justice and regurgitate that blacks are oppressed because… Latinos are oppressed because  etc.…, they pass.  Grading can not make one student exceptional because others will feel bad, now they pass or fail based on attendance. Standards have been sufficiently lowered so all will feel included regardless of effort.    I am real excited about going to a doctor, or mechanic who’s standards were lowered.  No wonder business can’t find competent workers.

Rioting and destruction of property is part of their training.  These mostly paid operatives are trained in rioting and destroying property because they own nothing and could care less about property especially yours. All they know is that you are evil and evil must be destroyed at all cost.

Jack Chambless, Economics Professor, Valencia College, Orlando wrote to the The Orlando Sentinel, on The American Dream.  His students had to write an essay explaining their definition of the American Dream and what they expected the federal government to do to help them achieve their version of this dream.

“When contemplating the role of Washington, D.C., in helping them achieve their goals in life, my students — most of whom were educated in America’s public schools — wrote that they wanted government to “pay for my tuition,” “provide me with a job,” “give me money for a house,” “make sure I get free health care,” “pay for my retirement,” “raise taxes on rich people so that I can have more money” and so forth.

One student who thought her American Dream could be best achieved with more government regulations went so far as to say, “We all know that there are many bad side effects when regulations take place, but as human beings, we are not really responsible for our own acts, and so we need government to control those who don’t care about others. It makes sense that our freedom is reduced every day with the new regulations.”  Sadly this has gotten worse.  Today students are not being able to process any information they deem as derogatory. They need special safe spaces to feel secure. So sad. America’s youth become victims of everything because the theme “we are not really responsible for our own acts.” is played from K-16. They are taught, “to apologize is weakness”. To show wrongdoing is weakness. Therefore blame everyone else.  With Hillary as their example, how could they lose?

As a retired teacher, with a Masters Degree in Liberal Studies, I was not surprised at what students wanted. But I doubt if any of the students or parents actually understood what they were asking for in their dream.  Government control comes with a heavy price. Life does not continue along the same path we are accustomed to today. It changes drastically.  The first missing piece is freedom of choice. The only choice available is one sanctioned by the government.

In countries with government handouts: You own nothing. YOU will go to your government approved apartment (flat), in your sustainable development with government approved clothes, eating your government approve food, going to your government approved job on your bicycle.  Traveling without permission is out. Healthcare is controlled by the government. Your electricity, energy and food will be rationed.   All services are mediocre. Your only purpose in life is to work for the government or a government sanctioned business.

Common Core has brought us a National Data Base.  Your children are asked to “tell all in school”:  how much you smoke, eat, drink, have a gun, political associations, friends, sexual orientation. All of this information is reported into the National Data Base. This information will “follow your child” from cradle to grave. Children are prompted that what goes on in school stays in school and school is their new “Family”.  Do you know what your kids are reading in school? Do they share school stories with you?

According to the CCS Mandate for the National Data Base Teachers are required to enter the students profile daily.  Kids talk in school. What will your child tell the teacher, their new mentor? Social justice supports equality and solidarity in a society. (All wealth must be equally distributed.)

Do students really understand Social Justice or do they think they are joining another social network.  Do they understand their new life? Let’s see how this social justice equality will work on the middle class family used to making their own decisions…..

What if the socialist utopia was followed in America? What would American society look like? Let’s take a peek…

What if: Your Government has determined you have accumulated more wealth than your neighbors. That is not acceptable as the requirement of social justice demands wealth must be shared. You will be required to share your wealth to make room for other less fortunate families.  In preparation of implementing Social Justice, you will now follow UN guidelines of 400sq ft for housing. If your home is bigger then you will be required to register all bedrooms in your home.

Your child will also register this information on the National Data Base required in the CCS program. This information will be stored on the National Data Base program and will be shared with all government agencies (for your protection) to monitor your compliance with the program.

Your family can occupy 1 bedroom. Each of the other bedrooms will be assigned to another family. This program is open to all residents legal or illegal, working or not. You will be required to clothe, feed, educate, provide shelter, transportation and medical attention to all people living in your home.

Your family can only have 1 car which you will be unable to drive because fuel will necessarily skyrocket.  You will be required to redistribute all other cars to those living in your home.

You will register your income so it can be divided equally among those living in your home. Under NO circumstances will those living in your home be required to pay or assist in any services required for the upkeep of your home. They are not obligated to you for any reason, it is just your obligation to pay for them since you and accumulated too much wealth and wealth must be shared equally. They also will have the right to report you to the government if you, in any way offend or make requirements of those in your charge. Your doors must be open to government officials for inspections at any time without notice.

Once the registration is complete, you will transfer ownership of your home or business to the state. The UN says that Private Property is prohibited under a social justice program. Do not worry your child will be able to add to this  registration in the national data base required in school.

If you need any references as to how this program works we refer you to those models of implementation of Social Justice in Cuba, Argentina, Venezuela, Hitler’s Germany, Stalin’s Russia, Hungary, China and Poland.

If you feel that you have been selected unfairly, then contact your representative  and tell them that you live in the Constitutional Republic of America not the Communist Republic of America. Demand that communist/socialist programs be removed from the schools. Demand that the Bill of Rights, American exceptionalism, nationalism, history, civics, economics be returned to the curriculum. Teaching social justice is un-American and conflicts with the US constitution.  Maybe when the Constitution is taught, talk show hosts won’t believe our rights come from the Government.

JFK, Inaugural Address 1961, “The rights of man come not from the generosity of the state but from the hand of God.”

Only you can stop the spread of Communism in America.

Not to speak is to speak, not to act, is to act.

What can you do?

Run For Office.   Support people not parties. 

Volunteer to lobby your legislators.

In Florida, Contact Joe Rosario for details  786- 651-6947

Transportation provided all we need is you…

Go to school board meetings.  What are the kids reading?

Textbook reviewers are needed.

New Florida Law lets residents have input in textbooks and curricula.

The CCS/Florida Sunshine State Standards advocates are furious.

Textbook reviews can go to school boards, and lobby legislators.

Join FloridaCitizensAlliance.com

Roy White from Texas is conducting the training for the textbook reviewers.

Please tell volunteers to email Roy to sign up for on-line classes.

tnt.textbooks@gmail.com 

Problem? call 214.924.9033

Unsure of anything, call me, 954-864-0530 or email kbschoen@bellsouth.net

Make flyers.  Spread them in your neighborhood. Contact the media, your legislators, your friend and neighbors, your Governor, Local, State and Federal Legislator,  Dept of Education and School Board.

Join their groups. Get to know the opposition. You can always find common ground for something. Remember to define the words before you enter into that conversation. Ask questions. Do not make derogatory statements. Make them “show you or explain to you”.

Listen to American Freedom Watch Radio, every Tuesday from 8-10 PM EST

Call in to hear the show 347-857-4364

Or listen on line: 

http://www.blogtalkradio.com/americanstatesman

blogtalkradio.com/americanstatesman            

Show Name:  American Freedom Watch Radio

Please send out and like
facebook.com/americanfreedomwatchradio

Sign up for E-Mail alerts, read and support my articles and others on https://newswithviews.com/

© 2017 Karen Schoen – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Karen Schoen: kbschoen@bellsouth.net

USA Today reported on October 3, 2017 a little of the cataclysmic unfolding across America in their article titled, “Storms, earthquakes, North Korea and now the Las Vegas massacre.  We have to wonder:  ‘What’s next?’”  The article laid out the various traumas to sections of America over the past few months, and it begged the question for understanding.  The article ended with a quote from a pastor (of all things) in Tulsa:  “But with all that’s going on in the world,’’ he admits, “you can’t help but be a little bit apocalyptic.”

[You can read the article here:]

What an amazing time to be alive on the earth!  Fires and floods, wars and violence, intrigues and conspiracies abound.  There is no shortage of drama.  What could we possibly be learning if we were paying attention?  Should the drama of the fires, the hurricanes, the floods, the murders, the political climate, the race wars, the lies and injustices, etc. cause us to pause?  Might they be a harbinger?

We should be paying attention!  We should be asking for eyes to see, ears to hear, and hearts that can comprehend.  Years ago when I set myself to learn about the second coming of Christ, to understand the prophecies, to grasp the context of Revelation, the Lord spoke to me and He simply said, “Study my first advent to understand my second.”

The fires that have been raging for months, even unto today on the west coast, are symbolic of the fires of purification and judgment the Lord has unleashed.  We’d do well to pay attention, to respond with, “Yes Lord, your servant is listening.”  He’s speaking to us as a nation, and He’s speaking to us individually.  Wisdom will listen.

Look at what He said to His people concerning the first appearance of our Lord, and pay attention, because it applies for the second as well:

Malachi 3:1-3 KJV

Behold, I will send my messenger, and he shall prepare the way before me: and the Lord, whom you seek, shall suddenly come to his temple, even the messenger of the covenant, whom you delight in: behold, he shall come, says the Lord of hosts.

But who may abide the day of his coming? and who shall stand when he appears? for he is like a refiner’s fire, and like fullers’ soap:

And he shall sit as a refiner and purifier of silver: and he shall purify the sons of Levi, and purge them as gold and silver, that they may offer unto the Lord an offering in righteousness.

The prophet asks who could possibly stand at the appearing of the Messiah?  Then he explains why that question needs to be asked:  “for he is like a refiner’s fire, and like fuller’s soap.”

Refiner’s fire is the fire that purifies the gold and silver.  The metal is held in the flame until the dross is burned off and the metal is purified to the point the refiner can see his reflection in it.  The fire is kept at a certain temperature, one that is hot enough to burn off impurities, but not too hot that it alters the metal.  It’s a skill by the blacksmith.  The prophet also equates this refining process to fuller’s soap, which is the process of making white cloth as white as it can be.

The appearing of the Lord is foreshadowed by a cleansing of His people.  The Lord sends fire to test our hearts and purify our souls.  This fire is meant to burn away the dross, the impurities.  It’s usually a painful process.  It has to be; the impurities are mixed in with the pure and they have to be separated.

This is an amazing process because the Lord is doing this right now, and He’s doing it nationally and personally.  Individually we need to embrace the trials before us and allow the Lord to do His cleansing work.  There are things in our lives we need to be rid of, and if we haven’t expelled them of our own repentance processes, out of love and necessity, God will take us through the fire to remove them.  Notice the end result:  the reflection of the refiner is then seen in the metal.  We should not shirk back from this process.  We need this process.

Nationally, the Lord is separating the godly from the ungodly.  By the time these fires, whether it be through natural disasters (fires, floods, storms, etc) or cultural disasters (race wars, political wars, economic wars, etc), have run their courses, there will be a stark separation between those who walk with God and those who do not.  America’s melting pot will produce two categories of people as these days ramp up:  godly and ungodly.  This is the separation of the sheep from the goats.   This is another necessary process.  Why?  Because the testimony of the godly will be the judgment of the ungodly.  By God’s own law a judgment is established on the testimony of two or more witnesses.  The ungodly will be without excuse because God is refining the godly to be a pure witness.  The same word we translate “witness” is also “martyr”.

Consider just recent events as a precursor.  Antifa and the likes have declared a revolution upon anyone in opposition to their own beliefs.  Their self-professed tactics include “punching Nazis”.  Who do they define as Nazis?  Anyone who disagrees with them.  They have armed themselves with knives, clubs and guns to beat their opposition, quite literally.  This is precisely what Islam does in every region of the world they have enough numbers to substantiate.  As soon as they establish a significant presence in an area, they begin the demarcation process.  Black Lives Matter has set itself on a path of violence as well, and lines and allegiances have been called for.  They have aligned themselves against the police, and their narrative is a call to do the same.  Consider the ongoing battle between the NFL powers and patriots.  How much vitriol has been spewed from the mouths of these actors?  Can we not see a separation occurring?  Delineating lines have been drawn in just about every public venue.  Politically, it’s not really Democrats vs. Republicans anymore.  It’s those adhere to the Constitution, and those who would like to redefine it.  It is globalists versus national sovereignty.  Hollywood has set itself against Trump and conservative America.  Big Pharma has set itself against the natural holistic community.  There are precious few gray areas anymore.

It should cause us to evaluate our beliefs and our convictions.  We should be checking our attitudes against the principles of our faith.

What did John the Baptist teach us about the Lord’s coming?

Matt 3:11-12  NASU

As for me, I baptize you with water for repentance, but He who is coming after me is mightier than I…  He will baptize you with the Holy Spirit and fire. His winnowing fork is in His hand, and He will thoroughly clear His threshing floor; and He will gather His wheat into the barn, but He will burn up the chaff with unquenchable fire.

John predicts Christ’s modus operandi:  fire.  Christ separates.  We really need to understand this.  The winnowing fork separates the worthless part from the precious.  The precious is preserved, and the worthless is burned.  I suggest to you today that Christ has His winnowing fork in hand and He is separating the worthless from the worthy.  When the separation is complete, His job is finished.  He will return.  We really should be paying attention to the separation process going on right now in our lives and in our nation.

We can’t afford to miss understanding the season we’re in.  Evil and wickedness abound today in our nation, in our culture and society, and in this world.  Righteousness abounds as well, but they are becoming starkly separated.  This is purposeful.  God is separating; we’d do well to cooperate.  Don’t fret about the condition of the wickedness, though the days are getting darker.  This will not change.  The raging we’re witnessing in our nation with people groups frothing in violence and rebellion is indicative of a world rejecting God.  Our eyes must not be fixed on these.  Recall the angel’s words to Daniel in his final prophecy,

Dan 12:10  KJV

Many shall be purified, and made white, and tried; but the wicked shall do wickedly: and none of the wicked shall understand; but the wise shall understand.

There are two categories in this prophetic instruction:  those being purified and the wicked.  Those enraged and inflicting great damages on our nation, our society, and other people are quite simply wicked, with no understanding.  If we are wise, we will realize we are being purified by these trials.  We must submit to the purification process so that we reflect the image of our blacksmith, the One who baptizes with fire.

Are you being held in the flame?  Then rejoice, and cooperate with the burning of the dross.  Is fuller’s soap being rubbed across you so that you are practically raw?  Then rejoice because you are being made white.  Be of the category of the wise who embrace the purification of the Lord.  There are plenty of wicked with no understanding of the process our nation is going through.  We see them every day on the airwaves, newspapers, magazines, at our jobs, in our schools, on the internet…  They will continue in their deeds without understanding.  “The wicked shall [continue to] do wickedly.”  We must understand our Lord is on His way, but before He gets here, He is refining us so that He is what He sees when He looks at us.

The trials we’re witnessing in our nation are the process of separating the godly from the ungodly.  America is going through a demarcation, as is probably the whole world.  The trials we’re experiencing in our individual lives are the refining process to ready us to meet our King.  May we respond with wisdom and understanding.

© 2017 Ms. Smallback – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail M. Smallback: M.Smallback@cox.net

We had no more begin to recover slightly from the Las Vegas shooting massacre a week earlier when torch fires were being reported in Santa Rosa, California where my daughter and family live. There had been no winds in Santa Rosa that evening but about 10:00 p.m. suddenly, the wind picked up and 60 striker fires came out of nowhere and everything was incinerated.

One person said it looked like a “nuclear bomb” had gone off.  Firemen were overwhelmed because they had so many fires to deal with at once. Flames came out of nowhere and buildings were reduced to ashes. Shocking aerial images capture the devastation wrought by the California wildfires as the death toll rises to 31 dead and many missing.  My family is safe but their house is gone in which they lived since marrying in 2000. Hopefully insurance will cover their loss and help them start again but right now they are living with a woman, a friend of our daughters, with a big house who has taken them to live with her. In addition, these folks are without jobs due to the damage. Our daughter is welcome back with us but how many others don’t have families? And how long will it be before the government makes it mandatory for people to take others into their homes?

SHERIFF COLLECTING GUNS

It is being claimed in Santa Rosa, the Sheriff was going to houses which had guns to collect them before the looters get them. Simultaneously fires were erupting in Orange County by Los Angeles. And as I sit down on 10/12 to draft this article, a tornado has struck an area north of me in Canby and Aurora, Oregon about 25 miles south of Portland.  Air planes were overturned at the little Aurora airport and other damage reported.

Santa Rosa with a 2015 population of 174,727 is known for its wineries and the Charles M. Schultz Museum.  His widow had to flee from her home which was also destroyed. Charles was born in Minneapolis, Minnesota on Nov. 26, 1922 and launched his comic strip PEANUTS in 1950 featuring hero Charlie Brown. Over the years the strip would run in more than 2000 newspapers and in many languages.  Charles died in his sleep at home Feb. 12, 2000 from colon cancer.

LIVING IN AN AGE OF PANIC

Never in my lifetime have I ever witnessed anything like we’ve seen happening in the world. We seem to be living in an age of panic.  People who decades ago with the presidencies of  Democrat Wilson and FDR begin to slide ever so easily towards socialism looking to the government to protect and bail them out are finally waking up to the fact it is the government that is causing many of these earth-shaking catastrophic events all in the interest of population reduction; however, in 1998 a U.S. News and World Report  stated the Earth is capable of producing food for 80 billion people (8 times the projected population for 2050) Some think improved technology will enable the Earth to feed even more.

POWERS OF ANTICHRIST ARE RISING

David J. Meyer (now deceased) creator of the Last Trumpet Newsletter said in a Nov. 2007 newsletter he stood in the Social Engineering Chamber of the United Nations in the presence of witnesses and was told by an arrogant U.N. official that they are actively involved in population reduction, and anyone who will not receive their directives, including immunizations, would not be able to receive their food.  He added: The powers of antichrist are rising.

And anyone approaching 70 or over 70 should look at what Obamacare has in store for them – straight out of the UN Agenda 21/Sustainable Development and they want 85% of the population eliminated.  And with a letter containing 416 words signed by Obama, the U.S. government will resume its role in globally funding abortions.- the same old Eugenics Movement.  And, this brings us to Sodom and Gomorrah and the acceptance of homosexuality and same sex marriage where they cannot procreate.  Death Education advocates who teach the classes in our public schools also appear to be obsessed with the notion that the earth is overpopulated. However, Psalm 127:5 suggests we are to be fruitful and multiply and have a quiver of kids.  America is losing its European heritage because they are “aborting” or not having children as a “choice” while other ethnic groups are having lots of children.

ANGELS DON’T PLAY THIS HAARP

Yes, experimental weather modification has come to our neighborhoods these last few months so rapidly we can’t keep up.  With hurricanes, tornado’s, flooding and severe storms tearing up the country from one end to another, Jay Leno once asked “Are we sure this is a good time to take God out of the Pledge of Allegiance?” And I think this is what each of us should be asking ourselves as we continue to rid God from our midst in the chase after multiculturalism and abandoning traditional moral values.   In the Bible, Amos names the sins of the people, and warns that He will send His wrath upon them -not only by natural calamities, but by a famine of the word of God. Austin Miles tells more about the shocking truth how Americans have been manipulated.

BRING OUT THE EXPERTS

Appalachian State Researchers Link Western Wildfire Activity to Arctic Warming was the 10/12/2017 newspaper article by Peter Soule who claims the fires are potentially linked to larger atmospheric processes related to human-caused climate change. Researcher from Appalachian State University and the University of North Carolina at Greensboro believe there might be a connection.  How right they are: Human caused but it has nothing to do with Green Religion Al Gore’s obdurate jabberwocky about climate change.  Gore predicted in 2007 that Arctic sea ice would be gone by 2013. He repeated the claim in 2008 and 2009, extending the timing for the fulfillment of his prophecy out to 2014 or 2016. These misled experts and their deceived followers are still believing the sun rose in the West over Oregon’s beaches the day of the solar eclipse.

END TIME AMBIANCE

We may be experiencing right now the “End Times Ambiance” – dress rehearsals: Charlottesville, solar eclipse, Hurricane Harvey, Mexico earthquake, Hurricane Irma. Then we have the fires in California killing many people. Luke 21:25-28 about the scorched earth.  I hold my breath as I write this: The promised Pacific Coast Earthquake while the snow is falling early and heavy on Mt. Hood and skiers are lining up to hit the slopes may be next.   Perhaps 2016 was our last election cycle. We, the Trump Deplorables, as former Secretary of State, Hillary Clinton, called us may not be able to save this America as we once knew it, for we may actually be approaching the ‘end times’ as seen in the Book of Revelation because from the lips of even the Marxist liberals we are hearing them say, “We’ve never in our lifetime experienced such events…”

© 2017 Betty Freauf – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Betty Freauf: bettyfreauf@gmail.com

By NWV Senior Political News Writer, Jim Kouri

“When U.S. House Minority Leader Nancy Pelosi, D-California, expressed hope that a ban on bump stocks would be a ‘slippery slope’ leading to more comprehensive gun control, she [unintentionally] united firearms owners like never before in opposition to any new anti-gun laws,” John M. Snyder opined in his Washington, D.C. office on Tuesday. Snyder was dubbed the “dean” of Washington gun lobbyists by both the Washington Post and the New York Times.

“Pelosi let the cat out of the bag,” Snyder said.  “Her admission undercuts the blandishments politicians make that they only want ‘reasonable’ or ‘limited’ gun control.  The truth is they cannot be trusted.  They are dangerous.  The only reasonable response to gun control promoters is a determination to politically clobber them,” he advises America’s millions of law-abiding gun owners.

Holding both undergraduate and graduate (BA, MA) degrees in government from Georgetown University, Snyder has been an NRA magazine editor, an official of the Citizens Committee for the Right to Keep and Bear Arms, and the Second Amendment Foundation.  He serves as a firearms expert on the boards of the National Association of Chiefs of Police (NACOP), the Council for America, and the American Federation of Police and Concerned Citizens (AFPCC).

“Politicians who [honestly] respect the rights of the people should pay attention to recent remarks by Rep. Thomas Massie, R-Kentucky, of the Congressional Second Amendment Caucus.”

Rep. Pelosi’s remarkable admission came during the news media’s national discussion of the Las Vegas massacre which turned into a debate about how to infringe on citizens’ constitutional right without the citizens’ understanding of what’s being perpetrated on them by leftist politicians.

Scores of victims were murdered and hundreds wounded in Las Vegas allegedly by a lone gunman who was “loaded for bear.”  There has been discussion on Capitol Hill and elsewhere regarding public policy on bump stocks.  The devices were reportedly in the possession of the Vegas sniper, but it isn’t known if he used it during his intense shooting spree.

A bump stock is a device that can be used to increase the rapidity of bullet expulsion from semiautomatic rifles.

Pelosi was asked at an October 5 press conference if she thought gun control opponents would argue that an attempt to regulate bump stocks would be a “slippery slope” towards additional anti-gun proposals.   Pelosi stated:  “They’re going to say, ‘You give them bump stock, it’s going to be a slippery slope.’  I certainly hope so.”

Subsequently, the GOP leader of the Congressional Second Amendment Caucus threw cold water on the bump stock regulation discussion.  Rep. Thomas Massie (R-KY) “said nothing should be done at all until all the facts are known about the Las Vegas shooter’s methods,” reported the Washington Examiner on October 8.  “We have nothing but TV reports where the facts change every day about how many weapons [the shooter possessed] and what were the weapons,” Massie said.

“It’s not been reliably documented what weapons he had.  Until we have the facts, it doesn’t do too much good to debate hypotheticals,” said Rep. Massie.

John Snyder wholeheartedly agreed by saying, “Rep. Massie’s statement is prudent.  Politicians would be better off following a reasonable approach to Vegas than going off with half-cocked proposals in response to media-generated hysteria.”

“Gun-grabbing, anti-right to life Democrat leaders Sen. Dianne Feinstein and Rep. Nancy Pelosi, both Californians, have established themselves just a few weeks before Halloween as the Wicked Witches of the West,” gun dean John M. Snyder noted here today.

“Sen. Feinstein said yesterday that no law would have stopped the alleged mass murderer in Las Vegas but that she still supports more gun control anyway,” Snyder continued.  “Rep. Pelosi admitted last Thursday that moves against bump stocks reportedly used by the killer would be a step on a ‘slippery slope’ leading to more restrictive gun control.

“Both Sen. Feinstein and Rep. Pelosi in effect have admitted they don’t care about the truth but will say anything they think will advance their anti-gun cause.  It’s not surprising.  They’re both pro-abortion and are all in for legislation that facilitates the murder of innocent, unborn children.  They do not care about the right to keep and bear arms for the defense of life or for the right to life itself,” he warned.

A practicing Catholic, Snyder has been named “a champion of the right of self-defense” by the Washington Times, the “gun dean” by Human Events, and the “senior rights activist in Washington” by Shotgun News.  The Trace designated him a power broker.

© 2017 NWV – All Rights Reserved

Contact Jim Kouri – E-Mail: COPmagazine@aol.com

This should be considered required reading for ALL Americans. Have you ever heard about HAARP?  It is time you learned. A story broke on NewsWithViews by N.Y. Journalist Joan Swirsky that digs into every puzzling event that has shaped America with full documentation.

How many have wondered secretly if the weather was somehow manipulated? Has anyone ever traced how far back murderous Muslims have been active? The way Communist came out in the open and began it’s takeover of the world is amazing to learn.

The story BEHIND Saul Alinskl the Communist rabble rouser who sponsored and taught Obama is in this story.  You are about to learn all the things you wondered about but were afraid to ask for fear of being a Conservative Conspiracy Nut. It’s all in this story, with PROOF.

Even though there were early attempts to make America something it was not created to be, President Franklin W. Roosevelt (FDR) was where it all officially began. Columbia University, now get this, considering how long it has been in existence, LOATHED CAPITALISM!

Two Columbia Professors, Robert Cloward and his wife, Frances Fox Piven planned to destroy capitalism and {to[ do so, stated, “The more chaos, the better.” And it should not be surprising that Ms. Piven today is the honorary Chairman of the Democratic Socialists (Communists) of America.

Some will be astonished that weather IS manipulated and is now used as a weapon. The manipulation of weather began many years ago. I remember as a young boy walking through the fields and would see a small building with a sign stating, “weather station.”

It was to be realized that those were scattered throughout the U.S. They were weather control stations to experiment with the weather to achieve exactly the powerful weather destruction we are seeing today.

The recent weather activities, flooding, droughts, hurricanes that drowned Texas, Florida, Puerto Rico, Virgin Islands were man made. It has been so perfected that now man can create the earthquakes and yes, the California Fires. Below you will see how they do this...with all documentation revealed below, so much so, it cannot be doubted.

There are the Chem trails, those white trails  being expelled from from the back of every jet airliner flying across America. Now think about this. No private jets the same size of these airlines expel those white trailing gasses that follows every commercial government airline.

It is known that the government has sprayed deadly gas from boats in San Francisco Bay to certain neighborhoods to determine how many people would get cancer and die….this is thoroughly documented, and yes, many, many families in the SF Area were infected by the cancer gas and died. Those Chem trails are basically doing the same thing.

Also, hopefully you know about Billionaire George Soros,  the most evil man IN THE WORLD. He virtually runs the United States, provokes and pays for Black Lives Matter protests, destruction and chaos. You will learn more frightening details about that Satan incarnate creature. And do you know that the NFL is very much linked to Soros? That explains the insults to the National Anthem and the Flag.

Oh yes, Both Republican, house speaker Paul Ryan and traitor John McCain are on his payroll. It is actually a genius pairing. Paul Ryan appears to sponsor a Republican bill, yep a real conservative; then John McCain votes against that bill and stops it. This is a modern version of good cop, bad cop. The big issue is that BOTH of these so-called republicans are in the paid pocket of the greatest enemy of not only America, but the world.

And there is so much more that one might think of just throwing up your hands and say, “what’s the use,” and give up. D O N ‘ T

Prepare yourselves, make sure you have the necessary security in your home, meaning arms, stand firm, and be ready to defend yourselves, your family, and America at a moments notice.  And back President Donald Trump in everything he does.  For any newspaper that writes against him, fire off letters to the editor–every Trump supporter. Respond to any so called comedians who rip President Trump Readers, WE MUST NOW PUSH BACK. I will die standing firm and fighting back rather than being killed while just sitting and watching.

CLICK THE LINK BELOW TO SEE  FULL DOCUMENTATION OF ALL THE ABOVE AND MORE, THEN STAND READY.

“The Hate America Death Squad“

ANALYZING TODAY’S NEWS FOR TOMORROW’S HISTORY

© 2017 Austin Miles – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Austin Miles: chaplainmiles@aol.com

While growing up on the beautiful shores of Lake Erie in Cleveland, one of our favorite autumn activities was going to old Municipal stadium to see the Cleveland Browns.  Those were the days when the Browns were still an NFL level football team.  There was Brian Sipe and Bernie Kosar who consistently led the Browns into the playoffs with thrilling last minute victories.  I was a little guy when the first Monday Night Football game was televised in Cleveland on September 21^st 1970.  At the time it was a quite cool to witness the Browns defeat of Broadway Joe Namath and the New York Jets, 31-21 in front of 80,000 rabid fans including myself.

My school grades were very good, so I was allowed to go with my friend and his dad.  Had my Dad been alive, I know he would have either been the one taking us, or both dads would have gone.  My image of football while growing up entailed team work, building of good character, a positive piece of the fabric of America and patriotism, etc.

The recent pathetic display of public disrespect toward America, the national anthem and the flag of the United States by those obviously overpaid NFL snowflakes is disgusting to say the least.  Even the great Jim Brown, who in the past battled against certain racial injustices never ever considered to publicly disrespect our nation or flag.  In fact, he recently said, “we should not disrespect the flag.”  NFL commissioner Roger Goodell however has been in lock step with players who chose to set a bad example for younger Americans by showing disdain for a nation that pays them millions to throw a ball around while blocking and tackling each other.

I do not decry their high salaries. I believe whatever the market will bare, is the way to go.  But I find it rather hypocritical for Goodell and others like LeBron James to complain because the president of the United States did not agree with NFL players and others disrespecting our flag, the anthem and our nation in general.  Another glaring sad development in this sordid affair is that most NFL players and commissioner Goodell are products of a destructive government school system that indoctrinates rather than teaches American students.  They have for decades been presented only negative distortions and flat out lies about our republic turned mob rule democracy.

They are also convinced that even the good about America they may stumble upon is not worthy of recognition or respect, including the opportunities they are blessed with.

Many NFL and NBA players have complained about oppression in America, but I have yet to hear or read about any of those hypocrites expressing concern about the real oppression of black Christians who are regularly slaughtered, enslaved, raped and tortured by Islamic brutes in other parts of the world today.  It was not many years ago that RG Three was forced to turn his shirt with a Christian message inside out, because it did not meet “NFL policy.”

I will never forget Islamic quarterback Colin Kaepernick did a press conference with a Castro shirt on while wearing socks depicting police officers as pigs.  That is heralded in leftist circles as “freedom of Speech” to kneel or turn one’s back on the American flag in protest of “inequality.”  Only brainwashed Alinsky inspired rich dolts could be warped enough to feel unequal.  My fellow American, you have been witnessing an orchestrated and increasingly bold mission of those seeking to literally dissolve the cohesiveness of the republic through never ending complaints, both real but mostly imagined.  Unfortunately, many of those that have engaged in such ridiculous narcistic behavior have no regard for anyone but themselves and their destructive Cesar Chavez influenced ideology.

The good news is that we are now witnessing a rising tide against such pedestrian activity. Millions of Americans are growing tired of the in your face leftists who are working to literally destroy America and leave her as a decrepit nation, not unlike Venezuela where everyone is equally poor, oppressed and starving.  I Thank God we now have a president who is willing to fully exercise his legal authority to defend the United States from enemies, including those who are trying to destroy via division amongst “We the People.”  You shall witness a growing support for our president and others who are not going to sit idly by and let those who only wish to bring about societal destruction to have their way.

Like the founding fathers, we must remember to seek Providential guidance for His wisdom and grace to see this battle all the way to a victorious end.  God Bless You, God Bless America and May America Bless God.  Let us get together for the good of America every Friday via the Ron Edwards Experience talk show at 4:00 PM EST, 1:00 PM PT on flagship station KCKQ AM 1180 Reno, Nevada, also www.americamatters.us www.shrmedia.com and www.highplainspundittalkradio.com    Don’t miss a page from The Edwards Notebook on the weekend edition of Captain’s America talk show at 4:30 AM emanating nation and worldwide from flagship station WGUL AM 860 The Answer Tampa, Florida and www.am860theanswer.com  See more listings at www.theronedwards.com about page.

© 2017 Ron Edwards – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Ron Edwards: ronedwards@edwardsnotebook.com

Part 3: Fracturing America Via Immigration

“The great divisions among humankind and the dominating source of conflict will be cultural. Nation-states will remain the most powerful actors in world affairs, but the principal conflicts of global politics will occur between nations and groups of different civilizations. The clash of civilizations will dominate global politics. The fault lines between civilizations will be the battle lines of the future.” Samuel Huntington, Clash of Civilizations

After reading the first part of this two part series on the coming break up of America, you’re probably heartsick or sick to your stomach.  You may feel the invasion quickening in every corner of the country.  It’s not your imagination, either.  This nation-destroying nightmare accelerates toward you, your friends and your state.  It’s no longer California, Minneapolis, Miami or Detroit’s problem; it’s in your community.

Thomas W. Chittum, author of, “CIVIL WAR II: THE COMING BREAKUP OF AMERICA,” brings concrete historical evidence to the impending conflicts in America.  By looking around, you, the average American, can see this tragedy building.

If you’re not living in California, Arizona, Colorado, Texas, Miami, Florida, Georgia, New York, Detroit, Michigan and Chicago, Illinois—you might not see it—but it’s coming and it’s coming fast.

Chittum states, “Street gangs will doubtless form the core of future black and Hispanic urban militias…consider the following…they are well financed by the drug trade…they are ethnically oriented…are heavily armed…organized and disciplined…and numerous beyond belief.”

That statement is born out by latest statistics whereby 29 percent of our state and federal prisons are filled with legal and illegal immigrants.  Former Attorney General Janet Reno put gang member totals on our streets at 500,000.  Chittum states, “Their leadership is composed of courageous, industrious and intelligent men because promotion is based on leadership, business acumen and application of ruthless violence.”

When you look at the massive $50 billion annual drug trade infecting this country, it’s evident. “These urban gangs are evolving into serious armies, armies hostile to the established government.”  It’s why thousands of Californians flee their state annually. In Miami, American citizens fled north.  Detroit fast becomes an Islamic caliphate, i.e., a country within our country.  Fremont, California known as ‘Little Kabul’ tips toward an exclusive Middle Eastern in population.  Los Angeles can no longer pretend to be an American city.

As their numbers grow, police can’t touch them because of “Special Order 40” which gives them immunity from arrest and deportation.  Additionally, Governor Jerry Brown, last week, signed a state-wide protective “Sanctuary State” bill that prohibits ICE from arresting and deporting illegal aliens—of which California houses somewhere between 3 and 4 million of them. Brown protects criminal aliens that kill American citizens, rape, burglarize, distribute drugs, shoplift and overwhelm our welfare services.  Brown’s action stand as outright anarchy against our federal laws.

Such Governors as John Hickenlooper, Colorado and Andrew Cuomo of New York directly break immigration laws by passing ordinances encouraging more illegal aliens and giving them sanctuary.  The governor of Minnesota openly encourages massive illegal alien importation.  He’s pushed by meatpacking plant owners who openly hire illegal aliens such as Hormel.  Austin, Minnesota suffers from over 3,000 illegal aliens working in the meatpacking plants.  Citizens are left without jobs while a few people make millions at the top.   Chicago Mayor Rahm Emanuel openly invites illegals into his city with promises of total immunity from law enforcement.    The mayors of Boulder and Denver, Colorado openly encourage illegal aliens with sanctuary laws in his city.  At one point, eight women were raped by illegals, but the Boulder council continues supporting their presence in the city with jobs and housing.  Immigration lawyers in Boulder brazenly present classes on how to avoid arrest and deportation for illegals.  It’s astounding our own civic leaders aid, assist and abet this invasion against federal law.

America cannot become the “charity ward” for the world’s desperate people. We cannot degrade our citizens for Mexico’s poor. We cannot save Africa’s refugees when we suffer 13 million American children living in poverty. We cannot pay for immigrants’ food, housing and education when we’re $19 trillion in national debt. By deporting all illegal aliens, we can give those jobs to American citizens at a living wage. It’s time to change the ‘good ole boy’ network of corruption in DC by changing to an action leader like Trump. Otherwise, it will all get worse until we collapse into a multicultural-diversity nightmare of overpopulation and sociological chaos.

“Diversity within a nation destroys unity and leads to civil wars,” said social scientist Garret Hardin. “Immigration, a benefit during the youth of a nation, can act as a disease in its mature state. Too much internal diversity in large nations has led to violence and disintegration. We are now in the process of destabilizing our own country. The magic words of destabilizers are ‘diversity’ and ‘multiculturalism’.”

These illegal gangs prove lethal.   From a Johnstown, Pennsylvania, U.S. Justice Department “Street Gang Symposium”: “Some gangs have access to highly sophisticated personal weapons such as grenades, machine guns, rocket launchers and military explosives.”

“When civil authority breaks down in America,” Chittum states, “our criminal gangs will fill the power vacuum, just exactly as has been the pattern in Third World countries.”

The anti-American gang called “Antifa” expects to attack government buildings and President Trump on November 4, 2017. You read about it on Facebook, daily.

Part 4:  Sobering realities we face. Solutions to enact.

If you would like me to speak at/in your city, conference, social group or clubs about the consequences of mass immigration into America, please contact me.  My program:  “The Perfect Storm Descending Upon America” articulates the consequences of adding 100,000,000 (million) legal immigrants to America within the next 30 years.  It spells out what we face as to shortages in water, energy and resources. It spells out the sociological chaos created by mixing 196 (the number of countries exporting their citizens into our country) different cultures, languages, religions and worldviews from those 100 million immigrants. It illustrates our dilemma as environmental and quality of life consequences.

Additionally, if you would like me to speak on your local radio talk show, please give them my name, topic and contact information. Or give me theirs and I will contact them:  frostyw@juno.com ,  www.HowToLiveALifeOfAdventure.com Facebook: Frosty Wooldridge

Share these videos all over America:

In a five minute astoundingly simple yet brilliant video, “Immigration, Poverty, and Gum Balls”, Roy Beck, director of www.numbersusa.ORG, graphically illustrates the impact of overpopulation.  Take five minutes to see for yourself:

“Immigration by the numbers—off the chart” by Roy Beck

This 10 minute demonstration shows Americans the results of unending mass immigration on the quality of life and sustainability for future generations: in a few words, “Mind boggling!”  www.NumbersUSA.org

Take action by joining for free:

America: www.CapsWeb.org ; www.NumbersUSA.org ;              www.Fairus.org ; www.CarryingCapacityNetwork.org

Canada:www.immigrationwatchcanada.org
United Kingdom: www.populationmatters.org 
  Australia: www.population.org.au Sustainable Population Australia

© 2017 Frosty Wooldridge – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Frosty: frostyw@juno.com

As secular humanists try to erase Christianity, set themselves up as gods, and establish paradise upon the earth, they seem to foster an increasing aptitude to panic when anything goes wrong. In fact, it doesn’t have to be wrong, to touch off a panic. It only has to look wrong.

People get rather easily scared, these days: because the Smartest People in the World are in charge and nothing’s supposed to go wrong—and yet it does. They aren’t able to protect us, after all.

Last week in Baltimore, a high school had to be evacuated. They called the fire department, and then a hazmat team in hazmat suits. And in the brouhaha, five people—two students, three adults—somehow (we are not told how) managed to get themselves injured badly enough to be taken to the hospital. Did they fall down the stairs as they fled the building?

What was this menace that almost turned into a disaster movie?

Somebody plugged in a pumpkin spice air freshener, and I guess it smelled kind of funny.

Better safe than sorry, said the authorities. But I’ll bet the five people who wound up in the hospital, because of pumpkin spice, were sorry.

It’s not just Americans who are so easily spooked anymore.

Last week in England, during the morning rush hour in one of the commuter trains, a man stood up and read some verses of the Bible. We aren’t told what verses, but there’s nothing in the Bible tantamount to “Everybody run! Godzilla’s coming!”

One of his fellow commuters told the man he was making people uneasy and asked him to stop: which he did, but it was already too late to avert the stampede. Quite a few riders panicked, forced open the windows, and dove out onto the tracks. Not wanting anyone to get fried, railroad authorities had to turn off the power. Meanwhile, the scared-out-of-their-wits commuters told a security guard that the man with the Bible said he had a bomb and was going to blow everybody up. In fact, he’d said no such thing, and the riders who hadn’t panicked vigorously refuted that claim.

What made those other commuters say something so blatantly untrue? Probably their sheer panic, nothing more. You know how it is: one person says something crazy, off the top of his head, and in the blink of an eye, everybody’s saying it. Although the man with the Bible hadn’t broken any laws, written security procedures obliged police to remove him from the train, which they did as gently and politely as they could. But because so many people lost their heads, the daily commute was all gummed up for hours.

Why these panics? In Western cities on both sides of the Atlantic, terror attacks and mass shootings have become a regular feature of the news, and people now know their governments can’t—or won’t—protect them. The ruling class’s attitude seems to be, “We’re gonna have a multicultural society if it kills you!” And they really don’t seem to care if it does.

A government that will not protect its people has no reason for existing, and people have learned that they simply aren’t safe. Their rulers fritter away their time protecting them from imaginary threats—Man-Made Climate Change, white privilege, toxic masculinity, whatever—but when it comes to protecting them from jihad johnnies, they’re asleep at the switch. Go figure.

This is what happens when Real Smart People try to play God, promising all kinds of goodies that they’ll never be able to deliver.

We have turned away from God, and our idols and false messiahs can’t protect us.

I have discussed these and other topics throughout the week in my blog, http://leeduigon.com/ . Stop in and visit today. A single click will get you there.

© 2017 Lee Dyugon – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Lee Duigon: leeduigon@verizon.net

Time for something different. I’ve written a novel. As I write this, it’s 98% finished (all but massaging and embellishing). It will be marketed as the “first novel of the Trump era.” Well, one can hope. I’d been planning to try my hand at fiction if Hillary Clinton had won last year. Even though she didn’t, the idea had taken root, and since I needed no precognitive abilities to know how the Establishment would react to the Trump victory, I decided to run with it anyway.

I’ve been directing my own effort to raise money for an international promotion effort. So far, the effort hasn’t met with as much success as I would prefer. Without promotion there is little point, though. So whether this will actually be published if it does not find its way into the hands of a major publisher is iffy. I am not a wealthy person.

Why write fiction?

The late philosopher of science and historian of ideas Paul Feyerabend (discussed briefly in my last article) once penned a short essay entitled “Let’s Make More Movies!” (1975). Despite the playful title it isn’t light reading. The basic idea: there are ways of getting a point across other than didactic argument. Authors, playwrights, and writers for cinema have all used them. So — and these are the cases that interested Feyerabend — have scientific geniuses such as Galileo who presented his ideas in dialogues (as did the philosopher Plato well over 1,500 years before). Feyerabend actually studied theater briefly during his youth under the tutelage of German playwright and theater director Berthold Brecht.

Storytelling involves showing and not merely telling: presenting how things might look, or events play out given a situation, instead of arguing for this or that abstract point. Instead of an author arguing a thesis, characters speak, act, and interact. Properly drawn characters have histories of their own including crucial events which shaped them, just as our backgrounds and events in our lives shaped us. An author wants to create a kind of movie in the reader’s mind. He or she sets the conditions, then gets out of the way as the characters assume center stage. Often, they turn out to have experienced things the author did not anticipate, have complicated and sometimes conflicted motives, and do things he/she did not plan for—all required by the story’s own dynamic. This is how creativity sometimes works.

So without wanting to give away the whole thing….

Imagine a convinced globalist — convinced because his education and line of work brought him into continuous contact with globalist actors and instruments, year after year — has decided that it is time to tell the truth, or at least as much of it as he knows. He believes a world state answering to global corporations is inevitable — the next stage in the evolution of modernity. All we peons can do is prepare for it, “retooling” ourselves to be innovative and competitive in the coming global mass-consumption marketplace. Retired and with plenty of money, our globalist has written a tell-all book of his own and gone on tour to promote it. His tour brings him into our story’s purview.

There are such people in the actual world, of course. Georgetown University School of Foreign Relations macrohistorian Carroll Quigley wrote such a work, but his Tragedy & Hope: A History of the World in Our Time (orig. 1966) is an intimidating tome of over 1,300 pages, and while he discusses globalism and its emergence in international finance and central banking, his revelations are more part of the backdrop of his sweeping modern history of civilization. Only here and there do they assume a central place in his discussion.

Quigley’s is just the first major work I became aware of that writes history with this idea as background that the most important directions modern civilization has taken were not accidents. My fictional globalist shares with Quigley the idea, contrary to those he will call “conspiracy writers,” that the emerging world state will be a good thing. He regards those he calls the global oligarchy as “benign philosopher-kings” who invented capitalism by originally investing in, i.e., putting up the money for, capitalist endeavors (e.g., factories in England, Germany, and eventually in the U.S.). Capitalism’s early apologists, in their private correspondence (my fictional globalist observes) encouraged, in their private correspondence, forcing independent farmers from their land and into the new factories in the cities because, in those days, capitalists needed laborers.

In other words, my fictional globalist has written a poor man’s Tragedy & Hope. He is  appearing by invitation at the local university in a county ravaged by the effects of globalization, and proclaiming something major business publications are no longer even bothering to hide, but placing it in a larger context.

Now imagine him stating that the most dangerous result of the modernist capitalist consensus was its building up a financially independent middle class in the 1950s and 1960s, so that too much leisure and time on their hands allowed the children of that class to begin to challenge elements of the system in the 1960s. And how it was decided, within the oligarchy, that the American middle class was dangerous to their goals for the world and so had to be destroyed. Imagine him laying out, step by step, exactly how this was accomplished.

The young man who narrates this story, of millennial age and native to the county, has suffered directly from the results, and again without giving away too many details, he does not take kindly to being told all this. I did not set out, initially, to create a central character whose father committed suicide following the loss of his career with the county’s largest employer when it shuttered and went south of the border, followed by a string of professional and business failures; it just happened (that’s that creativity thing I mentioned, with characters taking on lives of their own). I can do this both because studies have shown that suicide in such communities has grown by leaps and bounds over the past 20 years or so, and I have known people who have tragically lost a parent to suicide, in one case seeing the emotional devastation up close. It isn’t pretty! The point in this context: few ordinary people can simply “reinvent themselves for the New Economy.” That’s more a fantasy than anything in a novel.

By the way, lest I forget: my globalist character has no use for Donald Trump. Well, surprise, surprise.

He comes under verbal attack. A complex character and not a sociopath, he stands his ground — not out of a desire to be cruel and indifferent but out of a sense that the truth must be faced. He does not believe that the “global marketplace” can regulate itself, and does not think “free trade” deals are enough. Not to mention the dangers of war in a world of peoples who are very different from one another, some with nuclear weapons; and, of course, there is human-caused climate change which he endorses as real based on the authority of science: a problem calling for a top-down coordinated global solution.

Is such a character credible? For some time now, some writers have been declaring the nation state outdated and arguing for some kind of global federation if not an out-and-out global state. Some such statements are quite eloquent (one current example here).

The location of this story is an imaginary Oklahoma county not too far from where I lived for a time, so I know the history and lay of the land at least somewhat. This place has its own political economy, stemming originally from the actions of its own aristocratic family who build the county, but could not keep one scion from helping to destroy it. Invented long ago to tell a different story which did not pan out, this imaginary place just sat in my mind for a long, long time. It seemed logical to use it now for this different purpose.

Incidentally, this being Oklahoma, an indigenous population lives there. Through them, we become conscious of the possibility of a localist alternative based on separation.

In other words, anyone thinking this novel will somehow defend “white supremacy,” assuming this means anything these days other than disagreement with the cultural hard left, is mistaken. I am not “alt-right” (I explain why not here). And although I’ve barely written on the subject as I’ve never been able to make it a priority, I’ve long believed that the minority group with the greatest claim to have been harmed by the “white man” and his modernity is the one that has been the most silent: Native Americans, whose land was taken from them, every treaty made with them by the U.S. federal government broken, many dying from diseases brought from Europe to which they had no natural resistance, with those who survived the wars and attempts at extermination typically sinking into poverty even when not herded onto “reservations.” Although many Europeans dismissed them as savages, some Native Americans built civilizations on a par with those of the ancient Mediterranean world (the Toltecs, the Maya, the Inca, are examples). A few invented writing, and one group (the Iroquois, with their League or Confederacy) actually had a form of representative government.

Not being an anthropologist I don’t know, but I have often wondered what we could still learn from the remnants of cultures which modernity has largely erased. These cultures surely merit attention. In addition to physical architecture including pyramids, they developed rich mythological narratives designed to do what worldviews always do: give them a sense of place in the universe, something modernity has taken from us all.

Returning to my story line, which draws on such a narrative when the time is right, the Christian Gospel puts in a strategic appearance. So does the Austrian school of economics, which portrays free market capitalism as the “unknown ideal” — a self-regulating system able to operate completely free of government interference, whether through regulation or through subsidy. Also appearing, as I was unable to resist, is a Marxist critique of globalized capitalism in its current globalized form, whose defender contends that the “pure” capitalism of the Austrians is an impossible fiction, that the “crony capitalism” they criticize just is capitalism; there is no other. Incidentally, while not opposing it, this character has little to say about cultural Marxism.

My speaker is not a Christian, not an Austrian, not a Marxist. He considers himself a realist, a rare animal in today’s world. Hence the title. He’s also a transhumanist, who believes we will eventually use technology to transform not just the world but ourselves. So he’s an optimist who believes we can save ourselves by trusting in the benign nature of our betters, the philosopher-kings of modernity, the movers and shakers who make things happen behind the scene, who will deal with problems like war and climate change in their own way. This despite how the county his visiting to promote his own book has become a wasteland since NAFTA, and even more so since the Meltdown of 2008. Like many such places.

My narrator is a damaged soul, a seeker still trying to find his way. He knows he wants nothing to do with any of the above! What he comes to realize is that modernity in its current form offers him (us) no future. Not really.

There’s no sex or violence; readers interested only in cheap entertainment had best look elsewhere. There is, however, a unique love interest, between my narrator and his girlfriend, as one cannot have compelling characters without that. She is a member of the indigenous population. This opens some interesting doors. Through the narratives of her people there are intimations of the world beyond our familiar one, perhaps in light of Hamlet’s ever-intriguing remark that “There are more things in Heaven and Earth, Marcellus, than are dreamt of in your philosophy.” Some of these suggest that in the long run, evil indeed meets with an appropriate fate.

What matters most is the warning, about a view of the world and our place in it: an economics-über-alles view of human beings as infinitely malleable, like lumps of clay; of common people as little more than cattle to be used to enrich their self-anointed betters, and then discarded when they are no longer of use; and especially of our arrogant belief that we can save ourselves from our own many follies. Where can this view lead, except to technocratic de facto totalitarianism where not just freedom but privacy are things of the past, not even missed if generations grow up without them. Present-day globalism is not the end, just the most important stepping stone. (Incidentally, you don’t have to be a Christian to believe all this — but it helps!)

Is such a warning credible?

I submit that slightly over 25 years ago, I began warning anyone who would listen what political correctness would do to the body politic if allowed to spread from the universities through the rest of society’s institutions almost unimpeded, defended with brain-paralyzing phrases like social justice. Guys like me weren’t listened to, and just look at campuses today, with their “safe spaces” and “trigger warnings,” and now the open assault by students themselves on Constitutionally protected free speech (they’ve grown up with the cults of diversity and social justice).

Twenty-two years ago I merely lost a teaching job from having spoken against race and gender preferences. Today I would fear for my safety.

This book is another warning. Will it, too, be ignored? Will it even be published? Assuming it is, the questions readers are invited to confront: how much of what my speaker says of the near future is absolutely true? Biblical and other prophesies speak of a coming totalitarian world state, or an equivalent, in which you will be forced to adopt “the mark of the beast” to be able to buy or sell (Rev. 13:16-17). What will be your Plan B?

Author’s Note: if you believe this article and others like it were worth your time, please consider making a $5/mo. pledge on my Patreon site. If the first 100 people who read this all donate, my goal of just $500/mo. would be reached in no time! And if we’re honest about it, we all waste that much money every day.

Telling the truth can have negative consequences. Last year my computer was hacked — it wasn’t the Russians, either! Repeated attempted repairs of the OS failed, the device became unusable, and I had to replace it off-budget.

This is also an attempt to raise money to publish and promote a novel, Reality 101, 99% finished as of this writing. In it, a globalist technocrat speaks in a voice filled with irony and dripping with cynicism — contrasted with the possibility of freedom outside the world as he sees it.

Promoting a book means, in my case, the necessity of international travel which is not cheap.

I do not write for an audience of one. I write for you, readers of this site. If you believe this work makes a worthwhile contribution to the world of political-economic ideas, please consider supporting it financially. I am not a wealthy person, and unlike the leftist groups I criticize, I do not have a George Soros funneling a bottomless well of cash my way.

If I reach the above goal of $500/mo., I may be able to speak at an event in your area (contact info below). On the other hand, if this effort fails, I am considering taking an indefinite “leave of absence” beginning later this year to pursue other goals. EDIT: thus far this effort has garnered just $62/mo. If it does not reach $250/mo. by the end of this month, it will be time to write my farewell-and-good-luck piece.

To sum up, these are your articles (and books). I don’t write to please myself. No one is forcing me to do it, as sometimes it brings me grief instead of satisfaction. So if others do not value the results enough to support them, I might as well go into retirement while I am still able to enjoy it.

© 2017 Steven Yates – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Steven Yates: freeyourmindinsc@yahoo.com

“So he gets about 400lbs of equipment up 30 floors, sets up a concealed sniper nest, disarms fire alarms and other security systems in a casino, removed a window that’s 800lb of hurricane proof glass, then for 10 minutes reigned in aimed firepower, all with no training whatsoever, and with no motive!” –Post found on live feed

 Does it not amaze you America that in administration after administration there is some major crime spree from a “lone wolf” that calls for more gun control measures? Columbine, Virginia Tech, Sandy Hook, Denver Movie theatre, Navy Ship Yard, San Bernardino, Las Vegas etc…

The established media, which is bought and paid for, as well as controlled by the CIA, and that 94% of the American people claim that they do not believe, tells them that another “Lone wolf” did the unthinkable. The criminal politicians then gather together only to never let a good “crisis go to waste.”

[YouTube Video]

Criminal Hillary Clinton (Why has she not been prosecuted yet?) said, that we must put politics aside and immediately called for gun control.

Remember the armed guards that she has around her at all times protecting her from you, America?

Pope Francis calls it a senseless tragedy while stating, “People who manufacture weapons or invest into weapons industries are hypocrites if they call themselves Christians.”

Remember the armed guards that he has around him at all times protecting him from you?

And the list goes on….

Yet, those that work for “We the people” want to disarm you? How does that work? Let me show you….

“All political power comes from the barrel of a gun. The communist party must command all the guns, that way, no guns can ever be used to command the party.” – Mao Tze Tung, Nov 6, 1938

How ironic that those who are calling for gun control are those who want the guns so they can have the control.

It is of interest to the American people to take note of those who they entrust to serve them. We are a government of the people, by the people, and for the people.  Yet, time and time again in this country we have leaders in government who put on the guise of “patriot” and then turn out to be the criminal in garb.

We learned in the past about the criminal acts of anti-gun mayors. We found that anti-gun mayors are criminals themselves, guilty as charged within their own ranks of such crimes as tax evasion, extortion, accepting bribes, child pornography, trademark counterfeiting, perjury, and one demigod mayor was even convicted of assaulting a police officer.

The crimes that these anti-gun mayors are convicted of suggests they are public enemies rather than public servants. No wonder they want to take guns from law-abiding citizens.

These politicians know that where the citizenry operates in the rights given to them without government interference, namely the right to bear arms, crime diminishes. With mud on their face, they know when they interfere with the right to bear arms, crime skyrockets.

What we see is that some of today’s politicians are magnifying the crimes they are placed in office to prevent.

They allow crime to be promoted through entertainment and when the crime is committed, they are there in hopes to grab the guns away.

This is exactly how criminals in government operate.

They demonize the gun, not the criminal.

Friends, this mentality is like blaming spoons for people being overweight, as if to say the act is apart from the actor.

Since criminal politicians refuse to look at history, which can be at the present our greatest teacher, it is very clear that gun banners know exactly what they are attempting to do -– put the Second Amendment in the crosshairs.

Looking back, who has committed murder in the largest degree? Dictators Adolf Hilter, Mao Tze Tung, Josef Stalin, Pol Pot, Idi Amin, etc.

Time and time again, it has been a corrupt government that has been responsible for the mass murder of their own people under the deceptive guise of “gun control,” all of which the said dictators implemented.

Keep in mind these people promised their citizens protection and freedom upon the forfeiture of their guns.

How many times does history need to repeat itself?

Paralleling History

Let’s parallel history with the present ideology and methodology that those in the past blueprinted to implement gun control.

Mass murderer Adolf Hitler at a dinner talk on April 11, 1942 said:

“The most foolish mistake we could possibly make would be to allow the subject races to possess arms. History shows that all conquerors who have allowed their subject races to carry arms have prepared their own downfall by so doing. Indeed, I would go so far as to say that the supply of arms to the underdogs is a sine qua non for the overthrow of any sovereignty. So let’s not have any native militia or native police. German troops alone will bear the sole responsibility for the maintenance of law and order throughout the occupied Russian territories, and a system of military strong-points must be evolved to cover the entire occupied country.”

Germany established gun control in 1938 and from 1939 to 1945, 13 million Jews and others who were unable to defend themselves were rounded up and exterminated.

Josef Stalin, the sole leader of the Soviet Union from 1924 to 1953, said:

“If the opposition disarms, well and good. If it refuses to disarm, we shall disarm it ourselves.”

In 1929, the Soviet Union established gun control. From 1929 to 1953, about 20 million dissidents, unable to defend themselves, were rounded up and exterminated.

Mao Tze Tung, communist dictator of China said:

“War can only be abolished through war, and in order to get rid of the gun it is necessary to take up the gun.”

China established gun control in 1935. From 1948 to 1952, 20 million political dissidents, unable to defend themselves, were rounded up and exterminated.

Idi Amin, president of Uganda from 1971 to 1979, said:

“I do not want to be controlled by any superpower. I myself consider myself the most powerful figure in the world, and that is why I do not let any superpower control me.”?

Uganda established gun control in 1970. From 1971 to 1979, 300,000 Christians, unable to defend themselves, were rounded up and exterminated.

Pol Pot, who created in Cambodia one of the 20th century’s most brutal and radical regimes, was responsible for killing one million of his own ‘educated,’ yet unarmed citizens.

Conclusion:

Our forefathers did not arm the American people for the purpose of hunting, but rather to protect themselves from those who were doing the hunting, namely the tyrant King George.

The Second Amendment is only to vouchsafe our right to life, liberty, and the pursuit of happiness, and to ensure all of the other rights given unto us by our Creator.

The wisdom of the framers of the Constitution is found consistent with the lessons of the Bible they used as their bedrock for civil law. The people’s individual protection should always be a primary concern of government “of the people.”

In a righteous country, self-government reigns by the constraint of Christian morals.

The civil government that desires such a monopoly of force (i.e. they are the only ones with guns) is a threat to the lives, liberty, and property of its citizens, for that government ceases to be “of and for the people.”

[YouTube Video]

George Washington, our first president, said:

“From the hour the Pilgrims landed, to the present day, events, occurrences, and tendencies prove that to insure peace, security and happiness, the rifle and pistol are equally indispensable . . . the very atmosphere of firearms everywhere restrains evil interference – they deserve a place of honor with all that is good.” (Luke 11:21)

© 2017 Bradlee Dean – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Bradlee Dean: Bradlee@SonsOfLibertyRadio.com

“Never have so many been so duped by so few and paid such a huge price for failing to use logic and their innate intellect and common sense, to poke holes in a radical, monumental, environmental climate swindle and con game.”  —Ron Ewart

Climate change, alias man-caused global warming, is everywhere.  It’s under rocks, behind trees, in the classroom, in textbooks, on TV and radio and in every newspaper.  It’s on the lips of U. S. presidents and other world leaders.  It’s in Europe and the United Nations.  It is in Central and South America.  It’s in Africa, Australia, New Zealand and even Canada.  The Russians, Chinese and even the people of India believe in it.  It’s up in the sky and down in the ground and lurks deep in the oceans.  Monster-CO2-footprint Al Gore is obsessed by it.

For all we know the Polar Bears in the Arctic and the Penguins in Antarctica believe in it.  It may even be in outer space if you believe the climate alarmists.  It’s in our public schools and colleges and fully embedded in government.  It’s buried deep in the psyche of little children who have been brainwashed by their brainwashed parents and K-12 teachers.  Mothers believe it.  Fathers believe it.  Teenagers believe it and millennials believe it.  Little children go to bed at night fearing it.

According to the purveyors of climate change, the science is settled and anyone who disagrees with the alleged “science” should be prosecuted for providing false information to the public.  If a person can be prosecuted for denying climate change, then every politician who ever engaged in a political campaign should be in jail for lying.

The dirty little secret is that climate computer models have gained the power to create planet-wide mass hysteria resulting from endless planet-wide propaganda based on agenda-driven, flawed science.  Why?  Because these notoriously inaccurate computer models tell us that “climate change” is man’s greatest threat to his survival and we are all going to die if we don’t PAY UP, especially Americans!  Drivel! Poppy Cock!  Balderdash!

What is even worse is that the Environmental Protection Agency with the power to make rules and policy, believes in it so deeply that it issued a “Declaration Of Climate Endangerment.”  On December 7, 2009, the then Administrator signed two distinct findings regarding greenhouse gases under section 202(a) of the Clean Air Act:

• Endangerment Finding:The Administrator finds that the current and projected concentrations of the six key well-mixed greenhouse gases—carbon dioxide (CO2), methane (CH4), nitrous oxide (N2O), hydrofluorocarbons (HFCs), perfluoro-carbons (PFCs), and sulfur hexafluoride (SF6)—in the atmosphere threaten the public health and welfare of current and future generations.
• Cause or Contribute Finding: The Administrator finds that the combined emissions of these well-mixed greenhouse gases from new motor vehicles and new motor vehicle engines contribute to the greenhouse gas pollution, which threatens public health and welfare.

 The EPA’s findings are based solely on notoriously inaccurate computer models and computer models are based on such a wide array of variables as to render most of them worth less than every-day toilet paper.  (In fact, toilet paper may be much more useful.)

NOTE: Fortunately, the Trump Administration and Scott Pruitt, EPA Administrator, have called for a more thorough review and analysis of the EPA’s 2009 Endangerment Finding and are challenging its assertions.

Any scientist worth the paper upon which his advanced degree is printed, knows that trying to model a non-linear dynamic system with computers (like weather) is fraught with such a wide menu of variables where even a miniscule change in any one variable can have a massive influence on the final prediction.

Case in point.  Scientists Edward N. Lorenz Lorenz (1917 to 2008) built a mathematical model of the way air moves around in the atmosphere. As Lorenz studied weather patterns he began to realize that the weather patterns did not always behave as predicted.  (Hmmm!  Imagine that!)  Minute variations in the initial values of variables in his twelve-variable computer weather model would result in grossly divergent weather predictions.  His fairly accurate and massive data set had numbers out to six (6) places to the right of the decimal, as in “21.352467.”  He ran the computer models with the data set he had, using all six decimal places but then decided to drop the last three decimal places and ran his computer model again.  The outcome with the last three (3) decimal places missing was vastly changed from the outcome using six (6) decimal places.  What he discovered was that sensitive dependence on initial conditions (the “Butterfly Effect”) meant that weather predictions more than a week out (or even less) are generally inaccurate.  (Anyone watching the daily weather reports knows that)

Not wanting to rely on just one scientist for our climate model error analysis, we found another source on climate model errors at the accredited Hoover Institute in an article entitled: “Flawed Climate Models” at this link:  https://www.hoover.org/research/flawed-climate-models  The article opens with:

“The atmosphere is about 0.8˚ Celsius warmer than it was in 1850. Given that the atmospheric concentration of carbon dioxide has risen 40 percent since 1750 and that CO2 is a greenhouse gas, a reasonable hypothesis is that the increase in CO2 has caused, and is causing, global warming.”

“But a hypothesis is just that. We have virtually no ability to run controlled experiments, such as raising and lowering CO2 levels in the atmosphere and measuring the resulting change in temperatures. What else can we do? We can build elaborate computer models that use physics to calculate how energy flows into, through, and out of our planet’s land, water, and atmosphere. Indeed, such models have been created and are frequently used today to make dire predictions about the fate of our Earth.”

“The problem is that these models have serious limitations that drastically limit their value in making predictions and in guiding policy. Specifically, three major problems exist. Each one alone is enough to make one doubt the predictions. All three errors together deal a devastating blow to the forecasts of the current models.“

The article goes on to describe the three major climate-modeling elements where errors occur; measurement errors, Sun errors and cloud errors.  This doesn’t take into account volcano eruption errors, ocean current and temperature errors, cosmic ray errors and jet stream, wind and tide errors.  The article concludes with:

“If someone with a hand-held stopwatch tells you that a runner cut his time by 0.00005 seconds, you should be skeptical.  If someone with a climate model tells you that a 0.036 W/m^–2 CO2 signal can be detected within an environment of 150 W/m^–2 error, you should be just as skeptical.” (read it again!)

Note: “W/m^-2” = “Watts per square meter” and is a parameter used in climate modeling.

“As Willie Soon and his co-authors found, ‘Our current lack of understanding of the Earth’s climate system does not allow us to determine reliably the magnitude of climate change that will be caused by anthropogenic (human) CO2 emissions, let alone whether this change will be for better or for worse.'”

Have you seen this article anywhere in the mainstream media?  No!

Mass Hysteria:  “In sociology and psychology, mass hysteria (also known as collective obsessive behavior) is a phenomenon that transmits collective illusions of threats, whether real or imaginary, through a population in society as a result of rumors and fear.”

 In April of 1954, in Seattle, Washington, before the liberal socio-virus had infected the entire city and now most of the state, Washington State experienced a phenomenon known as the pitted windshield mystery.  It seems, upon close inspection, everyone’s car windshield had tiny pits in them, or so everyone thought.  It started up north in the state and rapidly spread to the big city of Seattle within a week.  The print and radio news media (not much television then) picked it up and suddenly, out of nowhere there was a full-blown mass hysteria on what was causing the pits.  From cosmic radiation, to sand fleas, to extra terrestrial microscopic invasions, to the Navy’s new million-watt transmitter, to micro-organisms that ate glass, to a shift in the Earth’s magnetic field, there were no end of answers to this bizarre mystery.  The event was a textbook case of mass hysteria, or collective delusion, aided and abetted by a willing news media.   What people were seeing was the normal wear and tear on a car’s windshield.  They imagined the rest.

The fact is, all it takes is a few extraneous pieces of information or a wild hair of an idea to connect unrelated dots, for whatever reason.  Then throw in a large measure of irrational emotion and a conspiracy theory is born, especially if it is allegedly supported by so-called “irrefutable” science.  With the Internet, a conspiracy theory, fully documented with doctored science, hits cyberspace and the race is on to expand the conspiracy beyond any semblance of common sense.  Of course, in all conspiracy theories, there must be a villain to be vilified or feared and a victim to be pitied.  The range of villains and victims is only limited by the imagination and designs of the perpetrators, aided and abetted by the unbridled hysteria of the population at large.  Like an avalanche, the conspiracy must run its course until it expends its energy, or finally becomes unbelievable, as the truth outs.

But some mass hysteria is purposely induced in the population with malice aforethought, by an individual, or a group of individuals with a hidden agenda and something to gain, whether it be control, territory, money, power, or all of the above.

We are not prone to accepting any conspiracy theories at face value without a full vetting.  Most of them are suspect at best and outright lies at worst.  But some have a kernel of truth that surrounds them.  Such is this mass hysteria by an entire world population over the fraud that is man-caused global warming, a radical environmentalist’s construct.  It has been propagandized by world government bodies and supposedly credible authorities and has been parroted by the print and electronic news media and federal, state and local governments here in America and abroad.  It is further re-enforced by international accords, like Kyoto and the Paris Climate Change Agreement.  The basic tool for promoting climate change by the environmentalists and government, are unproven science, rumors and FEAR.

Our own Federal government has taken over the curriculum of the entire public school system and now indoctrinates (brainwashes) our public school and college-age children with fear and intimidation over a non-crisis, that has been wholly manufactured by international government bodies and co-conspirators in science, either with a political axe to grind (world domination and/or a massive transfer of wealth), or an eye on the next grant money coming out of the public treasury for further climate research.

Even as the science mounts against man-caused global warming, this valid, credible science is totally ignored by environmentalists, the government and the full range of the worldwide news media.  Articles supporting the fraud appear frequently in newspapers and on radio and TV reports, but hardly a peep is heard about the science debunking it.

This never-ending propaganda stream of made-as-instructed climate science has been spoon fed to a gullible, naive, non-thinking population who couldn’t tell a non-truth if it bit them on the behind.  The perpetrators and purveyors of this fraud have done so on a planet-wide scale of unprecedented proportions, fully exploiting the self-induced prevailing insanity of our times, into a feeding frenzy of global mass hysteria for the sole purpose of population subjugation and wealth redistribution, using computer climate models as the weapon.   – – – END – – –

We have posted many more credible articles challenging IPCC Climate Change computer models on our website HERE.

If you are a rural landowner, don’t forget to check out our powerful, legally intimidating No Trespassing signs HERE.

© 2017 Ron Ewart – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Ron Ewart: info@narlo.org

As students of the Constitution, it is always safest to discover the intention and meaning of its architects.  One such architect, James Madison, called the “Father of the Constitution,” explained the difference of power and liberty by contrasting the American charter of liberty (the Constitution) and charters of power: that is to say, government power.

In Europe, charters of liberty have been granted by power. America has set the example, and France has followed it, of charters of power granted by liberty.  This revolution in the practice of the world, may, with an honest praise, be pronounced the most triumphant epoch of its history, and the most consoling presage of its happiness. We look back, already, with astonishment, at the daring outrages committed by despotism, on the reason and the rights of man; We look forward with joy, to the period, when it shall be despoiled of all its usurpations, and bound forever in the chains, with which it had loaded its miserable victims.

When speaking of the Constitution, Madison explained that every word “decides a question between power and liberty.”

Words matter. They reveal the difference between power and liberty.

On Friday, the Trump administration issued new rules, one of which allows “entities that have sincerely held religious beliefs” to opt out of the tyrannical, unconstitutional Obamacare regulations requiring them to provide free contraceptives to employees.

The Departments of Health and Human Services, Treasury, and Labor announced two rules providing “conscience protections to Americans who have a religious or moral objection to paying for health insurance that covers contraceptive/abortifacient services.”

“The second rule applies the same protections to organizations and small businesses that have objections on the basis of moral conviction, which is not based in any particular religious belief.”

The American Civil Liberties Union will be cutting off its nose to spite its face by filing a lawsuit in response to the new rules.

Although the entire Obamacare legislation should be immediately nullified, I want to develop a superb teaching point regarding liberty and power.

Why would the executive branch relinquish some power and return liberty back to Americans? White House Press Secretary Sarah Huckabee Sanders said Friday, “The president believes that the freedom to practice one’s faith is a fundamental right in this country, and I think all of us do, and that’s all that today was about — our federal government should always protect that right”.

Make no mistake, the First Amendment has everything to do with limiting authority and promoting liberty. Period. “Congress shall make no law” prevents tyranny; “respecting an establishment of religion, or prohibiting the free exercise thereof” promotes liberty.

In this rule, we see a fulfillment of Madison’ s constitutional aspirations, where government has been “despoiled of all its usurpations, and bound forever in the chains, with which it had loaded its miserable victims.”

Sanders’ advice for the naysayers was imperfectly put; “If people don’t like what the Constitution says, they should talk to Congress about changing it.”

The good news is not even Congress can change or alter a right our Creator commanded.

Schedule an event or learn more about your Constitution with Jake MacAulay and the Institute on the Constitution and receive your free gift.

© 2017 Jake MacAulay – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Jake MacAulay: Jake@TheAmericanView.com

Turning America Into Everybody Else’s Country

In part 2 of this series, we address Thomas Chittum’s book: The Coming Break-up of America—Civil War II. 

If you looked around the United States in 1965, we featured a stable nation with 90 percent European, 7 percent African citizens, and 3 percent Latino, and mostly one religion.

Today, we’ve imported 70 million people from areas so incompatible with American culture that we recoil at the horrors of female genital mutilation, honor killings, multiple wives, and forced marriages of 12 year olds.  We tolerate hundreds of different languages.  Los Angeles, Miami, San Francisco and other cities speak more foreign languages than English.   “If you’ll notice throughout history,” Chittum writes, “multiethnic empires break up in cataclysmic violence.”

The former Soviet Union, Yugoslavia and Lebanon provide classic examples of multiethnic empires that shattered in tribal violence. Today, France, United Kingdom, Norway, Sweden, Finland, Holland, Denmark, Germany, Spain and Italy race along the same track of self-destruction with their massive non-assimilating Muslim populations.

Kant said, “Language and religion are the great dividers.”

Chittum talks about an unstable tiered society.  Aristotle said, “The only stable state is the one in which all men are equal before the law.”  Average American citizens watch as our U.S. Congress imports a massive underclass of illegal, Third World and uneducated poor that have become our ‘indentured servants’ as well as cyclical poverty recipients.  Those immigrants, whether legal or illegal cost American taxpayers $296 billion annually according to Roy Beck of www.NumbersUSA.org.  They can’t and don’t cope with first world requirements to work or engage in contributions to our society. They overwhelm California, Arizona, and Texas by sheer numbers.  They crush cities like Minneapolis, Detroit, Miami, New York City, Houston, Dallas, Atlanta San Francisco and dozens more.

America supports 20 million illegal aliens that possess no allegiance to our country.  A dozen cities feature more foreign-born immigrants than American citizens.  Spanish-speaking radio stations own the airwaves in Los Angeles.  Miami features Cuban stations.  None carry any allegiance to America.

As can be seen with the current crop of disenchanted National Football League players dishonoring our flag and national anthem, we face accelerating consequences to a tiered society.  While the football players quietly demonstrate against America, Antifa demonstrators riot, break glass and threaten police officers with, “No Trump, No Wall, No USA All!”   Black Lives Matter marches against civil society and, in fact, marches for anarchy.  At some point, we face Moslem Sharia Law demonstrators exactly like the ones screaming in Great Britain, “UK police; go to hell!”

Also developing: parallel societies of such incompatible immigrants that they enclave into separate entities.

How will it get worse?  Our politicians may grant amnesty to that 20 million plus 850,000 DACA cases, which will encourage millions more.  Millions of aliens hide more illegal aliens via ‘ethnic sympathy’.   But what they bring us proves as dangerous as any armed invasion.

As their numbers grow, the “Mexican American Legal Defense and Education Fund” works to destroy US laws.  La Raza, another anti-American Mexican organization, works directly for the overthrow of America.  It reaches into the highest levels of our government starting with Alberto Gonzalez.  Former US House of Representatives Joe Baca of California supports La Raza.  What does La Raza mean?  “For the Latino race, everything, everyone outside the race, nothing!”  LULAC is another group that supports the ‘Reconquista of Aztlan,’ or, the retaking of the American Southwest back into Mexico.

Today, the Moslem Brotherhood and Council on American Islamic Relations, Islamic Society of America—all work to install Sharia Law into their Moslem populated areas here in the United States.  Their ultimate goal: Sharia Law over the entire USA.

Notice that the Mexican president dictates to our leaders what they will do with his 12 to 15 million illegal immigrants in our country. Notice 54 Mexican consulates in our cities around America supporting his people in our country.  Notice voter fraud by illegal aliens now able to throw our local and national elections.  Latest demonstrators carry signs, “Today we march; tomorrow we vote.”

After three chapters, Chittum’s writing sobered me, but I still wasn’t convinced until he offered concrete numbers.  “In California in 1993, 665,229 firearms were sold.  That’s 1,873 per day.  Enough firearms were sold to equip an infantry battalion.”  For the Californians remaining, there’s a lot of frightened people readying themselves for conflict.

“California is odds-on favorite to kick off Civil War II,” Chittum said.

“The instinctive need to be a member of a closely-knit group fighting for common ideals may grow so strong that it becomes inessential what these ideals are,” said Konrad Lorenz.

Illegal Mexican border jumpers separate against being an American.  The 20,000 member “18^th Street Gang” in Los Angeles owns the streets.  They coordinate all drug traffic, extortions of businesses, prostitutes and robberies.  Their power, along with MS-13 gangs in 40 American cities, grows by the day.  Over 60 percent of the members are illegal aliens and the other 40 percent are legal immigrants.  Since they possess no working skills in our First World society, they find crime as an easier vocation.  It’s termed ‘Third World Momentum’.   Its corruption is so deep, so wide and so embedded that it’s as intrinsic as the sewer systems in those cities.

Not reported in the mainstream media, Mexico sells $50 billion in drugs to U.S. consumers annually, while American tax payers fork over $52 million to treat, interdict, prevent, arrest and deal with overdoses, suicides, car accidents and horrific destruction caused by our youth’s drug use.

How many and how much?  Los Angeles sheriff files register 100,000 gang members.  San Antonio features 5,000 gang members.  Chicago estimates 50,000 members.  Former Attorney Janet Reno estimated over 500,000 gang members imported themselves into the USA.  “They commit an average of 580,000 crimes annually in our country,” Reno said more than 10 years ago.

For an example, merchants suffer $130 million in losses from shoplifting daily in the USA.  That equals to $50 billion annually that you pay the difference in goods sold to you.

So why do our politicians sit and twiddle their thumbs?  Why do they aid and abet by doing nothing?  Can’t they see what’s happening to California?  Texas?  Arizona?  The answer in a nutshell:  they won’t look!  Senators like Mitch McConnell, John McCain, Diane Feinstein, Barbara Boxer and Charles Schumer all in their late 70s and 80s—stand SO out of touch with what’s happening in America—they do not and cannot solve the problem.  Such veteran House reps like Nancy Pelosi and John Cummins harangue about the problems, but offer no solutions.

Why does it all get worse and nothing gets better?  Because Americans, like the proverbial frog being thrown into the pot of water and the stove being turned up to high, will keep adapting until we boil to death.  The same thing happened to the Romans, French, Spanish and every other great nation that tumbled into the dustbin of history. Spain backed into submission by the Madrid train bombing.  France stands on the doorstep of a nation-crushing Moslem invasion it won’t survive.

I never thought I would have to fight for my own country inside my own country.  But the time is fast approaching.  Again, we face another 100,000,000 (million) legal immigrants within the next 30 years.  Chittum adds that if immigration continues at current rates, we won’t have enough Americans left to stand up for America.

Part III:  USA $20 trillion in debt, Growing Militias, Ethnic Enclaves, Bloody Lessons of Tribal Europe, Solutions to this crisis.

If you would like me to speak at/in your city, conference, social group or clubs about the consequences of mass immigration into America, please contact me.  My program:  “The Perfect Storm Descending Upon America” articulates the consequences of adding 100,000,000 (million) legal immigrants to America within the next 30 years.  It spells out what we face as to shortages in water, energy and resources. It spells out the sociological chaos created by mixing 196 (the number of countries exporting their citizens into our country) different cultures, languages, religions and worldviews from those 100 million immigrants. It illustrates our dilemma as environmental and quality of life consequences.

Additionally, if you would like me to speak on your local radio talk show, please give them my name, topic and contact information. Or give me theirs and I will contact them:  frostyw@juno.com ,  www.HowToLiveALifeOfAdventure.com Facebook: Frosty Wooldridge

Share these videos all over America:

In a five minute astoundingly simple yet brilliant video, “Immigration, Poverty, and Gum Balls”, Roy Beck, director of www.numbersusa.ORG, graphically illustrates the impact of overpopulation.  Take five minutes to see for yourself:

“Immigration by the numbers—off the chart” by Roy Beck

This 10 minute demonstration shows Americans the results of unending mass immigration on the quality of life and sustainability for future generations: in a few words, “Mind boggling!”  www.NumbersUSA.org

Take action by joining for free:

America: www.CapsWeb.org ; www.NumbersUSA.org ; www.Fairus.org ; www.CarryingCapacityNetwork.org

Canada:www.immigrationwatchcanada.org
United Kingdom: www.populationmatters.org 
  Australia: www.population.org.au Sustainable Population Australia

© 2017 Frosty Wooldridge – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Frosty: frostyw@juno.com

I’ve made my life’s mission to destroy the United States.  I hate this country and I hate all of the people in it.  —George Soros, Newsweek 1979

In short, the Communists everywhere support every revolutionary movement against the existing social and political order of things. They openly declare that their ends can be attained only by the forcible overthrow of all existing social conditions. —Friedrich Engels The Communist Manifesto

Who Are Antifa?

Antifa stands for Anti-Fascist.  The concept came from Communist Leon Trotsky, who used small bands of militants to intimidate opposition.  Trotsky used these people before the Bolshevik Revolution to shout down his opponents.  It has been used in Europe in the 80s and 90s as well. It is now being used in America.

They are a Soros-backed, violent domestic terrorist group who attacked peaceful protesters in Berkeley and Charlottesville.  CNN loves them.  And the Department of Homeland Security has officially called Antifa, “Domestic Terrorist Violence.”

And let me ask this one big question…if they are so bloody happy with their cause and so righteous, then why the hell are they hiding their faces?  Take those damned handkerchiefs off your faces and let’s see who the hell you really are…a bunch of loser brainwashed fools who have been propagandized by the commie left and are destroying the very freedoms that allow you to do what you’re doing.  Can you say violent idiots?

These groups are not about opposing real Nazis, their definition of fascism is basically the American free-enterprise system.  So, when they say they’re anti-Fascist, they’re really saying they are fully anti-American, anti-American nationalism, anti-free enterprise, and anti-Constitution, and this is why they’ve gone into overdrive since the election of President Trump.  Their real goal is the destruction of the America system and the destruction of all American freedoms.  They are totalitarian communists, and that’s why in certain cities they work very closely with the Democratic party.

Antifa believes that anyone who stands up against any form of Communism is fascist, and these people believe in government control of everything.  It comes originally from Stalin, Lenin, Trotsky.  Antifa are the black shirts, just as the Nazis were the brown shirts, they are the thugs that the mainstream leftwing parties don’t want to be seen doing, but fully endorse.

The Raised Fist of Antifa – Communism

Baltimore, Ferguson, Treyvon Martin and the clenched fist from teens to infamous agitators, all prominently displayed the clenched-fist salute.  Antifa, BlackLivesMatter (BLM), Hands Up, Don’t Shoot, the Black Panther Party, Black Lawyers for Justice, etc. ad nauseam, all use the clenched fist of communism.  The Communist Hammer and Sickle symbol represents them.

Black protesters with their clenched fists raised in the air were photographed and displayed on the cover of Revolution, the official newspaper of the Revolutionary Communist Party. Elaborating about the many “great things that are happening” in the Communist Party USA, party chairman John Bachtell told Gawker.com in an interview, posted on August 15, 2015, “Black Lives Matter has played an important role.”  And we’ve seen those clenched fists by NFL players as well.

At War with Freedom

Antifa is at war with our government.  They claim to fight fascism, but they are probably the most fascist organism in the United States.  They want to be in control, they want to overturn the election of our President, and they promise to do it with violence.  They believe that true conservative Constitutionalists need to be stopped by any means necessary.

Antifa members are not freedom fighters pushing for less government, they’re brainwashed communists who are trying to kill people.  Their targets include anyone who loves America, loves the Constitution, and loves President Trump.

Corporate America is hell-bent on seeing our Republic transformed into a socialist oligarchy, run by massively wealthy oligarchs like Soros.  And this is why the protesting NFL Players Association (NFLPA), the Ford Foundation, the Kellogg Foundation, the Services Employees International Union (SEIU), and various other organizations have been discovered funneling money to George Soros and other far-left fundraisers who promote these violent communist groups.

The Black Bloc

Trevor Loudon tells that Antifa is a reincarnation of the anti-Iraq war radicals of 2003, who rampaged through San Francisco’s financial district destroying property.  Then they morphed into the Occupy Wall street movement in 2011.  With every change they have become more violent and destructive.  They resurfaced as Antifa after America elected Donald J. Trump and are even more savage in assaulting all those who oppose them.

Numerous reports have surfaced that police are not intervening in incidents of violence.  The media is refusing to report what these groups are doing and condemning the destruction and barbarity.  Almost all extreme violence has occurred in cities where Democratic control has reined in police intervention.

Antifa in Europe

Yes, Antifa has been active in Europe a lot longer than in America…as mentioned, their increase in America started with the election of our President, who this radical leftist group despises.  But Europe, Germany, France, England and other nations have had radicals attacking those who espouse any conservative ideology for a long time.  They will break into homes, smash everything in sight and actually kill people or harm their children.

In America, Antifa is gearing up for insurrection, and the primary target may be America’s already beleaguered police force.  They believe police are oppressors. Link

This is no laughing matter folks, it is dangerous and their desire is to destroy any free enterprise society, and that includes our history.  They come from the anarchist movement, they are anti-authoritarian, and today they have morphed into totalitarian communists. They are so stupid and so brainwashed, and should they succeed, these fools don’t realize that their desired society would not allow them to demonstrate or march, much less even exist.

The Weather Underground

Leaders of the radical American student group the Weathermen, (left to right) Jim Mellen, Peter Clapp, John Jacobs, Bill Ayers, and Terry Robbins, march in 1969 at the van of a group of demonstrators during the ‘Days of Rage’ actions organized by the Weathermen to protest the trial of the Chicago Seven and “to bring the war home.” (David Fenton, Getty Images)

Remember them?  Maybe not, but they were the communists of the day.  The Chicago Seven were charged by the federal government with conspiracy, inciting to riot, and other charges related to anti-Vietnam War and countercultural protests that took place in Chicago, Illinois on the occasion of the 1968 Democratic National Convention.  I remember it well because I was there.

Wanted pictures of Bill Ayers, Bernardine Dohrn and a dozen others were hung prominently in every post office in the United States.  Ayers was the leader of the domestic terrorist group in the 60s and 70s.  He said, “Kill all the rich people, bring the revolution home.  Kill your parents.”  And, he participated in the bombings of New York City Police Headquarters in 1970, the Capitol building in 1971, and the Pentagon in 1972.  Ayers told Larry Grathwold, an FBI informant in Weather Underground, that “fellow Weather Underground member and future wife Bernadine Dohrn set the bomb that killed San Francisco Park Police Sergeant Brian McDonnell in 1970.”

Communists Ayers and his wife Bernardine Dohrn were not opposed to the war, only to a U.S. victory.  Of course, Ayers never served time and ended up brainwashing young minds at the University of Chicago. Link  He now claims he’s a communist with a little “c” whatever that means.

These Soros backed communist groups, especially Antifa are now the new domestic terrorists out to destroy America and her Constitution.  The domestic terrorists of the 60s and 70s are now tied to the Democratic party in some of the highest levels, the Congress, Wall Street, universities and colleges, and their communist ideologies are funded by those with a great deal of money.

Antifa’s Goals

Like Cloward Piven, Antifa wishes to create enough chaos and bloodshed in the streets, and make people lose faith in their government, choas is the number one use of the Marxists. The media is complicit because they call conservatives Nazis, and Republicans are of course bigots and anti-Semites, white nationalists, white supremacists, with no basis in fact.  The snowflakes on college campuses can’t bear to hear something opposite of what their communist and anti-Semitic teachers and media are spoon feeding them on a daily basis.

Free speech is anathema to them.  They will shout down anyone with an opposing viewpoint, never listening, never learning, never opening their minds to truth… propaganda and brainwashing have succeeded well.

Yes, they want to kill us, they want all conservatives who voted for Trump … dead.

Antifa Infiltrated

Steven Crowder of PJ Media infiltrated Antifa, and what he found out will make your blood run cold.  The following eleven minute video shows the reality of Antifa and the crimes they wish to commit.

The investigation was launched ahead of a speaking engagement by Daily Wire Editor-in-Chief Ben Shapiro at the University of Utah in Salt Lake City.  [Link]

Crowder said his team has been “infiltrating this organization for a long time.” Jared, who infiltrated, filmed several members of Antifa and pressed them for information on what they were planning ahead of Shapiro’s speech.

They admitted that they were considering using various weapons against those who opposed them, including an “assault weapon,” a “sawed-off shotgun,” and a “regular rifle.”

That’s the moment in the video that they handed Jared an ice pick and directed him to the nearest military supply store to buy a “Ka-Bar,” which is a large combat knife.

Throughout the video, many of the group’s “tactics” are revealed.  One of the group members even boasts about the arsenal of weapons he has in his vehicle, “in case the s**t hits the fan.”

The most horrifying part of the entire video was the fact that news media would not take the footage despite police being there to corroborate the validity of the content. All-in-all, it appears Antifa is getting protection from the silence of the MSM, not to mention the endorsements.

Crowder concludes the narrated video by zeroing in on the media and their lack of response to their filmed footage. According to Crowder, not one outlet was interested in the tape, a tape that proved what Antifa was planning.

Conclusion

Antifa is an insurgent domestic terrorist organization working against the Constitution.  They plan violent destruction of more historic statues on Columbus Day and riot throughout the country. Link

One must remember that after the Nazis destroyed Antifa and the Communist party in the 40s, it didn’t matter to the Antifa folks. Why?  Because 55% of the former brown shirt ranks were former communists or socialists.  According to Trevor Loudon, they called them “beefsteak” Nazis, brown on the outside and red on the inside.

Many of the leftwing Antifa militants simply switched sides to the Nazis because they have the same exact plan.  The goals were the same, and if they couldn’t beat them, they joined them.

American citizens need to be vigilant, and learn the ways to defeat them.

P.S.  So much is happening in our country and the NewsWithViews journalists are doing the research to bring you the truth.  This website has a huge outreach, but it costs quite a lot to keep it going.  Please help us in any way you can.  You can donate here.

© 2017 Kelleigh Nelson – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Kelleigh Nelson: Proverbs133@bellsouth.net

By Joan Swirsky

From the founding of America 241 years ago, those opposed to and threatened by America’s Founding Fathers’ noble aspirations of freedom for all and a government in which citizens and not kings or dictators decide who will represent them have waged fierce resistance.

From the Muslim Barbary Pirates who fought America’s first presidents (George Washington, John Adams, and Thomas Jefferson) to today’s equally bellicose, supremacist, and fascist groups like Black Lives Matter and Antifa, all harbor the fantasy of destroying big bad America and replacing our Democratic Republic first with socialism and finally with communism. Predictably, they are fully supported by the leftists, progressives, communists, and Islamists among us.

The virulence of their ISIS-like demonstrations is because the real powers-that-be in the globalist hierarchy are choking with rage that everything they dreamed about and worked for and thought they achieved when they implanted the poseur “president” Barack Obama in office for a full eight years was shattered to smithereens when Donald J. Trump destroyed their other puppet, Hillary Clinton, in the presidential election of November 8, 2016.

And so the arch goal, the singular mission, indeed the psychotic obsession of these temper-tantrum infants-cum-political-activists is to destroy the man who embodies everything they are against:

• Freedom
• Democracy
• A strong military
• Secure borders
• Capitalism
• Low taxes
• A thriving middle class
• A conservative Supreme Court
• Free speech
• Gun rights
• On and on and on…

Everything, in other words, that drives the megalomaniacal globalists, the one-world-government wonks, the deep-state traitors, and the lobbyists-enriched politicians stark raving mad!

DEATH SQUAD #1–THE CLOWARD-PIVEN STRATEGY.

Instead of starting with the anti-American traitors in the Franklin Delano Roosevelt administrations of 1933 to 1945, who were prominent in starting the seditious ball rolling, for purposes of brevity I’ll start with the Cloward-Piven strategy which began in 1966 and flourishes to this day.

Richard Cloward and Frances Fox Piven, a married couple, were professors at the Columbia Univ. School of Social Work who loathed capitalism. But claiming that it was really income inequality they hated, they developed what they hoped was a sure-fire way to redistribute income and transform our nation into a paradise they thought would be “fair” to all its citizens….you know, like Venezuela, Cuba, Russia, et al.

According to former longtime Congressman John Linder, Cloward and Piven posited that “capitalism could be collapsed by overloading the government with financial demands that could not be met. The strategy is to collapse the financial system. The tactic is chaos. If a crisis does not exist, create one. The more chaos the better. The solution is always couched in empathetic words like ‘fair,’ ‘equal,’ ‘humane’ and ‘just.’”

In short, they called for overloading the welfare system so it would ultimately force the government to establish a national scheme of a guaranteed annual income. Mass unrest was the tactic chosen to expand welfare rolls.

The strategy worked. By the 1970’s, says Linder, “there was one person on welfare in New York City for every two working in the private sector. The City declared bankruptcy in 1975.”

Cloward and Piven also formed Project Vote, ACORN, and Human SERVE in order to swamp voter rolls with names that would never vote, but whose names would be on the rolls so others could vote in their stead. When Pres. Bill Clinton signed the bill in 1993, Linder elaborates, Cloward and Piven were standing behind him. And surprise surprise––ACORN’s lawyer was none other than Barack Obama.

Why do you think liberals went so berserk when the Contract With America, House Speaker Newt Gingrich’s brainchild, passed in 1994? They detested the idea of getting mostly black people off welfare. The people who liked the program most were millions of black people who entered job training programs, got jobs, and got paychecks!

But liberals never tire of trying to destroy America. After the financial collapse of 2008––a result of liberal pressure to mandate that banks make loans in poor neighborhoods to people who couldn’t pay for them––$2 trillion had to be spent by the government to save Wall Street and––ta da!––expand welfare and unemployment benefits.

After dozens of corrupt ACORN employees were indicted on charges of voter fraud, their funding dried up and they were disbanded. But they now operate––with the same play-Americans-for-suckers philosophy––under different names.

From 2009 to 2016, the poseur “president” Barack Obama opened our Southern border to floodgates––literally millions––of illegal aliens, creating the kind of chaos and massive government expense that his clients, Cloward and Piven, would applaud, as they would certainly praise him for doubling the national debt to $20 trillion! Remember their strategy, i.e., crush the capitalist system with such debt that it collapses!

Today, when you see the massive numbers of people living in “Sanctuary Cities” the huge numbers still trying to breach our borders, and the generations of black people––all Democrat voters––mired in inferior schools, who have high crime and prison rates, single-parent families, chronic poverty, and are dependent on welfare, you are seeing the rotten fruits of the Cloward-Piven Cloward plan. Cloward died in 2001 and his wife, Frances Piven, is––surprise surprise––the honorary chairman of the Democratic Socialists of America.

Both of them were quite brilliant. But they and their followers never met Donald Trump, who is both onto their schemes and impervious to their double-talk!

Nevertheless, their malevolent “strategy” persists to this day and is out to destroy the man who threatens, once and for all, to annihilate their legacy.

DEATH SQUAD #2––SAUL ALINSKY.

Interestingly, in the same decade, the 1960s, that Cloward and Piven were plotting America’s demise, the ideas of another radical, Saul Alinsky––a community organizer from Chicago––were being adopted by a number of college students who had read his revolutionary book, Rules for Radicals, and decided that his destroy-America ideas were irresistible.

To be sure, Alinsky also cloaked his ideas in altruistic terms, stating that his goal was to help poor black communities. But he didn’t fool people like Hillary Clinton, who wrote her Wellesley thesis about Alinsky and remained close friends with him years after she graduated, or Barack Obama who actually became a community organizer in the Alinsky mode. Both of them shared Alinsky’s real goal, which was to destroy capitalist America and turn it into the socialist-cum-communist regime they preferred––even while they themselves indulged in multimillion-dollar homes, half-million-dollar speaking fees, lavish travel, five-star restaurants, red-carpet treatment, and anything but the socialism-cum-communism life they tout for the lowly American masses for whom they have zero respect or regard.

Among Alinsky’s Rules for Radicals were:

• “Power is not only what you have, but what the enemy thinks you have.”
• “Ridicule is man’s most potent weapon.”
• “Keep the pressure on. Never let up.”
• “The threat is usually more terrifying than the thing itself.”
• “Pick the target, freeze it, personalize it, and polarize it.”

Alinsky was quite brilliant, but like Cloward and Piven, no match for Donald Trump. In fact, according to Brian C. Joondeph, M.D., President Trump has successfully co-opted Alinsky’s Rules for Radicals!

“Who talks about returning power to the people, rather than maintaining power in the establishment? Or Congress? Or with the deep state?” Joondeph asks….this is right “out of the Alinsky playbook.” The president is also expert at baiting the establishment, ridiculing the opposition, unnerving his political opponents….straight from Alinsky!

Nevertheless, Alinskys “rules” and followers persist to this day and his modern-day acolytes are out to destroy the man who threatens to obliterate his legacy.

DEATH SQUAD #3––THE LEFTWING MEDIA.

We all know that for the most part the media is notorious for skewing the “news” in a Marxist direction, or––same thing––in a Bill or Hillary or Barack or Chuckie Schumer or Nancy Pelosi direction. This is understandable because, as I explained in a recent article, Media Whores, most media anchors and news readers take their marching orders directly from their bosses––and their very very very wealthy bosses are extremely invested in the global economy and not in the vision of President Trump’s economy, which is to bring jobs and manufacturing and profits back to the United States in order to Make America Great Again!

During his campaign, Pres. Trump outed the entire industry of fake news, as well as individual practitioners of phony reporting, such as Jim Acosta of CNN to name but one of many, and promptly started a downward spiral from which all the faux reporters and newscasters will probably never recover.

Actually, most members of the media have never met Donald Trump. Oops, that’s not quite true. They actually met him often and lionized him and reported on the spectacular ratings he received for “The Apprentice” for 14 seasons and afforded him positive press for the Miss America contest he owned for nearly two decades.

But then he released one discordant drop into the ocean of accolades he had received over the years and poof! All he had to do was call himself “Republican” and he became Enemy #1 to all those formerly slavering toadies.

That same media complex is massive and unrelenting, both in its leftwing bias and almost fanatical determination to bring down the president, to destroy the man who has already tarnished their reputations irrevocably.

DEATH SQUAD #4––THE MUSLIM BROTHERHOOD.

Central to the downfall of America are the rigid beliefs of all Muslims which are dictated by their holy book, the Koran. As writer Linda Goudsmit explains in explicit and exquisite detail: “Islam is an expansionist socio-political movement with a religious wing created 1400 years ago. Islam then and Islam now seeks world dominion––the establishment of a worldwide Islamic caliphate ruled by Islamic sharia law,” which is not only incompatible with but anathema to the U.S. Constitution and American law.

Indeed, this 7^th century movement believes that everyone in the world who is not a Muslim is an infidel and worthy of conversion to Islam, at best, or death, at worst. “Islam is not a religion of peace like Buddhism, Christianity, Hinduism, or Judaism,” Goudsmit writes, but “a unified socio-political system with a militarized wing, an educational wing, a religious wing, and enormous oil wealth [that is] governed exclusively by religious sharia law.”

In fact, criticism of any facet of Islam, including female genital mutilation, wife beating, honor killing, general misogyny, throwing gays off roofs, et al, is considered “hate speech” according to sharia law.

A 2014 Walid Shoebat article stated that Muslims have a 30-year plan to control America which leaves them three years to go! Of course, this timetable was totally dependent on Hillary winning the White House in 2016 and continuing with the malignant policies put in place by the poseur “president” Barack Obama.

Remember, Mr. Obama placed high-ranking members of the Muslim Brotherhood in every important department and at the highest reaches of our government, where they had access not only to our security and military secrets, but first-hand insight into exactly how our government operates––the better to dismantle it with maximum efficiency.

The plan Mr. Shoebat describes began in 1990 and “included a key component and tactic known as Muruna. Like the Ebola virus, it is extremely effective at carrying out its deadly mission. A perfect example of Muruna would include a Muslim woman marrying a Jewish man if it afforded her stealth and cover while gaining access to power centers. Consider Huma Abedin, the very close adviser to Hillary Clinton who served as then Secretary of State Clinton’s Deputy Chief of Staff. In 2010, she married a Jewish man who also happened to be a U.S. Congressman – Anthony Weiner. Ironically, Bill Clinton presided over the ceremony. Circa 1996, Abedin became an assistant editor with the Institute of Muslim Minority Affairs (IMMA), an institution with the goal of converting all Muslim minority lands into Muslim majority lands.”

Decades before the years of the Obama regime, oil-rich Muslim countries were buying hefty shares in American media companies, as well as making astronomical contributions and endowing chairs in colleges all over America––effectively dictating the slant of their curricula. No surprise that Mr. Obama punctuated this propaganda push by federalizing education through the Islamophilic Common Core so-called standards to schools throughout the country.

Today, there are a growing number of groups––like the Council on American-Islamic Relations (CAIR), a front for Hamas; the U.S. Council of Muslim Organizations (USCMO), through which the Muslim Brotherhood lobbies and influences American lawmakers and government agencies; the North American Islamic Trust (NAIT), which funnels Saudi oil money to build mosques and Islamic schools across America; and the Islamic Society of North America (ISNA), et al–– all of which harbor the goal of controlling, subverting and ultimately conquering America.

DEATH SQUAD #5––GEORGE SOROS.

According to opensecrets.org and Matthew Boyle of Breitbart.com—the heftiest largesse to the left comes from mega-funder and hedge-fund billionaire, George Soros, whose name, as reported by DiscoverTheNetworks.org, is attached to virtually hundreds of leftwing U.S. organizations.

But his “charity” doesn’t end there. He also gives bountiful donations to a number of Republicans who are all too willing to compromise their, ahem, principles, when it comes to lining their pockets. Among the long list of recipients is Speaker of the House Paul Ryan and AZ Senator John McCain, who have perfected a clever two-step for blocking President Trump’s agenda, i.e., Ryan pretends to be enthusiastic and pushes things through the House, knowing that a cabal of obstructionists, led by McCain, will stop them cold.

Jim Hoft of Gateway Pundit has reported that Mr. Soros has also funded every major protest since the November 2016 election, including the Women’s March on Washington (see my article, “The March to Nowhere”), the protests in front of Trump Tower in NY City, the thug-fests at Berkeley College, at the college of  William & Mary, and elsewhere, as well as the fascists-on-display demonstrations of the anti-American, anti-Semitic Black Lives Matter and Antifa, where bought-and-paid for miscreants—dressed up like and imitating ISIS terrorists and Hitler’s Brown Shirts—proceeded to smash windows, light cars on fire, and brutally attack supporters of President Trump.

An editorial (read the whole thing) in HumanEvents.com––a magazine whose readers voted Soros “the single most destructive leftist demagogue in the country”––listed the Top 10 reasons “George Soros is Dangerous,” documenting each one. To mention just three, he:

• 1 SHARES
• Gives billions to left-wing causes––several years ago it was estimated at $7 billion––such as ACORN, National Council of La Raza, Tides Foundation, Huffington Post, Southern Poverty Law Center, Planned Parenthood, on and on.
• Wants to curtail American sovereignty so that America becomes subservient to international bodies like the World Bank, the International Monetary Fund, and the cesspool known as the United Nations.
• Is delusional. Soros has repeatedly said that he sees himself as a messianic figure.  “I admit that I have always harbored an exaggerated view of my self-importance—to put it bluntly, I fancied myself as some kind of god” or “I carried some rather potent messianic fantasies with me from childhood, which I felt I had to control, otherwise I might end up in the loony bin.”

In one of his many books, Open Society: Reforming Global Capitalism, Soros stated: “It may be shocking to say, but I believe that the current unilateralist posture of the United States constitutes a serious threat to the peace and prosperity of the world.” Also, “The main enemy of the open society, I believe, is no longer the communist, but the capitalist threat.”

In addition, according to journalist Warner Todd Huston, citing work done by the Washington Free Beacon, Soros is one of the hugest donors to the anti-Trump resistance, part of “a secret group of left-wing foundations and millionaire donors” who himself contributed nearly $2 million.

The National Football League (NFL) players are also working with Soros to help fund the anti-Trump resistance. Thought the NFL was nonpartisan? In fact, its labor union has been donating money to leftist political causes for years!

DEATH SQUAD #6–HAARP.

The High Frequency Active Auroral Research Program is a program jointly funded by the U.S. Air Force, the U.S. Navy, the University of Alaska Fairbanks, and the Defense Advanced Research Projects Agency, with the intent of investigating the ionosphere (the earth’s upper atmosphere) for its potential to enhance technology for radio communication and surveillance.

HAARP Antennae

The above Wikipedia link says that work on the HAARP Station began in 1993, but as far back as 1958, the chief White House advisor on weather modification, Captain Howard T. Orville, said the U.S. defense department was studying “ways to manipulate the charges of the earth and sky and so affect the weather…”

And we all know about weather manipulation going back to Vietnam, when in Operation Popeye, the U.S. military used cloud seeding (from March 20, 1967 until July 5, 1972) to extend the monsoon season over Laos, specifically areas of the Ho Chi Minh Trail. Even before that, in July of 1943, Operation Gomorrah was successfully used by the Royal Air Force to completely cloud German radar.

I cite HAARP as a potential member of the death-to-America squad because it is speculative and, at this point, impossible to prove.

But really!

• Harvey “the worst” hurricane in history” to ever hit Houston.
• Irma “the worst hurricane in history” to ever hit Florida.
• Maria “the worst hurricane in history” to ever hit Puerto Rico.

And that is not to omit the worst fire fires in Kansas and other bizarre events that HAARP is capable of bringing about, including “the worst earthquake in history” in Mexico in September.

Author Michel Chossudovsky stated in a book published by the Committee on Monetary and Economic Reform that “recent scientific evidence suggests that HAARP is fully operational and has the capability of triggering floods, hurricanes, droughts and earthquakes.”

In addition, Nick Begich Jr., son of the late U.S. Representative Nick Begich and brother of former U.S. Senator Mark Begich, is the author of Angels Don’t Play This HAARP. He has claimed that HAARP could trigger earthquakes, among other things, and elaborates on the subject on his website.

In addition, physicist Bernard Eastlund claimed that HAARP includes technology based on his own patents that have the capability to modify weather and neutralize satellites. Compiled by writer Ethan Huff, here is an extensive list of weather-control patents which prove the technology exists to augment and control powerful storms.

And writer Mike Adams describes how weather-war theorists say that Hurricane Harvey was engineered and steered toward Houston as a weather-terrorism weapon, possibly to allow FEMA to declare Martial Law.

“There is a growing community of weather skeptics,” Adams writes, “who insist that such events are not accidents but weapons. That’s why we’re covering this story…”

Frankly, I would not put it past the fanatics who are against President Trump to enact these “weather wars” in the name of fulfilling the anti-American, anti-globalist policies of Cloward & Piven, Alinsky, the Clintons, Obama, Soros, the Muslim Brotherhood, the swamp-dwellers in the U.S. Congress, and the Deep State denizens who have literally devoted their lives to undermining our great country.

They are all terrified by President Trump’s immense power to undo every seditious, malevolent and destructive thing they’ve been inflicting on Americans for the past 50 years, and especially during the monstrous reign of Barack Obama from 2009 to 2016.

Writer Sean Adl-Tabatabai reminds us that, “We do know we’re all constantly lied to by the fake news media about almost everything, from vaccines to economics to history. And don’t forget the ‘Russia! Russia! Russia!’ conspiracy theory that’s been pushed by the fake news media for the last 18 months, based on absolutely nothing but faked sources and shoddy journalism.”

Keep that in mind when you think about the six Hate-America Death Squad members I’ve mentioned that we cannot relent for a minute in exposing each one of them for the destructive, anti-freedom forces they are, just as we can never relent in supporting the genuine America patriot we now have in the White House! END

[BIO: Joan Swirsky is a New York based journalist and author whose website is www.joanswirsky.com. She can be reached at joanswirsky@gmail.com.]

© 2017 Joan Swirsky – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Joan Swirsky: joanswirsky@gmail.com

Website: www.joanswirsky.com

To hear all the claims of sexual harassment by women working at Fox News, it would appear that those foxy people are a passionate bunch indeed. The number of stars and executives of that network who have been charged with unwanted sex is staggering.One of the women accusing Bill O’Reilly was certain that he was attempting to guide her to his bedroom simply for saying, “You look nice today.”  And that can become headline news and wreck a career.

First of all, telling someone they look nice is a compliment of appreciation, not a shoehorn to slip them into bed. In this case, Perquita Burgess who worked as a clerical temp at Fox not only tried to make a case out of this but claims that O’Reilly greeted this black woman by saying, “Good Morning Hot Chocolate,” That is what Ms. Burgess SAID he said.

Earlier, a line of women marched in on their stilettos using the same script format used by Ms. Burgess in order to shake down O’Reilly.  Now check this timing. At the very time these women were following their marching orders (From George Soros) the Libs had organized an advertiser boycott campaign. Get this? O’Reilly is a staunch conservative with a huge audience and gives the news as it is. He has exposed many, many George Soros liberals by telling THE TRUTH about their activities, and the news at hand. They HAD to do him harm.

Five other females had tried the trick and won. O’Reilly is very wealthy from his Fox stardom and his many books that became best sellers. That money and “recognition” is what those women wanted.  Had he let them bring him to trial it would have generated more news headlines, brought grief to his family, plus taken time from his busy productive schedule.  So he offered a “settlement” to not bring this to trial but made it clear that he was NOT guilty of the charges.

O’Reilly told The New York Times that he signed off on the settlements to protect his family from controversy but had NOT…positively not… admitted any guilt. He just wanted to get these conniving women out of his hair. That is totally understandable, especially if you have been victimized by false allegations and the Liberal court system that can keep a case going for years!

O’Reilly was fired from Fox News following Perguita Burgess’ false claims. But as could be expected, the very liberal NY Times milked that for all it was worth to bring down a high profile American Conservative while George Soros and his “useful idiots” rejoiced.

The Demoncrats ARE the Communist Party. They constantly belch untruths about conservatives. One thing I learned in Psychology Class, “PEOPLE JUDGE OTHERS ACCORDING TO THEIR OWN STANDARD OF CONDUCT.” Readers, put this phrase out on your social media and send it to the editor of any newspaper who accuses President, Donald Trump from the multitudes of categories to choose from or any other solid conservative.

Donald Trump is not a failed President. He has done more for America in the short time in office than others, especially Obama who did nothing but ‘Apologize’ for America’ and accomplished absolutely nothing in his entire two terms squatting in the Oval Office. Trump, in six months has accomplished most of what he said he would do, even though the Communist Left has tried to block EVERYTHING he is trying to do for our country which has caused delays. Their goal is to block everything he does and then seek to have him removed from the White House.

He did NOT let down hurricane survivors. He was right on it, getting supplies there and other help. Those supplies were  there almost immediately. The reason those supplies could not get to the people was because all the roads were broken, flooded or blocked by debris making them impassible. He not only was working round the clock to help Puerto Rico but is going there personally this next Tuesday.

When Obama occupied the Oval Office, he did not go to catastrophes. He instead went golfing in a swank club somewhere, using Air Force One to take him and his family there to PLAY while those affected by the disaster suffered with no help or encouragement.

Let’s now look back at the accuser who accomplished the firing of Bill O’Reilly,  Perguita Burgess. This black woman has a history. What the NY Times failed to report is that Ms. Burgess was arrested by Detroit Police in 2015 for giving a false report of a crime that has bombed her credibility. She has none.

“I had no idea who this woman was,” O’Reilly told Newsmax who broke this story. He denied ever having a conversation with her. “So when this came out, it was stunning.” Plus, he is so preoccupied with his upcoming programs that he would be constantly thinking, that’s where his brain was, not with the people behind desks or even thinking about having a rendezvous, even with pretty women.

According to Newsmax, the day after O’Reilly was fired, Ms. Burgess went public with her account in a high-profile appearance on ABC’s “The View” telling the audience (and the world) that she noticed O’Reilly making a “grunt noise,” or clearing his throat when he passed her desk.(?)  How’s that again?

So does this mean that any man who clears his throat in the vicinity of a woman could be charged with sexual harassment?  This is INSANE!

The quickest way to do severe harm to anyone is to make a sexual harassment claim. That is what is happening here, to take down a powerful conservative broadcaster by democrats who can charge him with any concocted sexual offense and the dirty deed is done.

As Bill O’Reilly said, nobody checked with him for his own statements, that means the NY Times and The View. All of these cases are totally one sided. This is journalistic malpractice.

These women all get money but what is their main goal? Recognition as an ‘important person’ for one, but the most important is the psychological values for the corrupt women. Why yes, they will say, I am so very attractive that all men, even TV stars and executives are attracted to me, even pastors.

One woman I dealt with said that she tried everything to get a homosexual to have sex with her to prove that she was so much a woman that even THEY want her.

The day Fox News announced O’Reilly’s departure he issued a statement saying the charges leveled against him were “completely unfounded.” This columnist believes this is true. Meanwhile, Newsmax has obtained two documents that blows apart Ms. Burgess’s credibility.

A Detroit Police report dated Feb. 11, 2015, documents Ms. Burgess’s arrest on charges of making a false report and obstructing a court order.

According to the police document, Ms. Burgess called authorities and alleged that her boyfriend had struck her in the face with a gun.  Police said when they arrived at the scene, Ms. Burgess “appeared intoxicated.”  The arresting officer stated:

“I asked Ms. Burgess where the gun was that she was struck with in the face, she replied there is no gun. I again asked her where the gun was, and if she had been assaulted. Ms. Burgess stated there was no gun and he didn’t assault me. The boyfriend told police she had threatened him, saying she would “call the cops saying you hit me with a gun.”

According to the police document, as reported by Newsmax, Ms. Burgess was arrested for filing a false felony report and for violating a personal protection order. So readers, there is your case. And a favorite Fox Newscaster was fired due to a vicious woman.

In another document, a social media post believed to have been posted by Ms. Burgess tweeted on Nov. 24,2012: “Up until 10 years ago Laurence Fishburne could get every oz. of my hot chocolate.” WAIT!  Isn’t that the very words she claimed that Bill O’Reilly said to her?  She is the only one who said these words.

Bill O’Reilly voiced frustration that the media had published negative accounts about him without checking on the background of the accusers. He is exactly right. This woman has a recorded history.  “The press just printed everything she said. She’s on ‘The View,’ and nobody’s even checking her out? I mean, come on. This is why people use the term witch hunt.”

And he is exactly right. This IS a witch hunt to ruin a man because he is a conservative broadcaster with a huge following. This is why Communist  Democrats panic over his existence and determine to wipe out any trace of him or his conservative ideas.

I do not believe these bogus charges filed against O’Reilly. This is a hit job.  With his wealth, family, home and position, why on earth would he make a pass at this black opportunist? He wouldn’t. This is just another loser schemer who is trying to draw attention and a chunk of money.

CONSERVATIVES: This is a call to action. Send letters of support to Bill O’Reilly, to newspaper editors and to Fox News itself. We can and must put a stop to this.Demand that Fox News takes him back, with a raise and all back pay.

ANALYZING TODAY’S NEWS FOR TOMORROW’S HISTORY

Photo Caption: O’Reilly’s Accuser Perquita Burgess

© 2017 Austin Miles – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Austin Miles: chaplainmiles@aol.com

By Judi Caler

“If you tell a lie big enough and keep repeating it, people will eventually come to believe it.”  –Joseph Goebbels

Newspeak

In the novel, “1984,” George Orwell’s unsettling prophecy of a totalitarian society, Newspeak was the official language of Oceania. It was devised to limit freedom of thought. New words were invented, undesirable words eliminated, and the remaining words redefined or limited in scope to further the Party’s ideology.  If something can’t be said, it can’t be thought, making a diverging thought unthinkable.

So too, the Convention of States Project (COS) uses Newspeak to manipulate people into believing that the convention provided for by Article V of our Constitution is really a “convention of the states” which is controlled from start to finish by State Legislatures.

“Convention of the States” v. “Constitutional Convention”

On September 24-25, 2011, radical leftist professor Larry Lessig who has ties to George Soros, and salesman Mark Meckler who now heads COS, co-hosted Conference on the Constitutional Convention at Harvard.  That conference kicked off the current push for the Left and the phony Right to work together to promote an Article V Convention.

But the Convention Lobby soon realized that conservatives had been schooled over previous decades by the John Birch Society and Phyllis Schlafly’s Eagle Forum to recoil from an Article V convention, also known as a “constitutional convention” or “con-con,” because it could run amok and replace our existing Constitution.

And despite their attempt to win conservative support by focusing state Article V convention applications on supposedly “conservative” issues like a “balanced budget amendment” or “fiscal restraints,” convention proponents were met with resistance from those who understood that State Legislatures have no power to limit the scope of a convention to specific topics or amendments.[1]¹ The same ploy was tried and failed in the 1970s and 1980s for the same reason.[2]²

What to do?

Shamelessly, Mark Meckler and his legal operatives turned to Newspeak. Attorney Rob Natelson, the Newspeak guru of the convention lobby, announced in a speech on September 16, 2010, that he was “…going to put our concepts on ‘reset’”:

“I hope this is the last time I’ll say [the words] ‘constitutional convention’…I often have made the mistake of calling it that, but it is a serious mistake because it causes people to misunderstand what the convention is all about. The Constitution gives the convention a specific name—a convention for proposing amendments—and I think we should call it that or perhaps an Article V convention, an amendments convention, or a convention of the states.”[3]

Thereafter, they adopted the term, “convention of the states”; defined it as a convention totally controlled by State Legislators; and claimed that a “convention of states” was the same as an “Article V convention,” and different from a “constitutional convention” or a “con-con.”

As Meckler spins the narrative:

“A constitutional [or plenipotentiary] convention has only been held once in the entire history of the country set in 1787…they can draft a new constitution from scratch…

“[But] This is an ‘Article V Convention of States for proposing amendments’…They do not have supreme authority. They do not have the authority to redraft the entire [Constitution]…So, an ‘Article V Convention of States for proposing amendments’ is a convention that is limited by the instructions from the States as to what they can deal with.”[4]

Common Sense

In Oldspeak, i.e. the real world of English grammar and common sense, “constitutional convention” and “Article V convention” are synonymous. Any convention dealing with drafting or amending a constitution is a “constitutional convention.” Also, any convention provided for in a constitution is, by definition, a “constitutional convention.”

But in the Orwellian world of COS Newspeak, a “convention of the states” can’t run away, by definition!

That the Newspeak definition for “convention of the states” doesn’t exist in our founding documents, doesn’t matter to the convention lobby. It serves to deceive legislators into thinking that an “Article V convention,” unlike a “constitutional convention,” can’t run away; and secures legislators’ YES votes on con-con applications.

Recently in Michigan, 32 Representatives responded to a National Association of Gun Rights survey, saying they were opposed to an Article V Convention, most likely because they were concerned they would lose the Second Amendment at a con-con—a very real possibility. After being exposed to COS Newspeak, some of those same legislators decided they could simultaneously support COS legislation asking Congress to call a “convention of the states”!

“It was quite simple. All that was needed was an unending series of victories over your own memory. ‘Reality control’, they called it: in Newspeak, ‘doublethink’” –1984, Part I, Chapter 3

“Limit” in Newspeak means “expand,” as shown by amendments proposed by COS supporters. Our Constitution already limits the federal government to the enumerated powers. The amendments proposed by Mark Levin, Michael Farris, and the COS simulated convention would legalize powers the federal government has already usurped and strip States of existing powers and rights.

COS recently promoted itself as “the largest Article V grassroots organization…nationwide.” So, a “grassroots” organization in COS Newspeak is one bankrolled with millions of dollars from mega-billionaires![5]

“WAR IS PEACE; FREEDOM IS SLAVERY; IGNORANCE IS STRENGTH.” –1984, party slogans.

Another word trick in COS Newspeak would replace “Delegate” with “Commissioner.”   A “delegate” is a representative who has power; but a “commissioner” is a person charged to manage some particular subject-matter and is controlled by his superiors.  Accordingly, Meckler told Senators at a February 25, 2015 Nebraska committee hearing that they’ll direct their “commissioners” by text messaging during the convention because legally, commissioners are equivalent to hired insurance agents![6]

What COS Fails to Mention

COS operatives and their coterie of attorneys fail to mention that we have another founding document in addition to the Constitution. That document is the Declaration of Independence which preceded the Constitution.

“It would have been quite impossible to render [the Declaration of Independence] into Newspeak while keeping to the sense of the original. The nearest one could come to doing so would be …the single word CRIMETHINK.” –1984, Appendix

The Declaration of Independence, paragraph 2, expresses our founding principles which are above the Constitution: that all men are created equal; that our Rights come from God; that the purpose of government is to secure those Rights; and that, if the government fails to secure our Rights, We the People have the Right “to alter or to abolish” our government and set up a new one.

The convention is the highest form of government, having more power than State Legislatures and Congress put together. So even though the Framers met in convention in 1787 “for the sole and express purpose of revising the Articles of Confederation (AOC),” they had the inherent and legal right, as expressed by the Declaration of Independence, to write a new Constitution which created a new government. Moreover, they set a precedent by making the new Constitution easier to ratify than amendments to the AOC.

And with the words, “We the People…,” they reaffirmed in our Constitution the founding principles written eleven years earlier. In fact, in Federalist 40, Madison justified writing the new Constitution, which was to replace the AOC, by citing the Declaration of Independence.[7]⁷

Conclusion

Newspeak, invented by the convention lobby, is believed and repeated in State Capitols across America by too many Republican legislators who have set logic and truth aside to buy the false narrative. They believe that the solution to an overreaching federal government that has ignored our Constitution is to change our Constitution! And that an Article V convention called by Congress can’t possibly run away because it is just a “convention of the states” in Newspeak!

And shame on the heavily bankrolled, self-professed “conservatives” at COS along with their team of attorneys, “constitutional scholars,” and lobbyists who risk our Constitution by selling a bill of goods to well-meaning and unsuspecting legislators. The same propaganda is used to fool ordinary citizens whom COS claims to “represent.”

A runaway convention can’t be prevented with Newspeak! Americans must educate themselves on this deception and be vigilant.  Understand the real remedies our Framers said we must use to prevent federal overreach.  Once a convention is called, it will be too late to stop a new Constitution with an easier mode of ratification from being imposed.  Our existing Constitution and our Liberty hang in the balance.

“If a nation expects to be ignorant and free…it expects what never was and never will be.” –Thomas Jefferson to C. Yancey, 1816

© 2017 Judi Caler – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Judi Caler: judicaler@hotmail.com

BIO: Judi Caler lives in California and is Article V Issues Director for Eagle Forum of CA. She is passionate about holding our public servants accountable to their oath to support the U.S. Constitution.

End Notes:

[1] See Judge Van Sickle’s Article, Part IV.
[2] “Constitutional Convention called Redux,” Part 4, Kelleigh Nelson 3-22-2013, para 9:
[3] The State-Application-and-Convention Method Of Amending The Constitution: The Founding Era Vision, Robert G. Natelson, See I (pp 9, 10).
[4] Red Eye Radio, scroll to 7/6/17, Part 2 @ 51:25: http://www.redeyeradioshow.com/on-demand/
[5] While we are unable to determine all the sources of the funding for Meckler’s group; the ultimate source of much of the funding for the push for an Article V convention is the Koch Brothers of Texas.
[6] Nebraska Government, Military and Veterans Affairs Committee, 2-25-2015, Transcript pp. 47, 52.
[7] http://www.foundingfathers.info/federalistpapers/fed40.htm, para 15

A week ago yesterday, an evil coward slaughtered 58 human beings and wounded close to 500. The media feeding frenzy began. The Internet became an inferno of theories before blood even dried on the ground. Everything from who was responsible, Zionists and the Mossad, to cover ups regarding the ‘lone wolf’ narrative being repeated by cable networks and the disgraced ‘mainstream’ media. Multiple shooters, you name it. Headlines screaming Paddock converted to the phony religion called Islam; ISIS continues to insist he was one of their murderers.

After reading and reading my first impression based on what little provable facts were known about Stephen Paddock was that he might have snapped. We do know he was a big-time gambler who lived a very strange life. With the exception of a girlfriend and his family, didn’t appear to be a social butterfly or have any real friends.

We have some idea although nothing is confirmed yet because none of his bank records have been released, Paddock was well off to the tune of about $2 million. We know he owned four residences in four states where he spent very little time at any of them. When he did, he was a loner and according to individuals interviewed who interacted with him, a very strange duck: Millionaire Stephen Paddock was a regular at retirees’ $3.50 lunch but barely spoke a word to anyone – and asked the cook for her enchiladas recipe the day he drove to Las Vegas to commit mass murder

“Local resident Marshall Meland, 78, who was enjoying lunch at the center, told DailyMailTV:  ‘We recognized Stephen when his face flashed up on TV. ‘He last came in to the center around 11am last Thursday and checked in at the desk, but didn’t stop for lunch like he usually does. ‘Instead he went straight up to the counter to speak with the cook and asked her about an enchiladas dish she cooks, he wanted to know how she made it.’ After that he left. No one took any notice of him, it wasn’t until later after what he did that we realized he drove to Vegas that afternoon. Everyone at the center is shocked.

“Other diners at the senior center recall Paddock as an ‘unsociable’ and ‘quiet’ man who liked to sit alone to eat his lunch and who was ‘in a world of his own’. Retired construction worker David Blake, 81, who has been coming to the center for 13 years, described him as an ‘introverted’ man who had little time for anyone. Mr. Blake said: ‘He’d come in on and off, sometimes up to three times a week. ‘He’s been coming in at least a year and when I first saw him I thought he was a homeless person, he was unshaven, disheveled, quiet, he wasn’t a big conversationalist. ‘He’d sit on his own, but even if there was someone else on his table he always seemed to himself, I never saw him getting into steady conversations with anyone, he didn’t mingle, he was just quiet.”

Confirmed is the fact that Paddock was a high stakes gambler throwing down $20-$30 thousand at a time. Anyone who knows anything about gambling knows you don’t win all the time. Allegedly he made a lot of money in real estate but so far, I haven’t read or seen any anything that supports such a claim. There’s flipping a house or two and then there’s making big money in real estate. The point I’m making is that someone with that kind of gambling obsession could end up losing most of it. Not to mention the cost of keeping up four residences.

We know he sued a casino in 2011 for a fall, lost and had to pay all costs. That perhaps made him bitter. We know he did wire $100,000 to the Philippines a week before his heinous crime spree. We know his main squeeze is from the Philippines but according to LV police spokespersons, Paddock hired a prostitute who came to his room. There was a receipt for room service and we know the LVPD know more than they’re telling.

My thought was Paddock believed he would get away with a revenge killing against casinos if in fact he’d run through most of his money; perhaps the hundred grand was to skip to the Philippines and creditors. Stay with the girlfriend and her family. People do snap and commit murder every day in this country. They literally snap in their mind and do what everyone who ever knew them from diaper age forward couldn’t imagine in their worst nightmare.  Like his family.

According to Sheriff Joseph Lombardo: “The Las Vegas gunman who killed 58 civilians and injured hundreds more before killing himself on Sunday had originally hoped to survive his shooting and flee justice – and likely had an accomplice, it has emerged. Stephen Paddock, 64, had planned to escape the 32nd floor of the Mandalay Bay hotel after firing on the Route 91 Harvest country music festival, Las Vegas Sheriff Joseph Lombardo revealed in a press conference Wednesday.

“Lombardo declined to reveal why he believed that Paddock had an exit planned, but said he was confident in the claim – and said that his scheme was so elaborate that he would have to be a ‘super hero’ to pull it off alone.  Several law enforcement sources told NBC that investigators are looking to speak with a woman who was seen with Paddock in his last days, when his girlfriend was out of the country. They don’t know if she’s connected to the attack but want to speak with her to fill in their timeline of the lead-up to the attack.”

What Lombardo declined to reveal will either come out from his department down the road or if the FBI decides they don’t want you or the victims to know the truth will try to hide it just as they have done with all the videos from OKC and 9/11. Then FOIAs would have to be filed and because you’re going up against the machine, you have to sue in court when the FBI refuses to give what you ask for.  It’s not cheap, either. I filed a lawsuit against the FAA in federal court when they refused to give me the documents I requested re 9/11. I won that case.

I don’t have cable TV anymore. Networks like CNN, MSNBC and others all lie through their teeth so why bother? Even FOX picks and chooses only what they want you to know and rarely touch on the truth regarding false flag operations we know have been going on for decades. So, I continued plowing through all the articles on the Internet trying to see what could possibly be the truth behind such a sickening act.

A lot has been made about Paddock not acting alone and that’s why several people interviewed believed there was more than one shooter. Police believe he had to have help somewhere along the way because of the meticulous planning. Officials also believe Paddock may not have acted alone: “Sheriff Joseph Lombardo said: “At face value he had to have some help at some point and we want to ensure that that’s the answer. Maybe he was a superhuman who figured this out all on his own but it would be hard for me to believe that.”

Many have called Paddock the perfect patsy but was he? Then I read several accounts of Paddock’s previous employment history and red flags went up.  I moved on from possibly a gambling loser who thought he could get revenge on Sin City to the very real possibility this was somehow tied to some alphabet soup agency. Please remember the 1993 World Trade Center bombing where six people died and not one of the FBI agents involved have served a single day in prison. I believe that was an FBI sting that went bad. You can make up your own mind.

♦ Tapes Depict Proposal to Thwart Bomb Used in Trade Center Blast
♦ The 1993 World Trade Center Bombing: Decoys, Aliases and NeoConspiracy Theories

There is NO doubt in my mind whatsoever the OKC bombing was in fact a sting gone bad. Like many others, I spent more hours than I can count on that bombing including going to OKC to see for myself. I put together everything in one writing titled McVeigh’s Second Trial. It is extensive but well worth the read because I GUARANTEE you there are FACTS in my piece that most Americans know nothing about.

Before leaving the truth movement, Patrick Briley, a truly great American who sacrificed so much in pursuit of the truth did one of the most exhausting and factual accounts on the OKC bombing. It is a must read. Written back in 2007, Patrick was way ahead of the media in warning Americans about Islamic terrorists here in America.  Winter is almost upon us so bookmark and read one rainy or snowy weekend: The Oklahoma City Bombing Case Revelations:

“Another example of a clever tactic by federal officials to cover-up the OKC bombing was the intentionally deficient investigation and recent report on the OKC bombing by California Congressman Dana Rohrabacher. The report was issued the day after Christmas 2006 during the worst possible news cycle. Rohrabacher’s report was a whitewash and a limited hang out to deceive the public and reduce the exposure of culpable officials to accountability and liability claims. In fact, the evidence in this book indicates Rohrabacher himself was one of many officials, both Democratic and Republican, who had detailed prior warnings and prior knowledge of the Murrah Building bombing and the 9/11 style attack plot”.

The ATF and FBI agents involved not only got away with mass murder many of them were promoted down the road. 168 Americans including children murdered just like Paddock murdered 58 innocent Americans.

One article (below) got me to turn away from my early thoughts about the possibility Paddock was on a revenge killing is by Cliff Kincaid who I do consider an excellent and accurate researcher -although I do believe he’s still in denial about who really orchestrated 9/11. No, not Bush, Jr., although I’m probably in the minority in the alternative media who believes Bush, Jr. was not aware of what was to happen.

Anyway, there has been some reporting Paddock was involved in gun running. No question in my mind the slaughter at Benghazi had to do with illegal gun running. Long time career criminal Hillary Rodham Clinton and Barack Hussein should be in a federal prison for murder. If you have not watched 13 Hours: The Secret Soldiers of Benghazi (available on Netflix or rent it) you really should although it will break your heart. Congress and the Department of Justice are absolutely complicit in that cover up while Hillary and Obama live the high life.

Was Vegas an FBI Sting Gone Bad?

“It is terrible to contemplate, but the possibility that Stephen Paddock was an undercover federal operative or informant cannot be ruled out. He may have been either set up or used by ISIS and/or a federal agency in a scheme that backfired. The feds may have thought they were going to catch ISIS in the act of preparing a major terrorist attack. ISIS terrorists may have thought Paddock was one of them but realized at the last minute that it was a set-up. So they claimed him as one of their own…

“Perhaps he was a “lone wolf” who somehow “snapped.” But his arsenal, designed for a small terrorist army, and his “secret life,” have led to speculation Paddock was part of a gun-running and bomb-making operation similar to the federal Fast and Furious scandal in the Obama Administration. In this case, however, the targets were Islamists, not Mexican drug traffickers.

“The Fast and Furious scandal involved the U.S. sending weapons to Mexico that were used by drug cartels to murder a federal border agent, Brian Terry. What if Paddock was part of another such operation, launched under former President Obama, to entrap alleged terrorists? President Trump’s new FBI director, Christopher Wray, has only been on the job for about two months, and may not have been able to review or stop it.

“If the FBI had been able to stop the massacre, breaking into the hotel room at the last moment before the carnage, the Bureau would have looked like heroes in the eyes of the public. It would have managed to achieve some good publicity after the debacles involving Director James Comey, the Hillary email scandal, and Russia-gate.

“But something went dramatically wrong. Either way, if he was an operative or not, he was able to assemble a small arsenal of weapons in a hotel room. Didn’t anybody notice? Or was he being protected by authorities who thought they were going to nab members of a terrorist cell?

“All the facts are not in, but we know that one analysis of FBI undercover “sting” operations found they are now used in two of every three prosecutions involving people suspected of supporting ISIS, the Islamic State. The New York Times said, “…agents have helped people suspected of being extremists acquire weapons, scope out bombing targets and find the best routes to Syria to join the Islamic State, records show.”

I feel confident in writing that the majority of Americans have no idea what Cliff wrote above: the FBI has been conducting dangerous sting operations. This makes the most sense to me because as Cliff notes at the top of his piece, no motive is known and Paddock led an incredibly secret life.

♦ Why does the FBI Orchestrate Fake Terror Plots?
♦ FBI paid informant in Bronx synagogue bomb plot $97K, who provided terror suspects with fake bombs
♦ Why Are the Feds Cultivating Their Own “Homegrown Terrorists”? High profile domestic terrorism plots appear to have increased in recent months, but they’ve been largely concocted.
♦ Congressional hearing reveals US intelligence agencies shielded Flight 253 bomber

The other thing Cliff writes is important: The FBI is investigating the LV massacre. I say that’s the fox guarding the hen house just like OKC. Now, if it’s true Paddock was part of an FBI sting gone bad it would answer a lot of questions but we the people will NOT get them from the White House, the FBI or any other government intelligence agency. Mark my words on that.

Revealed: Ashcroft, Tenet, Rumsfeld warned 9/11 Commission about ‘line’ it ‘should not cross’: “Senior Bush administration officials sternly cautioned the 9/11 Commission against probing too deeply into the terrorist attacks of September 11, 2001, according to a document recently obtained by the ACLU. The notification came in a letter dated January 6, 2004, addressed by Attorney General John Ashcroft, Defense Secretary Donald H. Rumsfeld and CIA Director George J. Tenet. The ACLU described it as a fax sent by David Addington, then-counsel to former vice president Dick Cheney.”

The old “national security” blanket is being used (and has been for decades) to cover up the truth. It’s a shame the agenda driven media that has the ability to reach tens of millions every day and evening no longer care about the truth.  I have to wonder how much pressure is being put on the LVPD and their investigation by thugs in the FBI?

Paddock acquired all of his guns legally so no amount of new anti-gun laws would have made one difference. Of course, the blithering idiots on the boob tube like Jimmy Kimmel (who I’ve never watched), the usual collection of brain dead celebs from Hollywood and disgusting Democrat mouth pieces in Congress will continue their howling, but unless the gutless GOP in Congress cave, it’s all just pre-election BS for next November.

Will we the people get the truth about that massacre as we have NOT about so many killings and attacks? Only the families can keep the pressure on as well as independent media and even that probably won’t get it done. Look at the pressure put on the White House by the Jersey Girls (9/11 widows and mothers) while Bush, Jr., fought against a commission for two years. All the family members still trying to get the truth to this day. The same with OKC, TWA Flight 800 and the list goes on and on.

It’s a moral crime we don’t have a real Department of Justice (we still don’t under Jeff Sessions) or courageous individuals in the U.S. Congress willing to get the truth no matter who goes down with all the lies. I know Judicial Watch and Larry Klayman continue in their respective organizations filing FOIAs and lawsuits trying to expose the whole truth about Hildebeast, her emails and the endless corruption paid for by you and me. Perhaps they will get involved down the road. In the meantime the questions will keep getting asked and hopefully, at least in the real media, the truth will out the lies.

♦ Gregg Jarrett: Sessions should resign, but not before taking action against Clinton, Comey and Rice
♦ Fire, Indict And Prosecute Political Hack Robert Mueller: Says Former Federal Prosecutor
♦ Lawsuit demands Mueller reveal spending on Russia probe:

“Special Counsel Mueller derives his office and powers from the DOJ, as he was appointed, strangely, by Deputy Attorney General Rod Rosenstein.”

“Klayman charged Attorney General Jeff Sessions and Rosenstein have “failed and apparently refuse to properly police the illegal grand jury leaks and conflicts of interest of Special Counsel Mueller – putting their own personal, political and professional interests before all else – the job falls upon Freedom Watch and OPR and the IG to represent the interests of the American people for truth and justice.”

“If OPR and the IG themselves fail to take action, Freedom Watch will file a court complaint to force them to take appropriate action,” Klayman said.”

[Devvy does a pod cast every Thursday: What Congress and the Media Won’t Tell You, which covers bills like the one to stop taxing social security rotting in committee in Congress and today’s hot issues. Knowledge is power but only if truth is made available to millions of Americans. The beauty of a pod cast is you can listen live or download and listen anytime on just about any gadget out there like iTunes, on your computer, iPhone, Smart Phone or Android device and pass it along to friends, family and colleagues. Here’s the direct link. Just click on show title to the right.]

© 2017 NWV – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Devvy: devvyk@npn.net

By NWV Senior Political News Writer, Jim Kouri

A former prosecutor from the U.S. Department of Justice (DOJ), who originally founded the top Washington, DC, government watchdog group Judicial Watch and who now heads Freedom Watch as its current General Counsel and Chairman, Larry Klayman, is taking on the nation’s Deep State leaders, including their latest circus ringmaster.

Klayman, an experienced criminal trial attorney had filed an official complaint on Monday in the Office of Professional Responsibility and Inspector General of the Trump Justice Department, demanding a full and thorough investigation — and the eventual removal and prosecution — of Special Counsel Robert Mueller.

“The Justice Department’s Office of Professional Responsibility (OPR) and Inspector General (IG) are charged with investigating and remedying unethical and illegal behavior by the special counsel, his office and other DOJ lawyers and staff,” said attorney Klayman, who proved to be a gadfly for both Democratic and Republican administrations.

According to a number of law enforcement and legal experts, President Donald Trump’s new Attorney General Jeff Sessions was bullied by the Democrats and their “fake news” cohorts to recuse himself from the case involving unproven allegations of collusion by the Trump campaign and the Russian government to “snatch Hillary Clinton’s presidential victory away from her and give it to Republican candidate Donald Trump.”

Former Det. Lieutenant Dave Margolin said, “I’ve never seen anything like this before: without one real shred for evidence, the Democrats were able — while being the minority in both houses of Congress and now controlling the Executive Branch [of government] — got to have a special prosecutor with more ties to the Democratic Party and the left than Barack Obama,” Margolin alleges.

“Mueller and his conflicted staff — which are Democrat/Clinton political campaign donors and supporters in large part — have illegally leaked grand jury information to harm President Trump, his family and former and present colleagues,” said Klayman.

“Special Counsel Mueller derives his authority and powers from the DOJ, as he was appointed by Deputy Attorney General (DAG) Rod Rosenstein — not coincidentally a closet Democrat and President Barack Obama’s former U.S. Attorney for the District of Maryland,” according to Klayman.

The 66-year-old Klayman also has some choice words for Attorney General Jeff Sessions and Rosenstein. “They have failed and apparently refuse to properly police the illegal grand jury leaks and conflicts of interest of Mueller — putting their own personal, political and professional interests before all else — the job therefore fell upon Freedom Watch to file this complaint to represent the interests of the American people!”

Klayman believes It’s time to honestly address the “sham investigation Mueller has been vindictively pursuing for his friend, a fellow former FBI Director himself, James Comey.” In fact, according to two expert detectives, there is more evidence against Hillary Clinton, James Comey, Loretta Lynch, Eric Holder and others for crimes committed than there is for a Trump-Vladimir Putin collusion case.

The regrettable back story here is that these two DOJ public servants — Sessions and Rosenstein — are themselves under investigation by Mueller’s growing Democratic-Party staffed investigation squad for their alleged involvement in the imagined collusion with Russia in the case of the AG and the firing of former FBI Director James Comey in the case of Rosenstein.  Klayman believes, as do others including liberal law professors that the investigation by Mueller is political and not criminal.

“For this and other reasons, which sadly are the norm in our compromised Justice Department, which continues to be loyal to the former administration, not the Trump administration, these two leaders have failed so it’s time for US to act,”  Klayman fiercely stated.

He also stated he is warning the powers that be: “If the Office of Professional Responsibility and Inspector General of the Department of Justice fail to take action, you can rest assured that Freedom Watch will file a court complaint to try to force them to take appropriate and immediate action, as well as use other lawful measures, such as petitioning Chief Judge Beryl Howell in the D.C. federal court overseeing Mueller’s grand jury investigation to address these issues through an evidentiary hearing.”

“To sit back and watch Robert Mueller and his staff’s legal jihad unfold against President Trump and his team with impunity is a huge mistake, and that is why…  the American people, should also intervene and write and email these offices and demand action,” added the successful Beltway insider..

Klayman is advising all American patriots that they should also express their extreme displeasure to Sessions and Rosenstein for their failure to police Special Counsel Mueller and the politically compromised Trump-loathing 16 and counting generally leftist prosecuting attorneys he hired at great taxpayer expense to do an unethical and illegal hit on the POTUS and thus overthrowing a legally elected President Trump.

The complaint Larry Klayman filed on behalf of Freedom Watch, the “People’s Justice Department,” speaks for itself:  Mueller must be removed, along with his conflicted and compromised staff, and then referred to the U.S. Attorney for the District of Columbia for prosecution, as they all have violated their oath of office and the sacrosanct Rules of Criminal Procedure, as well as several provisions of professional codes of conduct for lawyers.

© 2017 NWV – All Rights Reserved

Contact Jim Kouri – E-Mail: COPmagazine@aol.com

As we expected, the Democrats have begun their gun control BS again.  As usual, they are blaming the gun and law-abiding gun owners.  Hillary Clinton has already used Twitter to attack the National Rifle Association because they are trying to make silencers legal.  How that plays into this is not quite fully understandable but that’s the logic of the progressives.

The most important factor in this horrible situation that is being ignored is it isn’t a gun issue, it’s a heart issue.  We have had eight years of pushing anarchy by the Obama administration, 60 years of keeping God out of the public arena and liberals are dumfounded as to how this can happen.  They must blame someone so law abiding conservatives get the blame even though it has almost always been left wing democrats that have perpetrated these mass shootings.

Even our media can only see one side.  They accuse the conservatives of being heartless but, as usual, it is the left that exhibits heartlessness.  CBS has parted ways with one of the company’s top lawyers after she said she is “not even sympathetic” to victims of the Las Vegas shooting because “country music fans often are Republican,” when discussing the tragic mass shooting that occurred in Las Vegas late Sunday night. “This individual, who was with us for approximately one year, violated the standards of our company and is no longer an employee of CBS. Her views as expressed on social media are deeply unacceptable to all of us at CBS. Our hearts go out to the victims in Las Vegas and their families,” a CBS spokeswoman told Fox News.

Hayley Geftman-Gold, the network’s now-former vice president and senior counsel, took to Facebook after a gunman opened fire at the Route 91 Harvest Music Festival in Las Vegas, killing at least 58 people and sending more than 500 others to hospitals.

“If they wouldn’t do anything when children were murdered I have no hope that Repugs [sic] will ever do the right thing,” Geftman-Gold wrote in a now-deleted message that was first reported and captured by The Daily Caller.[1]

You must really question the character of a person that has no feelings for innocent people that are murdered in cold blood for no other reason than they were in the wrong place at the wrong time.  Liberals, as I stated earlier, always want to blame the gun but there is a pattern that they ALWAYS ignore, the Las Vegas shooter was a registered Democrat, protested against Trump in Reno in August 2017,[2] the Orlando shooter was a registered Democrat as was the Charleston Church shooter, Ft. Hood shooter, Virginia Teck shooter, Colorado Theater shooter, Connecticut school shooter and Congresswoman Giffords’ shooter.  This evidence indicates that it isn’t a gun problem but a party ideology problem.  When you study this out, as I have, you’ll find that every time something of this nature happens the progressives, liberals or Democrats, whatever they are calling themselves this week, always try to make it harder for law abiding citizens to get gun to be able to protect themselves and their families and ignore the fact that criminals don’t obey any gun laws and never have so making more won’t do any good.  But intelligent people know that they are after total control anyway.

Other facts that the left ignores is the history of mass shootings in America.  They keep wanting more and more ‘gun free zones’ ignoring the fact that these mass shooters seem to pic these locations because law abiding citizens won’t have guns to shoot back thus increasing the amount of carnage they can create.  Dan Patrick of Texas hinted he’d like to ease access to guns, then lofted a historical claim making us wonder.

The Republican lieutenant governor appeared on NBC’s Jan. 3, 2016 edition of Meet the Press as the Texas law permitting licensed individuals to openly carry holstered handguns took effect. Patrick told host Chuck Todd he wants to see a day “when every American citizen can simply have a gun, does not have to go through a long ordeal or pay a high price. We’re going to address that in Texas, as well. Because it’s the right of every individual under the Second Amendment.”

Then came the historical note: “Having law-abiding citizens having guns is a good thing,” Patrick said. “In fact, Chuck, every one of the mass shootings except two in America since 1950 have been” in “gun-free zones,” his implication being that wrongdoers don’t open fire in places where permitted citizens may have loaded handguns.[3]

We will see them put forth a bevy of purposed laws making it harder and harder for citizens to be able to protect themselves and nothing to keep guns out of the hands of those who wish to do others harm.  This will be for two reasons, the left’s ongoing demand for complete control of the people and their willingness to ignore all the facts that point towards an armed populace having less gun violence because the criminal won’t know if any of his victims or bystanders might be armed.

It is my understanding that the gun Paddock used is illegal in Nevada.  If it was illegal then there was a law against having it.  Just what will more laws do?  How will that keep an illegal gun out of the hands of a criminal that ignores the laws anyhow?  There doesn’t seem to be anything, at least at this point, that gave an indication that he would go off the deep end as he has done.  This is the price for living in an open society.  No society is or ever will be 100% safe.  The hatred we see displayed has become a culture thing that has degraded into vile hatred from the left.  Another Tweet done by a Greg Morelli, owner of Max’s Deli in Highland Park, IL said “Soon as I heard it was country music, I felt relief.  White people shooting white people isn’t terror. . . it’s community outreach.”  An Ann #TheResistance Tweeted “Lots of white trump supporters in Vegas at route 21 Watching Jason Aldean. Pray only trumptards died!”

Is this where we have gotten to as a society?  Our colleges and universities, once places of higher education, now teach that America is the cause of all the world’s problems.  They actually teach a hatred of America: A professor from Ithaca College in New York argues that the song “God Bless America” should not be played at sporting events because it is a “warmongering song.”

Professor Stephen Mosher, who teaches in the Department of Communications Studies, wrote an op-ed for The Ithacan titled “Sporting events don’t need national anthem,” in which he complains that after the events of September 11, 2001, “expressions of hyper-patriotism took hold,” including the “warmongering song ‘God Bless America’” becoming our second, unofficial anthem.[4]

We must stop this slide down the road to anarchy.  We are here because we have become uninvolved with our society.  Too many people are only concerned about themselves without regard as to what the rest of society is doing.  As long as it doesn’t bother them other people can do whatever they want.  But they don’t realize that everything in one way or another affects everyone.  Homosexuals demanded that they be accepted as a viable lifestyle but now people are trying to legitimize polygamy and even bestiality while at the same time trying to silence the Christian voice.  Society must have a foundation and that foundation must be grounded on moral behavior.  The Founders understood that and that is why they used Christian principles as that foundation.  George Washington stated: “I now make it my earnest prayer, that God would have you, and the State over which you preside, in his holy protection, that he would incline the hearts of the Citizens to cultivate a spirit of subordination and obedience to Government, to entertain a brotherly affection and love for one another, for their fellow Citizens of the United States at large, and particularly for their brethren who have served in the Field, and finally, that he would most graciously be pleased to dispose us all, to do Justice, to love mercy, and to demean ourselves with that Charity, humility and pacific temper of mind, which were the Characteristicks of the Divine Author of our blessed Religion, and without an humble imitation of whose example in these things, we can never hope to be a happy Nation.”

That is not a popular statement but it is a true statement.  We either embrace it or we die as the former greatest nation the world has ever seen.

© 2017 Roger Anghis – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Roger Anghis: roger@buildingthetruth.org

Foot Notes

1. Top CBS lawyer says no sympathy for Vegas victims, probably republicans
2. Vegas attack antitrump
3. Dan Patrick  says two mass shootings 1950 occurred
4. https://www.campusreform.org/?ID=9882

Our Lord and Savior said, “if a kingdom be divided against itself, that kingdom cannot stand. And if a house be divided against itself, that house cannot stand.” Mark 3:24-25

The divisions in our land are increasingly palpable. Consider last Sunday’s NFL line up. Someone has counted the number of players that took the knee in disrespect for our National Anthem. Every NFL game that day had some demonstration by players, some in which whole teams refused to be on the field for the National Anthem; claiming somehow Francis Scott Key and the poem he wrote were racist! That can only mean that their ignorance of the English language is so great they cannot read the words or make any sense of what those words mean.

I guess that is why they earn multimillion dollar salaries chasing around a pig’s intestine full of air. And by the way, if they claim they have earned their salaries legitimately, they lie and do not tell the truth. In fact, the entire NFL has its nose fully engorged in the public pork trough. Since “1999… taxpayers at all levels of government have foot the bill for football stadiums to the tune of an estimated $1 billion every year.” This constitutes a “massive redistribution of taxes from working people to the gridiron’s spoiled 1-percenters…. Sports economists have concluded repeatedly that the effects of stadium subsidies on employment and economic activity are negligible–or even negative… 83 percent of the economists surveyed agreed that ‘Providing state and local subsidies to build stadiums for professional sports teams is likely to cost the relevant taxpayers more than any local economic benefits that are generated.’” www.vdare.com

Video of the sermon

So while the NFL is engaged in legalized plunder, it turns and spits on the people and the country that has made them enormously wealthy. Now before America shows these thieves the back door, we should insist on reparations. All the legalized plunder the NFL as stolen from America should be taken from these thieves. Click here for a spreadsheet with details. For starters, the Ravens here in Baltimore stole $203 million to build the stadium. That doesn’t even begin to consider the very real costs to the public for running the stadium on game days, nor does that even begin to include the value of land grants and tax breaks that all levels of civil government has given to the Ravens. Perhaps we should freeze all the assets of the players and owners till they pay us back in full.

The great divide in America we are told by the purported narrative, is all rooted in the issue of slavery which goes right back to the earliest days of our country. And the slavery issue has been brought up in the campaign of our good friend Chief Justice Roy Moore. His victory this Tuesday stunned the Establishment Republicans in Washington, resulting in some announcing they would not run for reelection and some in the House calling for the retirement of the Senate President.

One of the numerous attacks from the leftist media (an apparent tautology in our day, for to say leftist is nearly the same as saying media) against Chief Justice Roy Moore is that his defense of God’s Law given to us in the Bible meant he supported slavery. The Judge gave the Washington Post propagandist a brief answer that was good, but we need to delve into the matter further. What does the Word of God actually say about slavery? Does the Bible support slavery? Turn to Philemon, for there it is where we find that not only does the Bible condemn slavery, we also find that it does not promote ending slavery by violent revolution nor by bloodshed through warfare.

Learn more about your Constitution with Pastor David Whitney and the “Institute on the Constitution” and receive your free gift.

© 2017 David Whitney – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail David Whitney: dwhitney@iotconline.com

It has always bugged me how fake news media helps Leftists portray themselves morally superior, more caring and compassionate than the rest of us. The dirty little secret is Leftists are cold and calculating only caring about implementing their socialist/progressive, anti-God and anti-American agenda. In plain words, Leftists do not give a rat’s derriere about who gets hurt or dies as long as it helps their mission to transform America. Leftists’ ultimate goal is to get rid of the Constitution, giving government power to control every aspect of our lives, dictating how we are allowed to behave. Thus, you can understand why Leftists seize every opportunity to move the ball towards their goal.

Here are just a few examples of Leftists saying screw the truth, logic, facts and negative effects on peoples’ lives. Leftists’ are laser-focused, using every weather catastrophe, accident, tragedy and political issue to further their agenda.

The Vegas Massacre:

Despicably, Leftists immediately exploited the Vegas massacre to further their mission to disarm law abiding citizens, undermining our 2nd Amendment right. What part of criminals-do-not-obey-gun-laws do Leftists not understand?

The shooter, Steven Paddock, broke every gun law. Therefore, tougher gun laws would not have stopped him. Cities with the toughest gun laws have the highest murder rates. Crime is lower in states where citizens are packin’.  It has always puzzled me why Leftist feminists are so anti-gun. If my wife is approached by a mugger in a dark parking lot, I want her armed with a gun, the perfect equalizer.

Outrageously, Leftists inferred that the murdered country music fans at the Vegas concert deserved to die because they were probably gun owners and Trump supporters. Imagine the 24/7 media firestorm Leftists would launch had a conservative made a similar comment about murdered hip-hop concert goers and Obama supporters. Clearly, Leftists/fake news media believe the lives of people who disagree with them do not matter.

The Homosexual Night Club Massacre in Orlando:

Leftists exploited the night club massacre to further their homosexual agenda. The shooter had ties to Islam. Insidiously, Leftists attacked Christians and gun owners, blaming them for the deaths. Leftists said everyone who opposes homosexual marriage is responsible for the massacre. Leftists said everyone who is against men using girl’s restrooms is complicit in the mass murder. Leftists’ massage was you had better embrace the rainbow symbol or we will brand you a rabid hater who supports murdering homosexuals.

The Michael Brown “Hands Up Don’t Shoot” Lie:

This lie by far is Leftists’ most satanically evil attack on human lives; our brave men and women in blue.  Evidence confirmed and the grand jury concluded that Brown was shot while reaching inside the police car attempting to take the officer’s gun. Brown’s blood was found inside the police car.  Brown was not shot while surrendering with his hands up. And yet, this lie which has led to police being ambushed and assassinated across America continues to be promoted by Leftists.

I could not believe my eyes watching the Grammy Awards feature a huge musical production number based on the “hands up don’t shot” lie. The Leftist producers of the awards TV show intentional infected millions of black youth’s minds with vitcimhood-ism and hatred for America’s police. Why? To further Leftists’ goal of the federal government taking control of every state’s police department.

Issues Plaguing Black America:

With blacks murdering each other in record numbers in urban cities controlled by democrats, why are Leftists outraged whenever anyone sincerely addresses this issue?  Black lives only matter to Leftists in the furtherance of their agenda. Blacks are aborting themselves into extinction. Orchestrating America’s black genocide is Leftists’ Planned Parenthood which targets black babies.  Leftists want as many babies aborted as possible to “save the planet.” Leftists attack any talk of blacks pulling themselves up by their boot straps. They need blacks suffering, viewing themselves as victims of an eternally racist America.

Democrat policies destroyed the black family which is the source of the problems plaguing black communities.  And yet, Leftists have conned blacks into believing their only shield against racism is loyally voting for Democrats. Consequently, blacks are suffering more in urban cities than they were when I lived in the Baltimore projects 50 years ago. Black seniors terrorized by thugs are locking themselves in their homes. Far too many black youths are having babies out-of-wedlock, dropping out of school and murdering each other.

Leftists seek to destroy self-reliant extremely successful blacks because they want to keep blacks dependent on government. Isn’t it strange that Leftists hate black Supreme Court Justice Clarence Thomas, black businessman extraordinaire Herman Cain and black retired neurosurgeon Dr Ben Carson?

The blacks I named undermine Leftists’ lie that blacks cannot succeed without lowered standards, special concessions and government intervention. Justice Thomas, Cain and Dr Carson achieved success competing with whites as equals. These blacks achieved success the old-fashion way. They earned it. Do Leftists really care about black lives? Absolutely not.

Leftists view everything and everyone through a lens of exploitation to further their agenda.

It was easily predictable that Hillary would exploit the Vegas massacre to further Leftists’ gun grab. She politicized the massacre while cautioning gun owners not to politicize the massacre. Using her evil forked tongue, Hillary demanded more gun controls, ignoring the fact that no gun law would have stopped the shooter. In typical Leftist fashion, Hillary played on peoples’ emotions to overrule the Constitution to end American’s right to bear arms. Thank God this despicable Leftist zealot is not our president.

This is how Leftists roll folks. This is how they roll.

Lloyd Marcus, The Unhyphenated American
Author: “Confessions of a Black Conservative: How the Left has shattered the dreams of Martin Luther King, Jr. and Black America.”

Singer/Songwriter and Conservative Activist
http://LloydMarcus.com

© 2017 Lloyd Marcus – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Lloyd Marcus: mr_lloydmarcus@hotmail.com

Too often we underestimate the power of a touch, a smile, a kind word, a listening ear, an honest compliment, or the smallest act of caring, all of which have the potential to turn a life around.” — Leo Buscaglia

Our President has stood with the great, and he never brags about it or counts it as glory.  He is kind and gentlemanly and open and honorable in representing our country, and foreign dignitaries and leaders appreciate and like him.

Sitting with the Broken

But when he sits with the broken, he’s the upstanding and noble President we elected, and he’s done it over and over and over and over again in just this first year of his presidency.  He doesn’t go play golf, he doesn’t give a speech, he gets on Air Force One with his wife and a few others and he goes to where the pain has occurred.  He went to Texas after Harvey, he went to Florida after Irma, he went to Puerto Rico after Maria, and he’s now gone to Las Vegas after the horrific and evil murderous actions against grassroots Americans, many of whom probably voted for him.

Texas, Florida, and Puerto Rico

In Houston, Texas, people who never thought of voting for him fell in love with the man who came to help them, to show them that he cared, and to allow them to touch him and take multiple pictures with him.

They now know what kind of man he is.  The same thing happened in Florida.  He passed out food, allowed pictures to be taken and mingled with the people as though he’d known them all his life.  The empathy of this President is something I’ve not seen for a long, long time.  And it’s real, it’s not fake glory for the cameras, it’s a heartfelt desire to make things better for people who are suffering.

Puerto Rico is terribly devastated.  It needs to be rebuilt from the ground up, electric, gas, stores, homes, water, everything was destroyed.  It takes a long time to totally rebuild an island, and the filthy leftist commie rags of the MSM are berating our President for not doing it in a New York second.  I’d like to see them down there actually helping rather than criticizing.  FEMA has partnered with private volunteers and we even have national guard there helping.  They are literally carrying 100-pound backpacks of survival gear into areas that trucks cannot reach. And yet, this filthy media who hates our President says he’s not doing enough.

Well, let me tell you, he was there in Louisiana last year when Obama kept playing golf and Hillary kept sleeping.  Think about that.

The tax dollars of Americans are going to all these areas to help them recover.  We have not had hurricanes for 12 years, and this year has been horrendous.  To hear Hollywood or the media tell it, you would think Trump actually caused these devastations.  Their inane comments have convinced Americans to never watch their movies or media garbage again.

Multi-millionaire Jennifer Lawrence suggested the devastating hurricanes in Texas and Irma in Florida were signs of “Mother Nature’s rage and wrath” at America for electing Donald Trump and not believing in man-made climate change.  Right Jennifer, why don’t you go live in Commie Cuba and see how you like it, or maybe Argentina or Venezuela would suit you better.

And only God knows how much of our President’s own funds have gone to help these people in need after this devastation.

Remember Orlando

Remember the tragedy in Orlando, Florida at the Pulse Nightclub where 50 people died because of a lone gunman, Omar Mateen, who shot and killed them at will?  This was a murderous tragedy against homosexuals by an alleged Islamist.  Our President came out and stated that the Constitution covers everyone and this was a horrible tragedy perpetrated against American citizens.  He was right, and his caring and empathy showed through even when he was campaigning.

Las Vegas, Nevada and Pain

Watch this amazing video:

As opposed to the NFL ‘tough guy’ who walked out wearing his Everybody vs. Trump shirt (before hiding behind the coaches while he sat his butt down for the anthem), this Las Vegas shooting victim showed us all what tough really looks like.

And what an amazing man, shot in the leg, and hurting, and refuses to stay prone in bed when his President enters his room.  First, he stands up to greet Melania, and she protests, “Don’t get up, don’t get up.”  So, he sits back down while waiting for President Trump to enter his room, and obviously it takes some effort.

Gunderson wrote, “I will never lie down when the President of this great country comes to shake my hand!  There may be plenty of issues in this country but I will always respect my country, my president and my flag. Shot in the leg or not, I will stand to show my President the respect he deserves!”

On Gunderson’s patient board in his hospital room, he also had the hashtag ‘#MAGA’ written under the statement: “What’s important to me.”— DailyMail

When President Trump enters his room, he’s on his feet with an outstretched hand.  Tom Gunderson was running from Mandalay Bay when a bullet tore through his leg.  The President says to him, “This looks like a tough guy to me.”

The President asks him how it’s going, and points to his leg, and Tom Gunderson says I’m okay, and stands to shake the hand of the most powerful man in the world.

God bless them, all the people who were injured, and those who lost their lives when they were just out to enjoy a country music festival.  God be with them, and with those who mourn for their great losses.  And God bless and keep our President who really loves the American people.

© 2017 Kelleigh Nelson – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Kelleigh Nelson: Proverbs133@bellsouth.net

After the massive shooting in Las Vegas on 10/1/2017, I figure a letter I received from  Kelleigh Nelson, NWV contributor in 2014 is worth repeating. I had placed a pink stickum marked “keeper” and filed it away. Isn’t it interesting how it just happened to fall out of my file today? The letter was from Tom how one busy afternoon he went to WalMart and ran into a two English speaking customers from Romania. The father preferred that the son do the speaking who said he was 14 when his family immigrated to the United States in 1982. With some quick math he calculated the son was about 43 years old which corresponded with his appearance and the father around 70.

Tom asked, “Wasn’t Romania a communist country for most of your lives?” “Yes, Romania was put under Russian communist control in 1947,” the son replied. “What was it like living under communism?” he inquired. “There were good things and bad things about it,” he said. Surprised that there could have been anything good about it, he asked, “What was good about it?” “Well the government controlled the currency so there was no inflation and there were no taxes.”  “No taxes?” he asked. “Yes, the government owns everything to start with so they don’t have to tax you. They just give you what they want to give you. My father was a farmer. They took his land away from him and made him work on a government collective farm.”

COMMUNISM IS ALREADY HERE

“Do you think America will fall to communism eventually?” he asked hoping they wouldn’t mind such a far-flung probing question.  And here’s why I decided to repeat this testimony by Tom from Kel:  The son said “It’s already started here and it’s moving fast. It will be worse here,” he said.  Tom followed them out to the parking lot arguing, “There is a difference here in America, you know. Americans are armed. They will not allow such a takeover.” He replied, “It doesn’t matter. The Romanian people believed very strongly that Romania would never submit to communism, but it happened quickly. The Romanian people were armed, but it didn’t matter. COMMUNISTS HAVE INFORMANTS. They get neighbors to report on their neighbors who have guns, then the authorities come and seize them. They use torture to get compliance.  Many Romanian men were burned alive for not turning over their guns, and some didn’t even have guns, but the authorities burned them anyway, just to strike fear in the rest. You have to understand that communists use a lot of torture.”

Tom said his heart quickened as he listened to these live witnesses tell him the inside story about a communist takeover. He said he tried one more time, “You don’t understand, Americans are armed with a lot more guns and a lot more ammunition than other countries.” The son repeated, “It doesn’t matter. They have more soldiers than you have bullets, besides in this country they have sophisticated means. Americans will not stand a chance against this government any more than we did. Your guns will be good for one thing – looters. In Katrina there were a lot of people killed by looters because they did not have guns to defend themselves. For awhile you will need guns to protect yourself from other Americans. Eventually the government will confiscate all of them.”

WHAT IS GOING ON IN AMERICA?

By now Tom said, we had walked to their car, a nice midsized sedan and he stood there feeling kind of glum. This was a whole lot more than he came to WalMart for. On a lighter note he said, “You weren’t here in America when it was a really great country back in the 50’s and 60’s and even the 70’s and 80’s.” The son said, “Oh, I know! It was a great country in 1982 when my parents sacrificed everything they had in world to bring us here. We were even required to permanently denounce our Romanian citizenship in order to be allowed to leave Romania. I know many other international people. Five years ago they would still sacrifice everything to come here, but now it is different. Now they ask, ‘What is going on in America?’ It has changed and people are not making the sacrifice but what we were fleeing from is coming here now.”

The son pointed to his father, the curious-looking little man who was the genesis of our whole conversation, who had dutifully stood alongside and listened to this entire conversation without saying a word, and the son said, “My father spent 5 years in a Romanian communist prison because of his faith.” “Because of his faith?” Tom asked. The son said, “My father was drafted into the Romanian army by the communists in 1950 and required to take an oath to kill any enemy of the government. Because of his faith he refused to take the oath so he was sent to prison from 1950 to 1955. And when I say ‘prison’, it was not like what we have here, with four walls and 3 meals. It was outdoors, like a Nazi concentration camp. When someone would die they would just bury him in the mud.”

Tom said he stood there on the pavement staring into the father’s eyes as the son told him about his father’s incarceration.  It was obvious that the father understood every word they were saying and that it brought back painful memories. The father stared back at Tom for the longest time. He said it was like there was a fiber optic cable running between us with much being said without words.  Tom stepped toward the father and extended his hand and he shook it. It was at this time Tom said he was at a loss for words so he thanked him for telling this story. He smiled, nodded yes and got into the car.

Tom asked the son if he had any suggestions and he said, “Yes, when it happens, don’t fight it. If you go along with them and make the best of it, you can do quite well. If you resist you will be tormented, tortured or hunted down and killed.”  Tom thanked the son for sharing his story as he got into the car and they drove off and left him standing in the parking lot stunned by the experience. He checked both directions before crossing traffic and walked straight back into WalMart and bought another box of bullets…

Please dear readers take note of what was said in the paragraph WHAT IS GOING ON IN AMERICA about SACRIFICING and in an earlier paragraph about neighbors tattling on neighbors and the communists having informants. We’ve already seen how the communist environmentalism has caused bitterness between neighbors and left forests burning due to poor forest management, and lately bicycles wanting more safe bike lanes in Portland, Oregon. In my last article TEACHERS OF DESTRUCTION I opened with Plato’s explanation about life in a cave. Nancy from Oregon wrote, “Wow, you hit the nail straight on…and said it in a way that really goes deep – the ‘shadows’ metaphor is exactly it – exactly what is happening. And how do we help others to see? Because most, not all, of course, have been so hypnotized they don’t even want to hear a modicum of the truth.  Our perceptions have been shaped in a lot of different ways – abortion is a choice, vaccines are best, modern pharmacological medicine saves lives; public school educates and on and on ad infinitum. We have been lined up and led to the public watering trough – there to take in and act out all their lies.”

A VOICE FROM ENGLAND

NWV contributor, Shirley Edwards in England wrote the plan was to get England “secularized” first and America next – anything about Christianity gone and the Politically Correct Agenda surfaced and then the people voted in the most Politically Incorrect person on the presidential campaign trail in 2016. What your president says tells me the same is on the minds of others who are too afraid to say it! He may have gone a little too far to call the black NFL players who kneel when the National Anthem is played as disrespectful “son of B___” so it will be interesting to see how that plays out the next few days. (Bastards more Biblically correct)  I know attendance for NFL is way down. People are tired of paying big bucks for tickets for players who think so little of the country that has given them so much.

She goes on to say God used to always send enemies of the disobedient Israelites to shape them up. She thinks that is what is happening in England and America with Islam. It sure appears as though we could be in the End Times. Did you hear how the sun came up on the western Oregon coast the day of the eclipse??? It must have passed the sun that came up on the eastern coast maybe over Illinois? We are living with such deception.

Now, after sharing all the above, Robert Chandler in his 2008 book SHADOW WORLD said it was in the 1980s when radical professors from the Old Left 60s and 70s were nearing tenure status that the new “teachers of destruction” serving as Marxist intellectuals also known as the New Left, Progressives found its way into academia where Marxist professors trained the next generation to carry on the stealthy campaign transforming American culture, over the long term.  I mentioned Comrade Bill Ayers in my last article. It seemed the discontented wanted a revolution.

With many instances of plagiarism, Bill Ayers finally confirmed he did indeed write DREAMS FROM MY FATHER for Comrade Barack Hussein Obama. According to testimony by undercover FBI agent Larry Grathwohl, William Ayers was almost certainly involved in the San Francisco bombing on 2/16/1970 that murdered Police Officer Brian V. McDonnell. Because of prosecutorial errors, Ayers went free, boasting, “Guilty as Hell, free as a bird.” His girlfriend, Bernardine Dohrn remained underground until 1980, spent jail time for lesser charges.   Ayers became a professor at the University of Illinois in Chicago and Dohrn at Northwestern University.

Bernardine Rae Dohrn was born in Chicago in January 1942 and earned a B.A. in Political Science from the University of Chicago in 1963 and a J.D. from the University of Chicago School of Law four years later. While attending law school Dohrn became an anti-Vietnam war organizer and worked closely with the Black Freedom Movement. After completing her legal studies, she became a national student organizer for the New York city-based  National Lawyers Guild. Both of them should have been given the same punishment as the Rosenbergs in 1953 who were convicted of committing espionage for the Soviet Union and conspiring to pass U.S. atomic secrets to the Soviets but instead these home-grown pampered domestic terrorists were rewarded with jobs as professors to indoctrinate young, innocent and impressionable minds, quietly preparing them for a “passive revolution”  and delivering America’s head on a silver platter, the goal of Antoni Gramsci, founder of the Italian Communist Party. He went to Russia in the 1920s spending time with Lenin and Stalin, studying the anatomy of the Communist Revolution but he concluded that Lenin and Stalin were doing it all wrong. He said you cannot in most cases push a capitalist country directly into Communism, you must first undermine and debauch the morality, the culture, the ethics, the patriotism and the spiritual life for several generations.… Need I say more?

© 2017 Betty Freauf – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Betty Freauf: bettyfreauf@gmail.com

Like my collogues, once we tell the truth about the book of death, we all are bombarded by hate and threats by the Allah-fearing fanatics, simply because we speak the truth about Islam. If telling the truth about Islam is Islam bashing, then mea culpa. Question: Does Islam get a pass because it is a religion? Who says Islam is a religion? Millions do? What is the evidence? The words of masses of brainwashed carriers of the Islamic virus, transmitted to them by their parents, are worthless as evidence. What counts is the irrefutable fact that this creed, claimed to be the one and only religion of Allah, has been and continues to be a source of great suffering for non-Muslims as well as the ignorant masses of Muslims themselves.

I will share with you just a few of the thousands of horrific things that Muslims do to people of other religions or those without any religion at all. In model Islamic states such as Saudi Arabia and Iran, for instance, women don’t dare complain about their Allah-decreed chattel status. If they protest in the least, they are beaten by their husbands. And if they dare to demonstrate in public for equal family rights with men, they get severe beatings by the police and hauled to jail for additional indignities and violence.

One may wonder then why it is that millions of Muslim women meekly submit in their subservient rank both worshipping and thanking Allah for it. These women are virtually imprinted by their parents and the clergy from birth to adopt the gender inequality as well as the entire pathological Islamic ethos. “Men have authority over women because Allah has made the one superior to the others and because they spend their wealth to maintain them. Good women are obedient. They guard their unseen parts because Allah has guarded them. As for those from whom you fear disobedience, admonish them and send them to beds apart and beat them. Then if they obey you take no further action against them. Allah is high, supreme.” Quran 4.34.

Even Egypt, the crown jewel of the Arab-Islamic world is practicing a form of slow genocide against its own Baha’i citizens by depriving them of just about all rights of citizenship. Baha’is are still denied the indispensable identity card, simply because the powerful clergy want to eliminate this peaceful minority. Among other things, Egypt denies education to Baha’i children, taking a page from the “Mein Kampf” of the fascist Islamic Republic of Iran. The record of atrocities performed by the proponents of the “religion of peace” clearly condemns it as an unmitigated cult of the worst kind.

Savage Muslims force their creed of hate and violence at the point of the sword on my people. They did and continue to do everything they can to wipe out any vestige of our magnificent Iranian culture and heritage. Now, they are ruling my native land with an iron fist, demeaning everything that we have treasured in our egalitarian-humanistic exemplary culture. They are forcing our women into prostitution by depriving them of a means of livelihood, compelling hundreds of thousands of Iran’s best and brightest to leave for other lands, spearheading a vicious campaign of terrorism near and far, and muffling any voice that does not sing their praises. The Bible says “By their fruit shall ye know them.”

I said this before and I’ll say it for as long as this vicious cult keeps up with its abominable deeds: Islam is violence. Islam is intolerant of non-Muslims. Islam is a vestige of a barbaric past. Islam must be confronted, shown for what it is and stopped from overtaking the world.

Here are just a few examples of what these people of Allah have done recently. A guy stops a car in the city of Shiraz in Iran and asks the driver to give him some gasoline, pretending that his car has run out of fuel. The total stranger siphons gas from his own car and gives it to him. Suddenly some other guys show up from their hiding places, tie the man to a tree, douse him with the gasoline he had generously given to a total stranger, set him on fire and speed away in the sham “out-of- gasoline” car. Why? The target of the torching was a non-Muslim, a Baha’i. The “sin” of not being a Muslim made him a deserving party for being burned alive. These thugs of Allah, the savage torchers, call themselves the Unknown Soldiers of the Lord of the Age, (Imam Zaman), the Shiite’s much revered and expected savior. To make matters worse, all manner of “good Muslims” walked by and didn’t do a lick to help the man. Miraculously, the man was able to put the fire out and call the police on his cell phone. It took the police over 30 minutes to respond and take the man to the station for questioning. Now that’s the Islam that is on the march. It has penetrated deeply and spread widely in Europe.

It is changing Europe to its ways and holds every promise of doing the same to the United States. Many Europeans are fleeing their ancestral homeland ahead of the Islamic fire which is engulfing their countries. These are the affluent and the ones with foresight. Others are either oblivious to the threat, aim to accommodate it as the holy grail of multiculturalism, or will end up one day seeing themselves in the fight of their life. For Islam does not believe in multiculturalism. Islam is a mono-culturist: the barbarian culture of Islam.

As Islam gains more power, it will inevitably impose itself and its ways on all others. And there will be those who will eventually wake up from their stupor, they will either completely capitulate or fight Muslims back in bloody block-by-block, street-by-street battles. Truth is not always welcome and can often be greatly disturbing. But truth is the best weapon against evil and falsehood. When I point out the horrific teach of Quran,  I don’t make them up. I cite surahs from their holy book, surahs that exhort Muslims to carry out all kinds of evil deeds against non-Muslims This book of Allah is a license to kill. When I point out that Muhammad set terrible examples for his followers by his own deeds, I cite from their own sources to document my assertion. Is there anyone in this messed-up world who doesn’t read, see, or hear about the daily Islamic atrocities performed by these savages, with every act justified on the basis of Allah’s holy book?

Qur’an 8:12 “I shall terrorize the infidels. So, wound their bodies and incapacitate them because they oppose Allah and His Apostle.”

Qur’an 33:26 “Allah made the Jews leave their homes by terrorizing them so that you killed some and made many captive. And He made you inherit their lands, their homes, and their wealth. He gave you a country you had not traversed before.”

Why is it that these self-righteous Islamist villains don’t bother to prove me wrong? Why don’t they document what I say as being false? Instead, I am showered by all kinds of unspeakable profanity. Some of the more civil of Muslims I encounter, don’t stoop as low as their foul co-religionists. These latter types let out a hue and cry that they and their religion are smeared and victimized by people like me. They consider my criticisms of Islam as Islam bashing. They accuse me as a divisive- racist who enjoys Islam bashing. For good measure, they also label me Zionist, in the pay of Israel and Israeli lobbies. Who is bashing whom? Please prove any one of my charges to be false or fabricated and I’ll happily repent. If, on the other hand, you fail to do so, you owe it to humanity to abandon your allegiance to the scourge of Islam.

© 2017 Amil Imani – All Rights Reserved

PART I—Multiculturalism’s Ultimate Outcome

The latest traumas affecting the United States cannot help but make every American think about our demise as a cohesive, intact and functioning country.  This year and last year, you witnessed Moslems shooting police officers in the streets.  In cities across America, Black Lives Matter groups chanted, “Kill cops! When?  Now!”  National Football League players dishonor the American flag every Sunday.   This week, a madman shot up an entire concert in Las Vegas.  You cannot help but wonder what’s happening to our country.

America faces the most critical juncture in its 240-year history.  Multiculturalism’s onslaught continues at a dizzying pace as we add 100,000 legal immigrants from 194 different countries every 30 days.  Total of legal and illegal annually tabulates at 1.1 million legal and 500,000 illegals.  Total 1.6 million foreign people reach our shores annually.  (Source: www. NumbersUSA.org;  PEW Research Center)

Indolent Americans sit on their Lazy Boy recliners wielding a remote while their country fractures before their eyes.  It’s been slow for the past 40 years, but it’s quickening in every sector of our country.

In the past few years, notice New York Times Moslem bomber; Boston Marathon bombers, Arizona SB 1070 law; Moslem honor killings; Zazi Denver bomber, New York Moslem wife beheadings, San Bernardino, Fort Lauderdale, Orlando, White Cloud, Ohio State stabbings, Las Vegas and more to come….

Have you noticed more and more people speaking different languages at the supermarket?  Schools?  Movies?  At your local bank?  Have you noticed radio stations and TV crackling with Spanish or Arabic or other languages in our English speaking America?  Have you seen more people disrespecting the singing of our national anthem?  Have you noticed our laws being broken such as red lights being run or people fleeing accident scenes where they were the cause?  Have you noticed more trash in your state and national parks, especially in California, Arizona, Texas and Georgia?

Have you noticed that when their language differs from yours, that you both shy away from each other?  Have you noticed when you see Moslem women in Burkas, an emotional wall stands between them and you?  Have you noticed burkas on women creeping into TV ads?  In other words, advertisers force foreign countries’ dress and modes of living on us whether we like it or not.

Have you noticed more flags being flown from other countries instead of Old Glory?  You won’t see the American flag being flown in Dearborn, Michigan dominated by Moslems, nor will you see it in Somaliland in Minneapolis, Minnesota where 100,000 of them dominate that area.  Did you know that more Mexican flags fly from houses, cars and establishments in southern California more than the Stars and Stripes?   Have you noticed what has happened to the Golden State?  Texas?  Arizona?  How about Georgia or Miami, Florida?

Have you ever been incredulous about hearing something that sounded so preposterous that it “couldn’t be true?”  Take a second look.

You are watching the “Coming Breakup of America.”  That’s right.  Your country!  It is moving methodically, perversely, steadily and provocatively across our land.  Our Congress aides it at the highest levels.  It is a nation-destroying experiment being forced on Americans that will prove more disastrous than 9/11.

Recently, I read a book, Civil War II: The Coming Breakup of America by Thomas W. Chittum.  This book paints a grim picture of our country’s future.  At first, I felt incredulous at his supposition.  But half way through the book, his research proved SO profound and SO evident that it became a page-turner.  It provided a sickening look into the methodology and process whereby my own country fractures and fragments before my eyes.

“History is littered with wars which everybody knew would never happen,” said Enoch Powell.

Today, America fights two wars 10,000 miles away in Afghanistan and Iraq, while its own borders suffer an invasion so vast, so powerful, so insidiously destructive, and yet so subtle—even our own citizens can’t see it.  Not yet, that is! Chittum writes, “America was born in blood.”  He should know because he became a combat hardened Viet Nam veteran.

“Social, political and economic forces are pulling America apart and driving her toward a bloody conflict that may fracture the nation into several different countries,” he said.  “Riots, gangs, militias, exploding crime rates, massive immigration, rising unemployment, falling wages…these fuel the fires of war.”

Notice 8.7 million unemployed and 47 million subsisting on food stamps.  Notice 1 in 6 American children facing food insecurity and 13 million living below the poverty line. Notice 7 out of 10 black children born out of wedlock and growing up without fathers. Note 1.5 million Americans homeless.  Every hour, 13 teens die from an overdose of drugs.

Chittum talks about nations versus empires.  “Empires consist of peoples of different religions, languages, cultures, races and nationalities,” he said.  “Nations are dominated by one group that makes up a majority of the population.  Nations are inherently stable while empires are always unstable.”

Right now, 42 million immigrant legal citizens in the USA prove foreign born with millions more of their families chain-migrating to America.  Within 30 years, more than 100,000,000 (million) more people from foreign countries will call our country their home.  The sociological chaos they present cannot be comprehended.

Part II:  Urban Street Gangs, Growing Militias, Ethnic Enclaves, Bloody Lessons of Tribal Europe, Solutions to this crisis.

If you would like me to speak at/in your city, conference, social group or clubs about the consequences of mass immigration into America, please contact me.  My program:  “The Perfect Storm Descending Upon America” articulates the consequences of adding 100,000,000 (million) legal immigrants to America within the next 30 years.  It spells out what we face as to shortages in water, energy and resources. It spells out the sociological chaos created by mixing 196 (the number of countries exporting their citizens into our country) different cultures, languages, religions and worldviews from those 100 million immigrants. It illustrates our dilemma as environmental and quality of life consequences.

Additionally, if you would like me to speak on your local radio talk show, please give them my name, topic and contact information. Or give me theirs and I will contact them:  frostyw@juno.com ,  www.HowToLiveALifeOfAdventure.com FaceBook: Frosty Wooldridge

Share these videos all over America:

In a five minute astoundingly simple yet brilliant video, “Immigration, Poverty, and Gum Balls”, Roy Beck, director of www.numbersusa.ORG, graphically illustrates the impact of overpopulation.  Take five minutes to see for yourself:

“Immigration by the numbers—off the chart” by Roy Beck

This 10 minute demonstration shows Americans the results of unending mass immigration on the quality of life and sustainability for future generations: in a few words, “Mind boggling!”  www.NumbersUSA.org

Take action by joining for free:

America: www.CapsWeb.org ; www.NumbersUSA.org ;              www.Fairus.org ; www.CarryingCapacityNetwork.org

Canada:www.immigrationwatchcanada.org
United Kingdom: www.populationmatters.org 
  Australia: www.population.org.au Sustainable Population Australia

© 2017 Frosty Wooldridge – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Frosty: frostyw@juno.com

In the Bible we are instructed to be a blessing to the Jewish people.  In fact, God states “If you bless Israel, I will bless you.”  “But if you curse Israel, I will curse you.”   The Israelis secured small slivers of land in 1967 after being brutally attacked without provocation, by Middle east neighboring regimes.  To this day, those very nations call for the extermination of Israel, the very country that has been nothing but a blessing toward those who despitefully abuse her.  A similar declaration was made in the 1930s and 1940s for the extermination of the Jewish people by the Nazis who were allies and teachers of the Islamists.

The United States has been an ally of Israel since it was settled.  But along the way, despite good intentions, sometimes the United States has made some serious blunders when it comes to standing by her number one ally in the Middle East, if not the whole world.  World leaders have been Biblically warned. If you divide Israel, I will divide your nation.  The reestablishment of Israel was foretold many centuries ago in the Bible.  Anyone other than a bigoted leftist understands that Jerusalem should be reestablished as the undivided capital of Israel.

I for one believe the old Biblical warning “NOT TO DIVIDE ISRAEL.”  Many United States presidents have tried and failed in the futile effort to divide Israel just to appease Palestinians and others who lay claim to parts of Israel.  They foolishly believe that if they just screw over Israel and give the Palestinians what they want, there will be lasting peace, lover and harmony.  But truthfully, nothing could be further from the truth.  Muslim terrorists want to either rape, enslave, torture to death, or just wipe out many other people all over the world who are not Jewish.  Their goal is to turn the world into an Islamic terrorist hell hole.

If you refuse to believe me, look at the difference between Jewish and Christian communities in Israel compare to the Islamic enclaves.  It doesn’t matter if they are wealthy Muslim/Palestinian or middle class and poor Jewish communities.  Overall the conditions are almost always better in the Christian and Jewish communities.  I will have more space to examine exactly why in another upcoming column.

But concerning the issue of dividing Israel, such attempts have not been good for America.   I believe that for every action there is a consequence.  In the Book Eye to Eye by William Koenig are numerous illustrations of bad things happening every time America planned on throwing Israel under the bus by contemplating discussions to divide in order to appease her sworn enemies.

One example that comes to mind is during the week of October 11^th 1999.  Jewish settlers on 15 West bank hilltops in Israel were evicted as part of the ongoing “Land for Peace” process, which was actively supported by President Clinton.  The settlers resisted the eviction; the confrontation was reported in the national media.  While Israel was forcing settlers off the covenant land, the stock market was melting down, with the Dow having its worst weekly drop since 1989.  On October 15^th, the market lost 266 points (the loss of hundreds of billions of dollars in market capitalization).

That same day, hurricane Irene slammed North Carolina; and the next morning, the powerful Hector Mine 7.1 earth quake rocked the southwest, that was the fifth largest earthquake to hit America in the twentieth century.  Neither the hurricane nor the earthquake caused major damage or casualties; but their stories, along with the stock market meltdown shared the nation’s front pages with the reports of Jewish settlers being evicted from God’s covenant land in Israel.  There are many more horrific examples of great happenings listed in Eye to Eye, Facing the consequences of dividing Israel, by William Koenig.

Could they all be just mere consequences?  Even though I believe not, you may investigate the long history of trying to divide Israel followed by disasters and come to your own conclusion.  But I for one believe that if president Trump follows through on his promise to move the United States embassy will result in a blessed series of events that will benefit both the United States and Israel.  Enjoy and be enlightened via The Ron Edwards Experience Fridays at 1:00 PM PT, 4:00 PM EST emanating worldwide from flagship station KCKQ Reno, Nevada, www.americamatters.us www.shrmedia.com and www.highplainspundittalkradio.com.  The Edwards Notebook syndicated commentary is enjoyed weekdays at 6:29 AM PT, 9:29 AM EST on KCKQ AM 1180 Reno, Nevada and www.americamatters.us during AM NEWS.  Catch “The Edwards Notebook” on the Captain’s America overnight weekend show emanating from flagship station AM 860 WGUL Tampa, Florida and www.am860theanswer.com Saturdays at 4:30 AM EST, 1:30 AM PT.   For more listings visit theronedwards.com.

© 2017 Ron Edwards – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Ron Edwards: ronedwards@edwardsnotebook.com

On Monday morning I watched the President’s national address following the mass shooting outside a Las Vegas hotel Sunday night that claimed over 55 lives and injuring over 400. He urged prayer and unity, exhorting:

 “Scripture teaches us the Lord is close to the broken-hearted and saves those who are crushed in spirit.

“We seek comfort in those words, for we know that God lives in the hearts of those who grieve.

“To the wounded who are now recovering in hospitals, we are praying for your full and speedy recovery and pledge to you our support from this day forward.”

The very act of love and bravery that defines Christianity is the cross of Christ. This action demonstrated by Jesus the Christ is exclusive to Christianity, making it unrivaled and unmatched; the head of any other religion has never sacrificed themselves for the sins of their followers.

Our Separatist English forbearers – understanding this exclusivity and the blessing God promises a nation who acknowledges His Sovereignty – drafted and codified The Articles of Confederation of the United Colonies of New England; May 19, 1643.

Their words were clear and definite: “Whereas we all came into these parts of America with one and the same end and aim, namely, to advance the Kingdom of our Lord Jesus Christ and to enjoy the liberties of the Gospel in purity with peace.”

In a circular letter to the governors of the several States in June 1783, our first president, George Washington, wrote:

“I now make my earnest prayer that God would have you and the States over which you preside in his holy protection;… and, finally, that he would be most graciously pleased to dispose us all to do justice, to love mercy, and to demean ourselves with that charity, humility, and pacific temper of mind which were the characteristics of the divine Author of our blessed religion, and without an humble imitation of whose example in these things we can never hope to be a happy nation.”

When self-government breaks down and crimes are committed, the decisive act of justice is required by God; and the civil government, by God’s decree, is required to be the instrument of said justice.  This swiftly done brings the necessary mercy, compassion, love, and healing to the victims of evil.

Sadly, Hillary Clinton used twitter to immediately blame innocent parties for the tragedy, stating, “Our grief isn’t enough. We can and must put politics aside, stand up to the NRA, and work together to try to stop this from happening again.”

However, I found hope that others rose above division and united themselves to seek help from the divine Author of our blessed religion.  Some of those included former presidents who issued statements on Twitter.  Obama said he is praying for the victims, while Bill Clinton said such actions “should be unimaginable in America.”

Christianity embodies equality and fairness before the Law.  It is unbending from its commitment to defend, protect, and respect the individual rights of all human beings because they were created in the image of their Creator.  So long as there is unimaginable national tragedy in America, Christian principles like “love thy neighbor” will always be the solution.

Schedule an event or learn more about your Constitution with Jake MacAulay and the Institute on the Constitution and receive your free gift.

© 2017 Jake MacAulay – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Jake MacAulay: Jake@TheAmericanView.com

“But Peter, standing up with the eleven, lifted up his voice, and said unto them, Ye men of Judaea, and all ye that dwell at Jerusalem, be this known unto you, and hearken to my words:  For these are not drunken, as ye suppose, seeing it is but the third hour of the day.

But this is that which was spoken by the prophet Joel; Acts 2:14-16.

The Holy Spirit had just fallen upon the new believers in the book of Acts and they were a bit flummoxed about what was happening around them.  Peter, understanding their confusion and endeavoring to ease their anxiety simply reminded them of what was foretold by the prophet Joel.

“This is that boys,” I paraphrase him.  “Joel told us that this was going to happen.  Why are you all acting so shocked?”

Most Christians today do not read their Bibles.  In fact, for many, the Scriptures are more similar to the Fables written by Aesop than they are the inerrant would of God.  The Bible tells a story of the History of the Hebrew world as well as a road map to things which must “surely come to pass.”  We have so watered down the Word of God that many today simply approach it as a book of stories rather than an unveiling of pre-written history.

This commentary is directed towards true believers although it is my prayer that even the unsaved will be able to glean some truth from what they are about to read.  My goal is not to convince the non-believer but, rather, to convict the believer.  The Scriptures are full of sign post…road marks if you will…to show the hand of God moving throughout history.

This is that…is merely a sign post…a trail of breadcrumbs dropped by our Creator designed to reassure us that we are wandering down the correct path.  Because so many believers are looking for evidence of the finish line…the end of the age…they are clearly trampling over the breadcrumbs on the way to the rapture bus.

This is that…is a pretty significant statement.

The Holy Writ is lined with sign posts.

“This know also, that in the last days perilous times shall come. For men shall be lovers of their own selves, covetous, boasters, proud, blasphemers, disobedient to parents, unthankful, unholy,  Without natural affection, trucebreakers, false accusers, incontinent, fierce, despisers of those that are good, traitors, heady, highminded, lovers of pleasures more than lovers of God;  Having a form of godliness, but denying the power thereof: from such turn away. 2 Tim 3:1-5

Sign post…this is that.

And Jesus answered and said unto them, Take heed that no man deceive you.  For many shall come in my name, saying, I am Christ; and shall deceive many.  And ye shall hear of wars and rumours of wars: see that ye be not troubled: for all these things must come to pass, but the end is not yet.  For nation shall rise against nation, and kingdom against kingdom: and there shall be famines, and pestilences, and earthquakes, in divers places.  All these are the beginning of sorrows.  Matt 24:4-8

Sign Post…this is that.

There is much being written in Christian circles today about the signs of the times and the significance of the sign posts.  Recently much of the Christian world stood with bated breath waiting for the “rapture of the church” which had recently been predicted to occur on September 23.  The date came and went and as far as I can tell most believers are still around.

Back in my days as a high school football coach we spent a great deal of time “scouting our opponents…looking for tendencies…habits the opponent had…any information we could amass that would give us a leg up on our opponent.

Well, the Bible gives us a masterful scouting report of how the enemy is going to be operating as we approach the end of the age.  When we see a world full of wickedness, rejection of Godly precepts, unexplainable instances of violence, sexual debauchery, and the rejection of all things righteous we should not be surprised.

This is that.  It is what the Scriptures warned us we would see.  God has shown us the Devil’s game plan for a reason.  We are not to be caught with our pants down.  We are warned about the foolish virgins who didn’t keep their lamps trimmed. The first chapter of Romans explains the suppression of Truth, the sexual anarchy, the eminent judgment of God, and the foolish darkening of the hearts of men.

Well my friends, this is that.  These days are upon us.

God has given us a remarkable game plan for the times in which we live.  We are exhorted to “not be ignorant of Satan’s devices.”  We are commanded to “work while the sun shines for a day cometh when no man can work.”  Like an old football coach Jude orders us to “earnestly contend for the faith.”

The purpose of the scouting report is not to point out how near we are to the end of the game but how we can best “occupy until He returns.”

Look out your window folks.  You can clearly see that the Devil is running his plays just as the Scriptures warned us he would.  What if Christ’s return is contingent upon His people working to make His enemies a footstool?

THIS IS THAT Boys!  It is time to stop watching the scoreboard and worrying about how much time is left on the clock.  This is that.

The question the Christian world should be asking itself today is what are we going to do about that?

© 2017 Dave Daubenmire – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Dave Daubenmire: ptsalt@gmail.com

[Note: I write this with the Las Vegas mass shooting in its early stages of news coverage, too early for me to comment on it. You can expect to hear some pretty wild things, the next few days, from others less cautious.]

Five hundred years ago, the only Europeans allowed to do business in Japan were a few Dutch traders, the Tokugawa government having chosen to isolate their country from the world. Above all, they wished to keep out Christianity.

One of the conditions the traders had to meet, before getting down to business, was a requirement that they trample on a crucifix, satisfying the authorities that they weren’t Christian missionaries. This went on until the U.S. Navy invited itself into Japan and brought about the fall of the government and Japan’s belated entry into the modern world.

We have no Tokugawas in the United States Senate, but we do have Democrats—and they seem to be trying to make the renouncing of one’s Christian faith a precondition to holding any kind of public office. Leading the charge are avowed socialist Bernie Sanders—currently the odds-on favorite to be the God-Booing Party’s next presidential candidate—and Diane Feinstein from the coven on San Francisco Bay. They haven’t yet demanded that any of President Trump’s prospective appointees trample on the cross, for all to see: but give them time, they’re working their way to it.

In this secular inquisition, the technique is to get the witness to admit that he or she’s a Christian and then go on to proclaim, in Bernie’s words, that basic Christian theology is “indefensible” and “hateful” and “Islamophobic,” etc., and therefore the nominee is all those things and doesn’t belong in public office in America.

Unless, of course, he’s willing to confess that the ordinary tenets of the Christian religion are fundamentally untrue and he doesn’t really believe in them anyway.

If we may be permitted to inject a note of logic here, not generally allowed in a Senate confirmation hearing, all religions, including Christianity, make exclusive truth claims. There really is no point in being a Christian if you’re going to agree that all these other religions, which contradict it, are just as true as Christianity.

Even less welcome than logic, in this debate, is Article VI of the Constitution, which bars the imposition of any kind of “religious test” as a prerequisite to holding public office. But we know what Democrats think of the Constitution.

Bernie and Co. are trying to impose just such a test. Unless the nominee confesses belief in the Democrat religion of secular humanism—with its Deluxe Fun-Pack of Islamophilia and open borders, and the embrace of its secular sacraments of abortion, public sodomy, transgenderism, and Bible-bashing—the nominee must be rejected.

Feel the love, baby.

Meanwhile, in Australia, the “No to Gay Marriage” campaign has been barred from airing an ad displaying the kind of abusive language, including threats of violence, that they have to put up with from the “Yes” campaign. It’s okay for the Yessies to abuse the No’s, but not okay for the No’s to report it to the voters. And I’m so glad I’ve cleared that up for you.

Throughout what is now laughingly called “the Free World,” coercion’s on the march. Religious tests are all the rage, and theirs, the leftids’, is the only creed allowed. Anyone who doesn’t obediently jump aboard the bandwagon is going to be in for a very hard time.

Believe them when they say it—because they really mean it.

These people cannot be appeased.

With God’s help, they must be utterly defeated. That, or lose our liberty.

I have discussed this and other topics throughout the week on my blog, http://leeduigon.com/ . Stop in today and visit. A single click will take you there.

© 2017 Lee Duigon – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Lee Duigon: leeduigon@verizon.net

By NWV Senior Political News Writer, Jim Kouri

A Colorado company raised the ire of Attorney General Jeff Sessions in its hiring practice of favoring immigrants over Americans — even Latino Americans. The lawsuit described how citizens, for example, were forced to undergo drug tests while immigrants received waivers on background checks and drug testing.

The Department of Justice (DOJ) filed a lawsuit on Thursday accusing an agricultural company of discrimination for refusing to hire American citizens applying for seasonal positions. The company is based in Loveland, Colorado, but has facilities located in other states such as Texas.

The acting assistant attorney general in the DOJ’s Civil Rights Division, John G. Gore, claims Crop Production Services Inc. violated the Immigration and Nationality Act.

The DOJ complaint states plainly that Crop Production Services discriminated against three American citizens of Latino heritage: Ramiro Torres, Ramiro Salinas, and Javier Salinas, “based on their citizenship status” and the fact they are not illegal aliens or President Barack Obama’s immigrant tsunami participants.

“It’s outrageous! You have three Americans who complied with U.S. immigration law and became legal citizens, but they were ‘iced’ out of jobs to benefit foreigners,” said former police detective Iris Aquino. “This case illustrates the Deep State’s intentional replacement of Americans with immigrants more willing to vote for liberal-left candidates and more likely to accept neo-Socialism in the U.S,” she added.

The DOJ argues the company put these individuals through a more rigorous hiring and vetting process and denied them jobs as seasonal workers at a rice breeding facility in El Campo, Texas. The company instead filled all its positions with “H-2A visa holders from Mexico.”

The law states: “The H-2A program allows U.S. employers or U.S. agents who meet specific regulatory requirements to bring foreign nationals to the United States to fill temporary agricultural jobs. A U.S. employer,a U.S. agent as described in the regulations,or an association of U.S. agricultural producers named as a joint employer must file Form I-129, Petition for Nonimmigrant Worker, on a prospective worker’s behalf.”

Under the INA, it is unlawful for employers to intentionally discriminate against U.S. workers because of their citizenship status or to otherwise favor the employment of temporary foreign workers over available, qualified U.S. workers.  In addition, the H-2A visa program requires employers to recruit and hire available, qualified U.S. workers before hiring temporary foreign workers.

“In the spirit of President Trump’s Executive Order on Buy American and Hire American, the Department of Justice will not tolerate employers who discriminate against U.S. workers because of a desire to hire temporary foreign visa holders,” Attorney General Jeff Sessions said in a statement announcing the lawsuit. “The Justice Department will enforce the Immigration and Nationality Act in order to protect U.S. workers as they are the very backbone of our communities and our economy.”

“Where there is a job available, U.S. workers should have a chance at it before we bring in workers from abroad,” Sessions said.

The DOJ accused Crop Production of preferring “to hire temporary foreign workers under the H-2A visa program,” and they discouraged American citizens from working at the facility.

“For instance, the complaint alleges that whereas U.S. citizens had to complete a background check and a drug test before being permitted to start work, H-2A workers were allowed to begin working without completing them and, in some cases, never completed them,” the DOJ said. “The complaint also states that Crop Production did not hire a limited-English proficient U.S. citizen for employment but they instead hired H-2A workers who could not speak [any] English.”

The Immigration and Nationality Act prohibits companies from deliberately discriminating based on American citizenship status.

“In addition, the H-2A visa program requires employers to recruit and hire available, qualified U.S. workers before hiring temporary foreign workers,” the DOJ said.

The DOJ is seeking back pay for Torres and Ramiro and Javier Salinas, civil penalties, and remedial relief in the lawsuit.

“Specifically, [Crop Production] refused to allow Javier and Ramiro Salinas to start working in Seasonal Technician jobs at [Crop Production’s] rice breeding facility in El Campo, Texas, during the 2016 work season, and refused to interview Ramiro Torres for a Seasonal Technician job during the 2016 season, because [Crop Production] preferred to hire only temporary foreign workers for those jobs rather than employing qualified U.S. workers such as the Injured Parties,” the complaint states.

The complaint adds that on at least two occasions, visa holders from Mexico who were hired were given Social Security Numbers by Crop Production after they started work.

“For decades, low-skilled and unskilled immigration into the United States has surged, depressing wages and harming America’s most vulnerable citizens,” the White House said. “The RAISE Act follows through on President Trump’s promise to reform our immigration system to put America first.”

ILLEGAL ALIENS HIRED BY MAJOR CORPORATION

One of the largest tree and brushwood removing companies in the U.S. entered a guilty plea for hiring and re-hiring hundreds of illegal alien employees. The company’s CEO was ordered to pay over $90 million to the DOJ.

Asplundh Tree Experts, based in Pennsylvania’s Willow Grove, have been contracted by utility companies like PECO (Philadelphia utility company), PSE&G (a New Jersey utility), and others. The company maintains the areas surrounding electric and gas lines.

U.S. attorney special assistant Josh Davison said the evidence points to the Asplundh management ignoring immigration lawbreaking for years while work was being done by illegal immigrants.

© 2017 NWV – All Rights Reserved

Contact Jim Kouri – E-Mail: COPmagazine@aol.com

“I cannot undertake to lay my finger on that article of the Constitution which granted a right to Congress of expending, on objects of benevolence, the money of their constituents.”    James Madison

Sadly, once politicians learned that they could buy votes with money from the Public Treasury and get away with it, the admonition of James Madison went sailing out the window.  Politicians, mostly Democrats, have spent money from the Public Treasury to buy votes at a rate that has accelerated into the stratosphere, leading America into a permanent debtor nation.

For example, before Progressivism, the cost to run the government per person in 1900 was $21.00.  By 1950, after 40 years of Progressivism, the cost per person had jumped to $2,061, almost a 1,000 percent increase, with some of that increase due to World War 2.  But it gets better.  By the year 2000 the cost per person to run government had shot up to $7,800.  In just 10 short more years, to the year 2010, the cost per person to run government increased to $11,100.  Because of the profligate spending by Progressives (Democrats) for entitlements and other social programs, in 40 years the national debt has skyrocketed from $1,000,000,000,000 to over $20,000,000,000,000 (Trillion) and is projected to go up another $16,000,000,000,000 (Trillion) by the year 2026.   Obama and the Democrats own at least $10 Trillion of that increase during Obama’s Presidency and will own most of the next $16 Trillion.

As the above image reflects, America is approaching economic and sovereign Armageddon directly due to Progressivism.  A massive, financial, nation-destroying avalanche is coming and all Americans are standing on the very top of that avalanche, while being totally oblivious to the imminent danger.  If they do know, they don’t care.

This is a difficult article to write; to accuse fellow Americans of being traitors of freedom and their country.  We do not do so lightly.  Nevertheless, from the vantage point from where we make our observations, we have no choice.

From individual rights and liberties, an irrevocable gift from our creator, comes individual responsibility and self-reliance.  Should we deny our responsibility for our own actions and the direction of our own life, should we move from individual self-reliance to dependency on government, we will have squandered that irrevocable gift from our creator and handed it over to a mean-spirited, all-consuming collective.   We have done so at our own peril.

Several years after James Madison made his admonition about the Constitution and charity, a member of Congress took Mr. Madison’s admonition to heart.  On the Floor of the House of Representatives in 1867, Representative Davy Crocket said this about Congress appropriating money for the widow of a distinguished Naval Officer:

“Mr. Speaker — I have as much respect for the memory of the deceased, and as much sympathy for the sufferings of the living, if suffering there be, as any man in this House, but we must not permit our respect for the dead or our sympathy for a part of the living to lead us into an act of injustice to the balance of the living. I will not go into an argument to prove that Congress has no power to appropriate this money as an act of charity. Every member upon this floor knows it. We have the right, as individuals, to give away as much of our own money as we please in charity; but as members of Congress we have no right so to appropriate a dollar of the public money” …………

“……… We cannot, without the grossest corruption, appropriate this money as the payment of a debt. We have not the semblance of authority to appropriate it as a charity. Mr. Speaker, I have said we have the right to give as much money of our own as we please. I am the poorest man on this floor. I cannot vote for this bill, but I will give one week’s pay to the object, and if every member of Congress will do the same, it will amount to more than the bill asks.”

None of the other members of Congress took up Davy Crockett’s challenge to spend their own money for the widow, nevertheless the bill to provide an appropriation (charity) of public money to the widow of the distinguished Naval Officer did not pass.

And yet, as time has passed, since Davy Crockett spoke those words, the Democrats have, with malice aforethought and in search of votes, corruptly appropriated monies from the Public Treasury and have passed out the taxpayers hard-earned dollars to those supposedly less well off, without the slightest constitutional authority.  In so doing, they have invited rampant government corruption.  Every government service program is rife with waste, fraud, abuse and yes, corruption.

This drift towards socialism began in earnest with the first dictator of America, FDR.  His New Deal and Social security programs, passed by Democrats, were fully sanctioned by the U. S. Congress and the U. S. Supreme Court.

The Democrats have delivered on FDR’s Social Security and New Deal programs and much, much more.  They have served up to the American people a platter of abject socialism and added to it, radical environmentalism, on top of open borders to illegal aliens, at the expense of the people’s money.  The American people have been bought, sold and conquered on the promises and propaganda of Democrats who have raided the public treasury for the sole purpose of buying votes to remain in power.  They have accomplished this takeover with a cultural mindset that bears no relation to constitutional principles.  They have appealed to the weakness in men that buy into the propaganda of these con men in order to receive these so-called “free” benefits from their government that bears no relation to their labors.  All this the Democrats have done and Americans have willingly capitulated, without a shot being fired.  One might ask, which of us are more stupid, the people, or the government?

In almost every word and deed, Democrats have forsaken our Constitution, even though Democrat politicians swear on oath to preserve, protect and defend that very same Constitution.  They counter with, “the Constitution is a ‘fluid’ document, subject to interpretation that changes over time.”  They ignore the mandate that the Constitution is to be the Supreme Law of the Land and is to be literally construed using the original intent of the Framers.

Internally, we have allowed the Democrats to turn our balance of power, designed by our Founding Fathers in the Executive, Legislative and Judicial branches of government, on its head and we have allowed un-elected bureaucrats to make our laws.  Our bureaucracies have been infiltrated by liberal, socialists and radical environmentalists, each one a graduate of our very liberal colleges.  And these bureaucracies make law, after law, after law until we are sick of laws and enslaved by them.   Through these laws, with no constitutional authority or legislative approval, they take control of our land, our food, our water, our money, our health care and our rights as individual Americans, all the while driving our national debt higher and higher.  Unfortunately, we let them do it.

We have grave concerns that what we are facing today is a premeditated orchestration of the dismantling of our sacred institutions of freedom by Democrats and international elitists, that find that a free America stands in their way of the their distorted concept of the one-world-order, social justice and environmental protection, at any cost.  In doing so, they have broken the America bank and eroded America’s sovereignty.

Their unconstitutional give-away policies have driven this country into hopeless bankruptcy.  Their environmental policies of restricting everything that we do, has brought this once-proud, can-do nation to its knees and has limited the extraction of our vital resources necessary for a thriving economy.  Their open-border and amnesty policies that allow anyone wanting to come here illegally has changed the color of our politics and thus our freedom, for decades to come, if not forever.

A clear and present danger hangs over this Country like a dark, ominous, angry cloud and threatens our freedom, if not our very existence as a sovereign nation.  That dark, black cloud is manifested in abject socialism and radical environmentalism, the twin domestic evils that have invaded every corner of our culture and that have been sold to us by an invasive “liberal” mentality, promoted by Democrats and implemented by bureaucrats who hide in the “Deep State.”

Progressive ideas didn’t come from our founding principles.  They came out of the bowels of socialist Europe, the United Nations and Saul Alinski’s “Rules for Radicals.”  Their radical ideology has been codified into law by Democrat presidential executive orders and Democrat-controlled Congresses that have lost all allegiance to the Supreme Law of the Land.  These policies come at us with soft-sounding words like social equity, compassion, smart growth, sustainable development, biospheres, wildlife corridors, endangered species, invasive species, climate change, mass transit and the one-world order.  It’s all dressed up in motherhood, apple pie and Chevrolet and it is one of the biggest con games ever perpetrated on what have now become, naïve, uninformed Americans.

But today, because of President Trump, the hidden agenda of these perpetrators is finally being exposed all across America, as people are waking up to what has happened to them while they were sleeping.  It’s way past time to fight back.  This is still a great country, full of great people and it is salvageable if we will just vigorously defend our constitution and hold government to its limits, against the onslaught of failed liberal policies.

Democrats are traitors to America’s founding principles of freedom and liberty and are willing accomplices to the enemies of our freedom and our sovereignty.  Those naive Democrat voters that have hitched their wagon to this party aid and abet the destruction of America.  No other conclusion is possible.

It remains to be seen whether President Trump can truly drain the swamp, break up the Deep State, and reset the course of America back to individual freedom and unalienable rights.  He was not able to get Congress to pass an Obama Care repeal and replace and it is questionable that he can get Congress to pass a precedent-setting tax cut with Republicans so divided.  The “NO” votes are already appearing.

Unfortunately, establishment Republicans for years have been headed in the wrong direction and have forsaken their principles of small government, lower taxes and less restrictions on the people.  These forgotten principles were laid down in a “blue print” for free men and women with common purpose and resolve to live out their lives and govern their individual and collective affairs by adhering to that ‘blue print’, some 241 years ago.

It is an inescapable fact that there will always be the rich among us and there will always be the poor among us.  Sometimes the rich will make a wrong decision, lose their wealth and join the poor.  Sometimes the poor will break the bonds of poverty and join the ranks of the middle class or the rich.  It is the natural order.  When government tries to even the playing field by passing laws and “raiding the Public Treasury” to buy votes, they muck it up every time and their meddling usually hurts the poor and the middle class, but never the rich.   In the process, their entitlement programs, allegedly designed to even the playing field, become the great sucking siphon of America’s wealth, prosperity, sovereignty and financial security.

But since there are not sufficient forces to peacefully stop Progressives from continuing to raid the Public Treasury for votes, the slide to socialism and eventually a dictatorship will come like a sudden avalanche.  When that happens it will be too late to stop it.  The Trump’s and Reagan’s of the past will be but a fleeting memory as we sink ever deeper into a Progressive-driven financial and sovereign Armageddon and mass enslavement.  No, we’re not kidding, but so few “get it“, or care.

Do you “GET IT?”

© 2017 Ron Ewart – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Ron Ewart: info@narlo.org

In politics, nothing happens by accident. If it happens, you can bet it was planned that way. –President Franklin D. Roosevelt

America, America what has happened to you? (Psalm 119:110) The NFL shows its true colors and Americans are angry, and what Americans are angry about is right. Yet, what was revealed was the hearts of the people, and what it is that they worship: THE NFL! (Jeremiah 11:13).  Where their treasure is, so will be their hearts be also (Matthew 6:21).

Grown up men with tights on fighting over a pig ball. How shameful!

Babies being slaughtered in the womb, sodomy, indoctrination of America’s posterity etc… Where is the uproar? The hypocrisy stinks to high heaven (Matthew 23).

It was George Orwell who said, “Football and Beer….filled the horizon of their minds. To keep them in control was not difficult!” How true that statement is.

Can you imagine a people that still feared the Lord (Proverbs 16:6) and were indignant when it came to correcting corruption in the Church and in the government?

Yet, it first starts with the individuals (Acts 20:21).

The political tactics are in full force against the controlled and deceived, who have not yet learned how “Real Life” lived out (Hosea 4:6) are once again being played by those that they complain about through led opposition.

While everyone is whining about the NFL, who, I ask you, is paying for the tickets that support these Communists? The government is hard at work behind the scenes attempting to pass unlawful healthcare legislation formerly named under Mitt Romney as Romney-Romney Care, Barrack Hussein Obama as ObamaCare, and now under a brand new administration, the American Health Care Act.

The agenda goes forward regardless of what the new President has promised.

Whenever there is a big story in the media, look for what it is that they are trying to distract you from.

The Gullibility of the American People!

“The typical American voter is so stupid, his dog teaches him tricks.” – Jonathan Gruber architect of Romney-Obama-Care

The American people have accepted Supreme Court sanctioned murder of the innocent.

They have accepted the redefinition of marriage by the likes of a radical lesbian named Elena Kagan, who has never judged a case a day in her life.

The list goes on concerning the Supreme Court’s attacks against America and Constitutional Law (Article 4, Section 4, The United States Constitution).

Apparently, these injustices seemed to have missed that which the law teaches in law school (1 Timothy 1:7).

“No enactment of man can be considered law unless it conforms to the Law of God!” –William Blackstone, Commentaries on the Laws of England

President Andrew Jackson said, “The Bible is the Rock upon which our REPUBLIC rests” (Exodus 18:21).

He was also the President that said, “If the Supreme Court is the final arbiter of what the Constitution says, then we have ceased to be our own rulers (Under God), and the Supreme Court is our ruler.”

Rather than getting caught up into the debate that they want you to get caught up into, the question that should be presented to those who call themselves legislators is, “Where are you deriving your authority from to implement these unconstitutional acts?”

It is a question that they simply cannot answer.

This brings me to this point: “If they can get you asking the wrong questions, they do not have to worry about giving you the right answers.”

Without further ado, let me bring to you Jonathan Gruber.  Again, this is the architect of Romney-Obama–care, or rather the clown that is laughing at you, America.

“Exploiting the stupidity of the American voter is fun and easy: kinda like squeezing a lemon,” said Jonathan.

He also said “Lack of transparency is a huge political advantage. Call it the stupidity of the American voter or whatever, but basically, that was really, really critical for the thing to pass” when speaking of Romney-Obama–care.

He also said, “When we’re done with employer-based health insurance, it will have as much life in it as Jimmy Hoffa.”

“P.T. Barnum said a sucker is born every minute, but his estimate was laughably low.”

America, your children and future generations are being enslaved by those who are committing crimes against you (Deuteronomy 28:68).

It is time for 318.9 million people to stand up and deal with those who are only entertaining the destruction of this country (Psalm 94:16).

Let those who profess to be wise (Roman 1:22) be taken by their own lawless counsel (Job 5:13).

In closing, Harriet Tubman said when asked of the slaves that have been freed by her hands, “I freed a thousand slaves. I could have freed a thousand more if only they knew that they were slaves” (Hosea 4:6).

“Shall the throne of iniquity have fellowship with thee, which frameth mischief by a law? They gather themselves together against the soul of the righteous, and condemn the innocent blood. But the Lord is my defence; and my God is the rock of my refuge. And he shall bring upon them their own iniquity, and shall cut them off in their own wickedness; yea, the Lord our God shall cut them off.” -Psalm 94:20-23

If America would only repent, then the joke would be on the lawless!

There is no in between. God or tyrants!

© 2017 Bradlee Dean – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Bradlee Dean: Bradlee@SonsOfLibertyRadio.com

God bless America, land that I love, Stand beside her, and guide her, Through the night, with the light from above, From the mountains, to the prairies To the oceans, white with foam God bless America, my home sweet home, God bless America! My Home Sweet Home!   Irving Berlin, song writer of God Bless America

Our Beloved America

In 1940, the nation was still suffering the economic depressions of 1929 and 1931.  Things were not looking good with the impending war in Europe which we would not become involved in until December of 1941.

Kate Smith knew America was still in a terrible economic depression. Hitler was taking over Europe and Americans were afraid we’d have to go to war.  It was a time of hardship and worry for most Americans. Families sat around their radios in the evenings listening to their favorite entertainers and no entertainer of that era was bigger than Kate Smith.

Kate knew the pain the American people were in and she wanted to lift them up, so she went to her friend, song writer Irving Berlin, and asked him to write a song that would make Americans feel good again about their country. When she described what she was looking for, he said he had just the song for her. He went to his files and found a song that he had written but never published, 22 years before – in 1917.

He gave it to her and she worked on it with her studio orchestra. She and Irving Berlin were not sure how the song would be received by the public, but both agreed they would not take any profits from God Bless America.  Any profits would go to the Boy Scouts of America. Over the years, the Boy Scouts have received millions of dollars in royalties from this song.

Here is Kate Smith’s first airing of Irving Berlin’s God Bless America. See Video below.

Our President was born in the 1940s, my decade as well.  When we finally had black and white television in the 50s, the two most prominent people viewed were Kate Smith and anti-communist, Bishop Fulton Sheen.  This was the America we grew up in and loved, an America whose citizens loved their country and knew why we honored our flag and stood to sing our National Anthem, and we knew why we stood as well.  It is for those who fought for our freedom and for those who paid the highest price.

This is why we stand!

Vets and Truckers Boycott Pilot Oil Flying J

The Haslams of Knoxville, TN, own Pilot Oil Flying J.  It is one of the largest privately held companies in the country, which was founded by Jim Haslam, father of Jimmy Haslam and Bill Haslam, in the 1950s and has made the family billionaires. Bill Haslam is our Republican Governor, who campaigned in 2010 as a Christian conservative, and that’s a far cry from the truth.

Gov. Haslam supported Jeb Bush for President, was thrilled to be invited to the Obama White House, and got way too cozy with Education Czar, Arne Duncan.  On election day last November, the governor announced that he voted for neither candidate.  Gov. Haslam, like his close ally Sen. Bob Corker, has a long history of publicly criticizing President Trump.

Now he has come out in praise of his brother Jim, who owns NFL’s Cleveland Browns, and is CEO of Pilot Oil, for aggressively attacking Trump over the disrespectful anthem kneelers along with some 30 other NFL owners.  [Link]

A number of truck drivers, veterans and everyday Americans are threatening to boycott the gas station chain Pilot Flying J over the actions of Jimmy Haslam, owner of the NFL’s Cleveland Browns, as well as the actions of one store manager in Kentucky.  [Link]

Several weeks ago, according to WSAZ, a group of veterans rolled up to a Flying J in the Bluegrass State and put up flags to welcome a rolling Vietnam Memorial. The manager of that particular store then came out and told the vets they weren’t allowed to fly the flags.

Another group of patriots are calling for a boycott of all Pilot Flying J locations because of the on-field protests by Jimmy Haslam’s Brown football players.  Jimmy Haslam allowed his team to take a knee during the anthem.  No respect.

Big Oil Cheats Private Truckers and US Government

Agents of the FBI and the Internal Revenue Service raided Pilot’s corporate headquarters on Lonas Drive in Knoxville on April 15, 2013. Records seized during that raid, together with secret audio recordings by informants, tell a story of customers shortchanged on millions of dollars in rebates and discounts on diesel fuel contracts with the nation’s largest truck stop owner, while sales executives laughed at clients behind their backs.

This rebate fraud scheme was revealed to the public in April 2013, but what was not revealed is that one of Pilot Flying J’s largest customers is the U.S. government, which buys hundreds of thousands of gallons of diesel fuel periodically for use by the Postal Service, and that the U.S. government was defrauded of its rebates in the same fashion as small private trucking companies.

Eight former and current Pilot Flying J employees were indicted early in 2016 in connection with the diesel fuel rebate scheme, and they’re scheduled to go to trial in October of 2017.

Of course, the Haslams deny any knowledge of this rebate scam, but here is the full story.

As Governor, Haslam Enriched Pilot Oil

Back in July of 2012, I wrote a seven-part article about Governor Haslam, Water Rights, and Agenda 21 Corruption. Haslam was trying to give our TN water rights to the UN.  It’s bad enough that when Bill Haslam was Mayor of Knoxville, he promoted Agenda 21’s Smart Growth into Knoxville and the surrounding counties, but as governor, he tried to make deals with Norfolk Southern for intermodal rail yards. Governor Haslam’s goal in this deal was to supply diesel fuel for the trains at Norfolk Southern intermodal rail yards, and if he had made the deals he would have made another $25 million a year per intermodal for Pilot Oil, and there are now six.  Did he get it?  We don’t know.

The Governor promoted a six-cent tax increase on gasoline and a 12-cent increase on diesel.  The majority of TN Republican legislators are indebted to Haslam for helping them get elected, so they passed this atrocity on the citizens of TN.  What people don’t realize is that when an oil company collects this amount in taxes, they have 45 days to send the monies into the state.  That means that Pilot Oil Flying J can keep the funds for a month and keep the interest the funds earned.  Another plus for Pilot Oil.  The real atrocity is that this was done simply for gain, because the state has billions in their rainy day and investment funds…it was $6.7 billion in 2010.

And now, Pilot Oil Flying J has struck a deal to sell the majority of their company to Warren Buffett.

Our term limited Governor is considering a run for retiring Senator Bob Corker’s seat.  Of course, his sights are set on the White House, just like his good friend, Mike Pence.  Believe it when I tell you they both have plans, and Haslam has the money to fund a race.

Kaepernick Donates to Cop Killer

Jim Hoft’s Gateway Pundit reported Via The Daily Mail that Colin Kaepernick donated $25,000 to a charity that honors convicted cop killer Assata Shakur.

He made the donation to Chicago-based “Assata’s Daughter’s,” named after former Black Liberation Army member Assata Shakur, in April as part of a $1 million charitable pledge.  Shakur was convicted of first-degree murder in the 1973 shooting death of New Jersey state trooper Werner Foerster and sentenced to life in prison, but staged a daring jailbreak and now lives as a fugitive in Cuba.

Chesimard shot and killed New Jersey state trooper Werner Foerster execution-style during a traffic stop.  As Officer Foerster lay on the ground wounded and helpless, Shakur grabbed his gun and blasted two shots into his head.

This is what Colin Kaepernick stands for, killing America’s law enforcement officers.

The Pentagon Funds NFL Patriotism

Jon Rappoport’s recent blog post exposes how some of the pre-game and halftime “patriotism” we’ve seen at NFL games—patriotism which, presumably, the kneeling players believe is hiding dark truths about America—has been paid for by the US Department of Defense.  The Department of Defense poured millions of dollars into the NFL in exchange for displays of patriotism during games.

The United States Department of Defense paid the National Football League $5.4 million between 2011 and 2014, and the National Guard $6.7 million between 2013 and 2015 to stage on field patriotic ceremonies as part of military-recruitment budget line items.

“Until 2009, no NFL player stood for the national anthem because players actually stayed in the locker room as the anthem played,” ESPN’s Stephen A. Smith explained in 2016. “The players were moved to the field during the national anthem because it was seen as a marketing strategy to make the athletes look more patriotic.

So, does that mean that many of these NFL players have never been patriotic despite the fact that their own country has given them celebrity status and the opportunity to become multi-millionaires?

If standing for the national anthem has all along been only a marketing strategy, then perhaps we all should have turned off the NFL long ago.

Dishonoring America

Americans are actually destroying their NFL memorabilia after so many have taken a knee and refused to stand with their hands over their hearts for our National Anthem.

At least three members of the Dolphins — Kenny Stills, Michael Thomas and Julius Thomas — were seen kneeling during “The Star-Spangled Banner.” All three then stood for the British anthem, “God Save the Queen,” which was sung because the game was being played in England. So, they’ll stand for a foreign country, but not for their own nation.

Actions of the NFL

It was reported that the Raiders took the race war to their white quarterback, Derek Carr, and allegedly threw the game as a protest against him for not kneeling with them during the anthem.  Armstrong & Getty radio show pointed out that one of their fellow players said ‘If he wants to stand alone (for the National Anthem), he can stand alone on the field.”

The Dallas Cowboys actually knelt with their owner, Jerry Jones, prior to the anthem and then stood for the anthem.  Dez Bryant said they will not do that again, that it was a one-time effort against President Trump.  They will now stand with hands over hearts during the National Anthem.  Well, excuse me Dez, but you and your owner made a big mistake kneeling even once against our President. [Link]

And weren’t you the team who put the decal on your helmets honoring the Dallas officers who were murdered?  And weren’t you the team who was forced to remove it by the NFL?  Well, if the NFL doesn’t have the chutzpah to tell all of the teams that protests do not belong in the workplace, then the NFL will soon stand for No Fans Left!

They only did this because they saw the money coming to a halt.  Yes, it’s too little too late.

Advertisers

Anheuser-Busch is asking for specific feedback to NFL political protests. They want to know how you feel about NFL players kneeling during the National Anthem, and disrespecting the American flag. They want to know if they should stop supporting the NFL with advertisement dollars. Let them know that you think.  The automated system asks if you’re calling about the NFL. Press #1 to leave your message.  Call (800) 342-5283.

Here is the list of NFLs other advertisers, feel free to call any of them.

Conclusion

The fans of the National Football League are understandably angry with the decision of the players to disrespect America, her flag and her National Anthem. As a result, they are turning their business elsewhere.

The culture war has gone too far, racism and sexism are the two things used to destroy whatever the left wants annihilated.  Eight years of our first “black” President have created turmoil in America rather than bringing us together.  We are in a battle for our country in so many ways, and sadly many of our own people still don’t see it.

P.S.  Folks, if you saw Devvy Kidd’s recent missive, please help us keep NewsWithViews alive and well.  All of us who love America work very hard to research and bring you the latest political news.  Monthly donations are what keeps this website alive.  You can donate here. Or, send a check to NewsWithViews, P.O. Box 370, Merlin, OR., 97532. Thank you.

© 2017 Kelleigh Nelson – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Kelleigh Nelson: Proverbs133@bellsouth.net

Like millions of NFL football fans, screaming and yelling for our teams to win, I sit in wonder as this year’s 2017 season unfolded with the very rich, NFL players of all races ‘taking a knee’ during the beloved national anthem.  This was followed by whole teams disappearing during the national anthem in their locker rooms.  So far, most fans have received this like a treasonous ‘gut punch’ against our flag, Vets, country and sacred tradition.  The usual, media ‘ship of fools’ call it all about race and the racist, President Trump picking a fight with the NFL.

As a loyal Seahawks fan, who saw my team last week not even come out during the national anthem, along with the team they were playing, I felt beyond, sick to my stomach.  Boy, did they call this one wrong.

I knew last Sunday when so many teams pulled the – ‘Take a Knee’ fire aimed in all the wrong places by 49rs player Colin Kaepernick, started back in the preseason of 2016, that the NFL had just shot themselves in the foot in a bigger way than they could have dreamed.  They are now bleeding out and frankly don’t know what to do other than make excuses, change the definition of words and even draw in the crowds to join them in a ‘moment of silence’.

The NFL seems to be in obvious panic but instead of humble themselves, apologize to their fans and honor our national anthem again, they preach to us about ‘solidarity’ and say they are not against our vets and flag.  They are just standing with blacks who are treated unjustly.  Oh, I get it now. Apparently, taking a moment to honor our flag, vets and freedom, honoring a tradition observed from the beginning stages of our country means we are insensitive and don’t care for blacks or fair ball in justice.

Wrong time and place to make a political protest against racism.

So far, the American response is that 17% less tickets for games have been purchased and thousands are having parties to burn all their NFL sports gear and Jackets.  I talked with many formally devoted NFL fans that plan to never watch a football game again.

Most real and decent Americans aren’t racist and want what is right for all.  We also understand people exercising their freedoms to make protests reflecting many issues.  This is just so not the venue to smear and manipulate the racist issue into.

Get it right NFL because so far you and your manipulative, solidarity response is getting it all wrong.

© 2017 Laurie Roth – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Laurie Roth: drljroth@aol.com

As Colin Kapernick’s quest to destroy-embarrass America intensifies by his teammates and other teams taking a knee during the National Anthem—we need to take a second look at his actions and the actions of other black members of the NFL.

The one aspect of our Constitutional Republic remains:  individual voice and individual choice.  Each African-American enjoys the choice to live in America.  Each European-American enjoys the same choice.

But if you look at the football players kneeling and overwhelming statistics for African-American choices in America, a different picture emerges.

Because of choices under Old Glory and the U.S. Constitution, African-American men impregnate women to the tune of 7 out of 10 black children face life out of wedlock in a single parent home, and, living on welfare.  The fathers disappear into the mist.

While the tiniest of number of cop killings of African-Americans creates a media frenzy and black indignation, 6,100 blacks kill 6,100 blacks, on average, annually in the USA.   Black on white crime stands at 10 to 1.  Why did Detroit, Michigan lose 1,000,000 white people in the past 20 years?  Those whites fled the black violence in the Motor City.   Virtually 90 percent of violent crime in Chicago stems from black on black violence.   Few NFL black players take any actions with their time, stature or money to change those figures.

While blacks dominate 70 percent of the NFL, their numbers also dominate domestic abuse statistics with wife beating, killings,  rape, speeding, drinking while driving and more.

In his recent column Daily Wire journalist Joseph Curl, 9/25/17, said, “The National Football League is in a golden age right now: It’s been 23 days since one of its players has been arrested.

“The average time between arrests is just seven days, while the record without an arrest is slightly more than two months, at 65 days, according to NFLarrest.com, which “provides an interactive visualized database of National Football League player Arrests & Charges.”

Players get arrested for a variety of crimes: drunk driving, drug offenses, domestic violence, assault and battery, gun violations, disorderly conduct, resisting arrest, theft, burglary, rape and  murder.

“The NFL virtually embraces players who abuse women,” said Curl. “Take this report in the Chicago Tribune: “In the first round [of the 2017 draft], the Oakland Raiders drafted Gareon Conley, who has been accused of rape. In the second round, the Cincinnati Bengals selected Joe Mixon, who in a much-viewed video punches a woman so hard that she falls down unconscious. In the sixth round, the Cleveland Browns selected Caleb Brantley, who was accused of doing pretty much what Mixon did.”

The quarterback for the Tampa Bay Buccaneers faced multiple rape charges throughout his college years.  But because of his ability to throw a football, Jameis Winston, at Florida State, skipped or avoided any legal consequences because of big money.

Colin Kaepernick, also born out of wedlock with a black father and white mother, faced life without parents until a Caucasian couple adopted and raised him.

Little known about who pushes him to disrespect the American flag, his Moslem girlfriend Nessa Diab influences him compellingly with Islamic teachings.  Those teachings and the Quran diametrically oppose the U.S. Constitution and the American flag.

Gavin Kirk, citizen journalist, said, “Diab is part of the Social Justice Warriors group that always spouts off on how “Racist” White Americans are.”

Yet, little known in America, black poverty stems from black illiteracy rates where 30 and as high as 50 percent of black students drop out or flunk out of high school.  Ten years ago, Brian Williams at NBC noted that 78 percent of Detroit, Michigan high school students dropped out.  Detroit schools house 90 percent black students. Instead of dishonoring the flag, Kaepernick might choose to take his energy into bringing teachers and literacy back into inner city schools.

The quarterback has defended his decision to sit or kneel, which he says shows his support for the Black Lives Matter movement.  Unfortunately, BLM chants methodically to kill cops during its marches. If anyone follows BLM or supports that group, they support anarchy in America.  Kaepernick’s actions show he stands against law and order in America.

‘I am not going to stand up to show pride in a flag for a country that oppresses black people and people of color,’ Kaepernick said.

For the record, statistics of oppression of black people in America do not validate Kaepernick’s assumptions.

At this point in his life, he enjoys multimillionaire status, but his chances in the National Football League died with his girlfriend Diab comparing Baltimore Ravens owner Steve Bisciotti to a slave master and Ray Lewis to a senior house slave on Twitter.

At the end of this torpid affair, Colin Kaepernick created a huge national conflict, un-needed and unwarranted, because of his quarterback football status.   Whether his Moslem girlfriend pushed him into it or his idealism and zealousness, the future holds his cards in hand.

At no time should any American citizen with all the gripes in the world, dishonor the American flag.   That one symbol allows free speech not enjoyed in all of Africa, China, North Korea and dozens of totalitarian countries worldwide.

If you’re going to protest a social wrong in America, use your stature to interview on 60 Minutes, NPR, Charlie Rose at PBS and other responsible media outlets.  Instead of dishonoring a flag that so many men and women perished to give you such incredible freedoms of expression—create a foundation, organization and calling to action of “people of all colors” to take action change America for the better.

Finally, get down on both your knees and thank God for your good fortune to live, work and play in America.  Billions of people would love to trade places with you from around the world.

© 2017 Frosty Wooldridge – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Frosty: frostyw@juno.com

Our nation has been devastated for decades by the flood of illegal aliens who are NOT immigrants. My grandparents were immigrants who waited their turn and came through Ellis Island legally. Groups and organizations across this country who care NOTHING for our laws exist only to keep people here who have NO right to be on U.S. soil.

The toll in blood and money mounts by the day. Horrific crimes committed by illegal aliens are ignored by those who benefit financially by keeping illegals here. The ignorant peasant class from Mexico still chant their ignorance claiming the U.S. stole the border states when in fact the U.S. paid the Mexican government $15 million dollars in gold when the Guadalupe-Hilalgo Treaty was signed.

The Treaty of Guadalupe Hidalgo: “The Treaty of Guadalupe Hidalgo, which brought an official end to the Mexican-American War (1846-1848) was signed on February 2, 1848, at Guadalupe Hidalgo, a city north of the capital where the Mexican government had fled with the advance of U.S. forces.

“The United States paid Mexico $15,000,000 “in consideration of the extension acquired by the boundaries of the United States” (see Article XII of the treaty) and agreed to pay American citizens debts owed to them by the Mexican government (see Article XV). Other provisions included protection of property and civil rights of Mexican nationals living within the new boundaries of the United States (see Articles VIII and IX), the promise of the United States to police its boundaries (see Article XI), and compulsory arbitration of future disputes between the two countries (see Article XXI).”

Employers across this country who call themselves Americans knowingly hire illegal aliens crap in the face of millions of Americans who desperately want to work and would love to have the millions of jobs held by illegal aliens. All they care about is the bottom line: cheap labor.

Federal laws says ANYONE who assists in helping illegal aliens remain in this country are subject to arrest: Illegal aliens: declaring war on the enablers (I wrote that column in 2010 which shocked many because of the facts in it so I hope you’ll take the time to read it.)

“It was Truman who pushed the Federal Immigration and National Act of 1952 through Congress in the closing days of his administration. Under Section 8 USC 1324[a](1)(A)[iv][b](iii) any US citizen that knowingly assists an illegal alien, provides them with employment, food, water or shelter has committed a felony. City, county or State officials that declare their jurisdictions to be “Open Cities, Counties or States are subject to arrest; as are law enforcement agencies who chose not to enforce this law. Police officers who ignore officials who violate Section 8 USC 1324[a](1)(A)[iv][b](iii) are committing a Section 274 federal felony. Furthermore, according to Federal Immigration and National Act of 1952, if you live in a city, county or State that refuses to enforce the law for whatever reason, the officials making those rules are financially liable for any crime committed within their jurisdiction by an illegal alien.”

Here, go read the law for yourself. Read those words: if you live in a city, county or State that refuses to enforce the law for whatever reason, the officials making those rules are financially liable for any crime committed within their jurisdiction by an illegal alien. Of course, there’s the law for the wealthy where you or I would be in jail. Punk billionaire Facebook honcho, Mark Zuckerberg, bragged about hiring illegals. I can’t find anywhere where he was brought to accountability under the law.

In this case, a sheriff wants you raped, robbed or dead by illegal aliens- and yes, he’s a member of the Democratic/Communist Party USA:

Arizona Sheriff Releasing 400 “Criminal Illegal Immigrants” Every 10 Days

“An average of 400 “criminal illegal immigrants” are being released every 10 days by the newly elected sheriff in Arizona’s most populous county, federal law enforcement sources tell Judicial Watch, many of them violent offenders. It’s part of Maricopa County Sheriff Paul Penzone’s new policy to protect illegal aliens, even those who have committed serious state crimes, from deportation. Under a longtime partnership between the county and the feds, the Phoenix field office of Immigration and Customs Enforcement (ICE) was notified when “aliens unlawfully present with additional Arizona charges” were released from the Maricopa County Jail, which is one of the nation’s largest with a population of about 8,000.” Penzone replaced Sheriff Joe Arpaio after the election last November.

Perhaps you should call the Governor of AZ and let him know you will skip putting any tourist dollars into Maricopa County and will try to avoid traveling through AZ because it just isn’t worth your life. Governor Doug Ducery’s office number: (602) 542-4331)

Now, some companies have been fined which is great: Tree company Asplundh to pay largest fine ever for hiring undocumented workers, September 29, 2017:

“A tree-trimming company that is one of the largest privately held corporations in the nation has been ordered to pay $95 million in penalties for employing people in the United States illegally. Asplundh Tree Experts, based in Willow Grove, Pa., was ordered Thursday to pay the huge fine by a federal judge sitting in Philadelphia, the U.S. Attorney’s Office for Eastern Pennsylvania said. In addition to having to forfeit $80 million, Asplundh will pay a $15 million civil penalty for not complying with immigration law.”

And, I’m ecstatic over this because money means nothing to most scum bag employers who hire illegals. Maybe time in the slammer will finally send a strong message – you’re next:

Feds Sentence Waste Management Supervisors for Hiring Illegal Workers, April 3, 2017 – “A jury convicted Rudy Alexander Martinez, 36, and Israel Arquimides Martinez, 44 on April 8, 2016, after a trial that lasted two weeks and about six hours of deliberation. The jury determined the two Salvadoran nationals conspired to employ and actually employed illegal aliens, according to information obtained from U.S. Immigration and Customs Enforcement officials by Breitbart Texas. Also, the jury found the defendants encouraged and induced illegal aliens to enter the country without documentation and to reside in the U.S. Finally, the jury convicted the two men on charges of aggravated identity theft–a separate offense that carries a sentence of two years which runs consecutive to any other sentencing…

“Federal Judge Melinda Harmon sentenced Rudy and Israel Martinez to serve 94 and 87 months respectively. The sentence includes the mandatory 24-month sentence for the identity theft that must run consecutively to the other sentencing. The judge ordered Arroyo to spend 27 months in federal prison for his role in the conspiracy.  As Rudy and Israel Martinez are Salvadoran nationals, they will face deportation following the completion of their prison term.”

However, now unions who have no problem giving we the people the finger – the ones fleeced for hundreds of BILLIONS of BORROWED dollars to pay for the illegal’s gravy train (The Ever-Spiraling Cost of Illegal Aliens Reached New Record in Fiscal Year 2017 – $135 BILLION) – are going all out to aid and abet illegal aliens:

Unions Are Training Hotel Workers to Face Down Immigration Raids – Contract negotiations are a key tool to restrict hotels from collaborating with ICE.

“Hotel workers in cities such as Los Angeles, Chicago, and New York have been gathering for training sessions recently on how to handle visits from U.S. Immigration and Customs Enforcement. The sessions, organized by the labor union Unite Here!, teach workers how to effectively stonewall ICE agents, emphasizing employees’ right to refuse to answer questions or show identification.”

In other words, labor unions like Unite Here! don’t give a damn about our immigration laws, all they care about is building numbers – from the same link above: “Immigration has historically been a thorny issue for labor unions, which often took a much harder line in the name of protecting native workers. That position has shifted dramatically in recent decades, as organizing the growing ranks of immigrant workers became a do-or-die proposition for shrinking unions. “There was a recognition on the part of the labor movement that it’s too late to kick people out, so we have to organize them,” says Janice Fine, a Rutgers University labor expert. “The labor movement as a whole has probably never been more pro-immigrant.”

Each of the individuals who either run that union or their lackeys are guilty of violating the Federal Immigration and National Act of 1952 and need to be arrested by the Federal Department of Justice to continue sending a strong message: How good do you look in prison stripes?

I fully realize Jeff Sessions, our new Attorney General, has only been in his position since February 9th. He also inherited a federal cabinet infested with dung left over from the illegitimate Obama administration. Sessions inherited a damn mess.

He also needs to start cleaning house – even more than probably what we know about:

Judge demands to personally examine redacted Hillary emails – Complaint seeks evidence she mishandled classified material

“Judge Colleen Kollar-Kotelly will determine whether or not the Trump administration can withhold evidence that could shed light on accusations Clinton and her staff mishandled classified information. Rejecting arguments by State Department and Justice Department lawyers, the judge ordered the State Department to file an affidavit addressing why it should not have to search newly recovered Clinton emails.

“The Freedom of Information Act lawsuit was brought by the government-watchdog Judicial Watch after the State Department failed to respond to a March 10, 2015, request.”

Hillary Rodham Clinton and that tramp she’s married to are career criminals who should have gone to prison decades ago. Why in Hell is Trump’s State Dept. and the Dept. of Justice trying to protect that toilet scum? Come on, Sessions. Surely you know what’s going on in your own Justice Department. YOUR people should be bending over backwards to expose the crimes committed by Hildebeast Clinton, not using taxpayer dollars to protect her. Very disappointing.

YOUR prosecutors should also be going after any unions in this country who are protecting illegals and working to obstruct the efforts of ICE to identify them and deport them since they have no legal right to be on U.S. soil. That’s what I expect you to do Attorney General Sessions and I hope my fellow Americans who are sick and tired of illegal aliens rubbing it in our faces, aided and abetted by now by union groups, will make their voices heard right to you.

Correspondence to the Department, including the Attorney General, may be sent to:

U.S. Department of Justice
950 Pennsylvania Avenue, NW
Washington, DC 20530-0001

The Department may be contacted by phone at the following:

Department Comment Line: 202-353-1555
Department of Justice Main Switchboard: 202-514-2000

Links:

Trump’s Deportation Squad Shocks Sanctuary Cities
Texas’ Anti-Sanctuary City Law Can Be Enforced, Appeals Court Rules
This is good: DOJ Sues Company for Hiring Foreign Workers Instead of Americans
Hungary Built a Wall…Cuts Illegal Aliens By 99 Percent
Useful fools: LA made $1.3B in illegal immigrant welfare payouts in just 2 years
More useful fools: Sanctuary City San Francisco to Pay Illegal Alien $190,000 Because Police Called ICE
Act surprised: Data in! Sanctuary cities have higher crime rates

Senate RINOs Propose Measure Giving Amnesty to Over Two Million Illegals – The more you reward the more hordes will come.

Nothing has changed, it’s only gotten worse thanks to BOTH parties in the U.S. Congress over the decades:

◊ It’s okay for illegals to steal your identity!
◊ Why the Mayor of Hazelton, PA. is Right
◊ Hide What’s in Your Heart Today
◊ How Do You Deport Millions of Illegals?
◊ They Died For “Cheap” Labor
◊ “We Have Got to Eliminate The Gringo”

© 2017 NWV – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Devvy: devvyk@npn.net

Child Abuse in the Classroom, A Legal Challenge to ESSA

This is an invitation to join our national revolt called, “Child Abuse in the Classroom, A Legal Challenge to ESSA.”  ESSA is the federal legislation called Every Student Achieves Act. This revolt to stop this legislation is a tribute to Phyllis Schlafly and her book that exposed the original  “Child Abuse In The Classroom” that detailed hearings that brought about regulations to stop the psychological and psychiatric testing and treatment in the classrooms of America finalized in the Protection of Pupil Rights Amendment, PPRA. I was the parent who filed a federal complaint using the Protection of Pupil Rights Amendment, PPRA.  Phyllis had worked very hard to pass regulations in the 80’s. In fact, her book, Child Abuse in the Classroom, was the impetus for me to file my complaint. My story is well known. My historical journey exposed the corruption, the illegal data collection, and psychological abuse disguised as education in Pennsylvania, as well as other states as I fought outcome based education in the ‘90’s.

It appears what I had fought to rid our schools in the 1990’s is back with a passion. December of 2015, Speaker Paul Ryan pushed the passage of Every Student Achieves Act legislation through Congress along with Senator Lamar Alexander, Chairman of the HELP Committee.  Senator Alexander had purposely eliminated any reference in his summary report that would disclose the illegal and dangerous psychological techniques codified in his ESSA education legislation. Citizens contacted Senator Alexander and had informed him of the abusive mental health interventions that he permitted to be incorporated into his legislation. We are asking that he publicly recant the language in his bill that opened the door to these abuses and to act forthrightly to remedy this critical situation.

A Parent and Citizen Revolt

Citizens across the United States are prepared to wage an aggressive grassroots effort to stop The Every Student Succeeds Act (ESSA) because it promotes Child Abuse in the Classroom. We are asking you to join us to request President Trump and Congress to repeal ESSA.

Parents and citizens across the United States are requesting an immediate injunction to stop the implementation of social, emotional, and behavioral standards and interventions that have been codified in the Every Student Succeeds Act (ESSA). Although the implementation and collection of these non-academic standards and interventions have been previously approved and funded by former President Obama through the Executive Order 12866 and the illegal ESEA Flexibility Waivers, Congress has not stopped the progressive execution of these experimental, psychological manipulations in the classrooms of America. Because our children are at-risk of abuse, we are calling for an investigation.

President Trump has written and released an Executive Order that directs Secretary of Education DeVos to Enforce Statutory Prohibitions on Federal Control of Education. The Every Student Succeeds Act legislation violates the protection and safety of our children. This Act requires the use of abusive psychological techniques on children. These techniques are actually codified into this law. We are requesting Secretary DeVos to immediately take steps to prohibit teachers from carrying out the intrusive psychological and behavioral techniques named in the legislation to be used on America’s children in American classrooms. The intervention techniques specifically named in the legislation include: Applied Behavior Analysis posing as positive behavior intervention and supports; multi-tiered system of supports (response to intervention); schoolwide tiered system of supports; specialized instructional support services; early intervening services for at-risk children or becoming at-risk for mental health disabilities; and universal design for learning.

On September 20, our campaign released a Press Release that explained the violations that we allege are happening in the classrooms of America. We have 20 state coordinators and aligned two major Press Conferences, one in Austin, Texas, and another in Indianapolis, Indiana, the home state of Vice-President Pence. Please go to our website and join the campaign to help stop this psychological manipulation.

Parents, the social, emotional, and behavioral aspects of your children are being monitored, evaluated, and CODED. Behavioral interventions are being performed without your written permission or consent. Sometimes the names for this are changed to such flowery phrases as mindsets, character development, citizenship, “grit”, or even civics. This tactic effectually catches some parents off guard. Why? Because it sounds so good. Do we really know what is being tested and taught in America’s classrooms? Do you know what data is being collected on your child? Education has moved away from academics. There is now a full focus on personality with teaching and testing in non-Academic areas. The goal is changing the social, emotional, and behavioral personality traits of your child.

What Does the “Whole Child” Mean?

The “whole child” (head, heart, and hand) becomes the focus of the federal government when their job was to educate, not indoctrinate. The recently passed federal ESSA (Every Student Succeeds Act) is the latest draconian effort to test, teach, and remediate values, attitudes, beliefs, and dispositions. The education establishment calls testing and changing attitudes and values these new buzzwords….social, emotional, and behavioral interventions. This transformation of our educational system removed academics as the main thrust of American education. It is mental health. It is psychological conditioning.  It is changing your child’s personality. ESSA becomes the church of today and everyday in the classroom. The spirit of the child is the focus of changing behavior, values, and beliefs. Churches, wake up! You’ve been replaced, but so has the family.

We have officially become the nanny state when ESSA was codified into law  December 2015.

Penetrating the Human Psyche

The ultimate goal is to squash all individualism in America. Parents beware! This falls under mental health. It is psychological conditioning. It also happens to be illegal the way they are doing this on children in the United States. Specific psychological interventions have been codified into law that teachers are using daily in our classrooms.  Phone apps are being used to monitor behavior like the BOSS app, Behavioral Observation of Students in School. Other behavioral assessments include: Systemic Screening for Behavioral Disorders; Behavioral and Emotional Screening System; Student Risk Screening Scale; Strengths and Difficulties Questionaire; Screening Social Skills Improvement System. Imagine replacing academics for these conditioning, behavioral systems used on our kids?  It’s not conduct anymore. It’s BF Skinner conditioning. You do not have to imagine anymore, they are being implemented daily.

What Are We Going To Do About It?

Parents, challenge the federal legislation!  We must!!

Professionals in the medical field are identifying these psychological techniques being used in the classroom by teachers, proving that if a doctor would perform these tests in their office, they would need informed written parental consent. Have You Seen Johnny’s Mental Health Profile written by Dr. Aida Cerundolo, Greenland, NH, brings home the reality of today’s classrooms in America. (Source: https://www.wsj.com/articles/have-you-seen-juniors-psych-profile-1494286467)

We are asking parents to become involved. Join our effort to roll back this legislation and demand a Back to Basics Curriculum founded on academic subjects. Let’s get rid of the psychobabble, the datamining, and the unjust platform that disguises the true intent of the federal goals…globalism and total control of the individual.

These are our American children. 

Parents +  children = family … not the nanny state.

Join Child Abuse in the Classroom, A Legal Challenge To ESSA. 

Join here: childabuseintheclassroom.com

© 2017 Anita Hoge – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Anita Hoge: hogieshack@comcast.net

It is an honor for Phyllis Schlafly’s Eagle Forum to have someone like Ed Martin as their President.  With his hard work and devotion, he has taken Phyllis’s Eagle Forum to the very top.  I don’t know how this 46^th council could be topped, but I know Ed Martin will find a way.

Bannon! Bannon! Bannon!

What a phenomenal Council meeting.  It is a testament to Ed Martin’s leadership and the staff of Phyllis Schlafly’s Eagle Forum, and that includes Rebekah Gantner.  Over 700 people were in attendance to hear some of the most scholarly speakers on conservative topics.

Bannon! Bannon! Bannon!  Oh yes, we got to see and hear Steve Bannon, but wait until you hear who our other speakers were!

David Horowitz

A reception with David Horowitz took place on Thursday evening and those who arrived early for the council meeting were able to chat and have their pictures taken with him.

Here is David Horowitz with President Ed Martin, and Congressman Steve King after his speech on the left’s racist war against Trump and America.  Congressman King, a strong pro-lifer, spoke on defunding Planned Parenthood and saving our babies.

In the lower right-hand corner of the photo is dear Babette Francis, the Phyllis Schlafly of Australia.

Kitty and Phyllis’s Eagle Forum

Here we are, me, Joyce, and Kitty at the reception on Thursday evening.  What fun!

But let me tell you about sweet dear lovely Kitty.  She is a great and courageous lady who has fought for the freedom of our nation by putting herself in harm’s way.  She spoke at this council meeting about her work, and you need to hear her words.  This little woman has more courage in her little finger than most politicians in Congress have in their whole bodies.  Her story is one of great courage.

Kitty was 12 years old when Hitler assumed power in Austria. He didn’t roll in with tanks and guns. Instead, the people of Austria voted him in with 98% of the vote.
Austria was in a deep depression in 1938. Unemployment had soared to more than 30 percent, inflation was at 25 percent and farmers went broke and lost their land.  “The banks were reclaiming their farms and businesses were closing up one by one,” Kitty says. “They couldn’t afford to pay interest. It was not unusual for as many as 30 people a day to knock on the door of our home asking for a bowl of soup and a slice of bread.”

Kitty says the Communist Party and Hitler’s party, the National Socialist Party, were fighting in the streets.  And they were, the danger was everywhere.

When asked why Austrians would vote for a man such as Hitler to lead their country, Kitty explains that the Austrian people had heard things were much better in Hitler’s Germany. Besides, they were just a border apart and they spoke the same language and shared the same culture. Why not?

“He didn’t talk like a monster. “We didn’t hear anything bad about him arresting people and persecuting people. We thought he was a great leader. We got a new government where no one was elected, they were all appointed. We didn’t question it.”

(Appointed leaders, or unelected leaders, rather than elected leaders are the Soviet style; the people cannot get rid of them through elections. This is what is now pervading America and is totally unconstitutional).

“We got free radios to listen to. Once we had those, Hitler nationalized the radio stations,” she said. “We were told if we listened to foreign broadcasting we were an enemy of the state. It was the death penalty. Then he nationalized the banks and our education system.”

When asked why Kitty spends her time speaking around the country, she explains that it is so important for people to understand what socialism is. Once people understand that, they begin to realize how important the freedoms we have in America are.

Kitty so appreciates that the United States military came and liberated her people. She loves to meet and thank those who have served in other conflicts as well.

The allies and Americans liberated her country, and this woman will be eternally grateful.  It is so important that our young people understand what freedom and liberty truly mean. The heroes and heroines like Kitty who are still working every day to educate America’s youth, especially because this information is no longer taught in our schools, are the true celebrities.

Make sure you order “The Ladies of Geneva” to hear an amazing story of what dear Kitty went through so many years ago to help America retain the hope of freedom for people everywhere.

Brett Decker

Brett Decker was one of my favorite speakers.  Brett is an adjunct professor at Johns Hopkins University.  He is also the co-author of Phyllis Schlafly’s and Ed Martin’s book, The Conservative Case for Trump.  He has written and provided strategic communications advice for projects in the United States, Asia, Australia, Europe, Latin America, and the Middle East.  He told me that we must get the book, Bowing to Beijing. Mr. Decker has spent hours with our President as they’ve discussed foreign policy.  He writes for the Washington Times, WSJ, and many others.  Here he is with President Ed Martin, and Steve Bannon!  Thumbs up!

Publius Huldah and Andy Schlafly

Our own Publius Huldah from NewsWithViews was at the Council Meeting again this year.  She and Andy Schlafly discussed the ongoing promotion of a Constitutional Convention and how we’ve fought to stop the state calls and won most of them.  It takes work folks, and Phyllis Schlafly’s Eagle Forum is at the forefront in educating legislators about how another Convention would destroy our God given rights!

Bobby Schindler

Bobby Schindler is the President of Terri Schiavo Life and Hope Network.  Terri was Bobby’s sister. He said he gets calls for help from all over the world and is fighting for the sanctity of life.

At the age of 26, Bobby’s sister, Terri, experienced a still unexplained collapse while at home alone with husband, Michael Schiavo, who subsequently became her guardian. After a short period of time, Michael lost interest in caring for his brain injured, but otherwise healthy, young wife. Terri was not dying, and did not suffer from any life-threatening disease. She was neither on machines nor was she “brain dead.”

To the contrary, she was alert and interacted with friends and family—before her husband subsequently abandoned his wedding vows, warehoused her in nursing homes, and eventually petitioned the courts for permission to deliberately starve and dehydrate her to death.  This is why Bobby fights for life, and why we should all join him.

Bobby and his family have been instrumental in providing resources and support to more than 2,500 patients and families at risk of euthanasia from physicians, hospitals, insurance companies, and others more interested in healthcare rationing than in providing basic, life-affirming care for the most vulnerable.

Please review both of my previous articles, The Culture of Death, and the seven part series, Killing Us Softly about hospice care.

Maria Espinoza

Maria is the National Director and Co-founder of The Remembrance Project.  The Remembrance Project advocates for families whose loved ones were killed by illegal aliens. Their flagship initiative is called, “The Stolen Lives Quilt” ™. She has expanded her growing organization nationally.  If you check her website, you will find several DACA people who have been perpetrators.  We need to keep alerting our president to the truth and the dangers of illegal aliens.  Maria is a voice crying in the wilderness about the deaths of American citizens by illegal aliens.

Years ago, I stumbled across an FBI website which had the stats on the deaths of American citizens by illegal aliens.  As I recall, it came close to 10K per year.  That is an insane cost to Americans.  Of course, this stat was removed.

Bill Hennessy is the Mayor of O’Fallon, MO.  He grew up in Missouri and left a theatre scholarship in 1984 to join the U.S. Navy where he spent nine years on active duty in the submarine force.  I have had friends who were in submarines and they are a totally different class of people.  It takes a special person to be a submariner.  The energy this man has is unbelievable and he was the MC for introducing us to Gateway Pundit’s Jim Hoft.

Bill also was the MC at the rally for conservative candidates at the end of the council meeting on Sunday afternoon.  He had us laughing when he told about talking to the handful of protestors outside and asking them questions.  So many of these people are brainwashed with propaganda, and others are just paid to be there.  None of them could answer Bill’s questions with any knowledge or logic.

Babette Francis was born and raised in India before moving to Australia with her husband.  She is one of the founding members of Endeavour Forum, Inc. a pro-life, pro-family Australian women’s organization.  She is the Phyllis Schlafly of Australia and is a prolific writer and has led numerous teams to attend UN conferences on women, population, habitat and food.  Her superb and informative speech was on Islam in Australia.  This is one great lady, a real fighter for freedom and liberty.

Burgess Owens is a man you’ll often see on Fox News.  He was just on Sean Hannity’s program on September 28^th.  At the council meeting, this man spoke of his 12 years of football where there was little to no winning, and then he was traded to the Raiders…and guess what!  Burgess Owens wears a Super Bowl Ring because his 13^th year in football was a winner for the Oakland Raiders and Super Bowl 15.  He is the author of Liberalism or How to Turn Good Men into Whiners, Weenies and Wimps.  What a terrific speaker, he brought us to tears, and I’m so thrilled to have had a chance to speak with him.

And…Burgess Owens makes it clear that he will always stand for the flag and our National Anthem.  Link

James Knowles III is the Mayor of Ferguson, MO.  For 20 years, crime statistics in urban neighborhoods throughout America dropped.  Why?  Because police were there watching over the citizens, and patrol cars were on their streets.  Then Ferguson and Baltimore happened, and now many officers are afraid of going into these neighborhoods because they could be destroyed like Officer Darren Wilson, who in 2014 shot Michael Brown in self-defense according to Missouri law.  We know the outcome and how devastating this was to Wilson and to the Ferguson police department.  Today crime is rising in these urban neighborhoods because law enforcement officers do not want to end up like Wilson.  Ferguson lost many of their officers, but they’re rebuilding.

The Mayor told me that our President and his support of law enforcement is turning this around.  It won’t happen overnight, but it will happen, and the Mayor of Ferguson is working hard to rebuild his police department with men and women who will be there to protect and serve.

Renate Ferrante is the Executive Director of Collier Community Abstinence Program.  Phyllis Schlafly’s Eagles are working throughout the country bringing this program to America’s schools, and they’re having great success.  Kathleen Sullivan was the first Eagle besides Phyllis to undertake educating our youth about saving themselves for marriage.  They are now making amazing inroads with this wonderful program, and it’s free to the teachers, and there has not been one complaint.

Tammy Nichols, an Eagle Forum leader from Idaho is working to expose what has happened to western ranchers and especially to Cliven Bundy and those who support him all because of the government’s out-of-control Bureau of Land Management.

Jayne Schindler, Eagle leader from Colorado, is working to make the rest of America understand the damaging effects of legalizing marijuana.  Legal weed is costing Colorado in many ways.

A 2014 report by the Colorado Department of Transportation found that 84 of 684 drivers involved in fatal crashes tested positive for marijuana, while more than a third of the 488 fatalities involved alcohol, according to the Colorado Springs Gazette.

“Worry that legalized marijuana is increasing crash rates isn’t misplaced,” says David Zuby, Insurance Institute for Highway Safety (IIHS) executive vice president and chief research officer. “Highway Loss Data Institute’s (HLDI) findings on the early experience of Colorado, Oregon and Washington should give other states eyeing legalization pause.”

Five other states and the District of Columbia have legalized recreational marijuana, while 21 states allow comprehensive medical marijuana use, even though pot is still regarded by the federal government as an illegal controlled substance.

And Colorado hospitals and treatment centers say marijuana-related cases have spiked.  This is going to cost Americans across the board.  From 2001 to 2009, around 809 of each 100,000 hospitalizations recorded within Colorado involved patients who admitted to marijuana use, according to the report. For the period from 2014 to June 2015, the statistic surged to 2,413 hospitalizations per 100,000.

Phone calls made to poison control centers involving marijuana exposure increased as well, from 44 in 2006 to 227 in 2015, the report said.

With regard to treatment centers, The Denver Post noted that more than one-third of patients at Colorado facilities reported near daily use of marijuana in 2014, up from less than a quarter in 2007.

There is so much more and the dangers are much higher than what the MSM is reporting.  Stay tuned for updates on this insanity.  Looks like AG Sessions is right!

John and Andy Schlafly’s report on the Courts is one that everyone should have.  These two legal eagle brothers gave us some of the most important information and we need to use it.  Make sure you order their speech, it is an important tool.

Bannon! Bannon! Bannon!

Everyone was delighted to hear Steve Bannon speak, not once, but twice. At Sunday’s lunch Steve received the Phyllis Schlafly Eagle Award.  We all gathered round him later for personal pictures, and he was ready and willing to smile for all of us!  What an absolutely great guy, and he looks terrific.

Later, on Sunday afternoon, a huge rally took place where so many wonderful conservative candidates for office spoke to us, and the media was there in the back of the auditorium.  Outside were the nine protesters who had been questioned by Bill Hennessy.

The Thrill of the 46^th PS Eagle Council Meeting

Phyllis would have been thrilled with this 46^th Council and the line up of speakers was tremendous. She would have raved at the job so well done by her choice of President, Ed Martin and the entire Eagle staff.

I would have loved to put all the photos from this wonderful event into this article, but space is limited.  There were many other superb speakers, and anyone can order the entire council meeting or single speakers you might wish to hear.  Go here to order, and if you want to be there next year, join Phyllis Schlafly’s Eagle Forum and look forward to an absolutely wonderful three days in St. Louis starting next September 18^th, 2018.

Next year will be just as amazing as this year, because our President, Ed Martin, is now bringing conservative truth even to CNN!  Wow!

© 2017 Kelleigh Nelson – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Kelleigh Nelson: Proverbs133@bellsouth.net

Another “Football Sunday” has passed with Black NFL players continuing to refuse to respect the National Anthem and the Flag, while the NFL and team owners refuse to enforce their own rules requiring players to respect the primary symbols of the American nation.

The American Legion and Veterans of Foreign Wars, the nation’s two largest and most influential wartime veterans organizations,  have now taken stands opposing the NFL players disrespect for the Anthem and Flag — which are not in fact acts of Constitutionally protected “freedom of speech,” as detailed below.

I forward  on this continuing controversy three powerful commentaries on the decision of Black NFL players to refuse to respect the American Flag and Anthem, and thereby the 1.4-million American veterans who have given  their lives to create and preserve the freedom in which Black Americans generally, and Black athletes in particular, have more freedom, more equal opportunity,  and more prosperity than in any nation in history.

That includes the Black African countries which sold into slavery the Black African ancestors of Black Americans for profit, even sending their leaders to testify and protest in the English Parliament against the abolition of  the slave trade because they were making so much money engaging in it. Indeed, Black-on-Black slave trade still thrives in Black Africa, about which millionaire Black athletes and their Black supporters are generally silent in word and deed.

The American Legion and the VFW have now condemned and called for the end of the disrespect for the National Anthem, the Flag, and for veterans, of the Black players protests,  as reported by www.Armytimes.com: “American Legion And VFW ‘Slam’ NFL Players For Anthem Protests.”

Maj. Gen. Patrick H. Brady (USA, ret.), Medal of Honor (Vietnam), considered America’s most decorated living veteran, is one of many veterans denouncing the disrespect of the National Anthem and the Flag, and the veterans who have served and died under that Flag. Gen. Brady has written a powerful column on WND.com: “Limp Wristed Libs Have Ruined Football.”

The third commentary is from the American Legion’s www.BurnPit.US [www.Legion.org]: “NFL Players Take Knee On Day Designated To Remember And Cherish Gold Star Moms.” 

I submit also a legal comment by me: “Are NFL Players Protests Matters Of Constitutional Freedom Of Speech?”

Because of confusion in the ongoing controversy, it is necessary to answer the question: Are the protests of Black NFL Players to disrespect the American Flag and Anthem matters of protected Constitutional “freedom of speech”?  The answer is no, absolutely not, for the following reasons:

The acts of Black NFL players, and the failure of the NFL and team owners to repudiate it, has nothing to do with Constitutional “Free Speech,” as misleadingly claimed by the players; Black and White politically-correct apologists and enabling individuals and organizations; Black race hustlers;  progressive liberal Alinskyite revolutionists-anarchists- socialists-and communists exploiting the devisive issue (under the Marxist and Saul Alinsky rule for radicals that whatever is bad for America is good for them);  and Liberal broadcast media pundits and talking heads.

As any Constitutional attorney will affirm (I am one): First Amendment Constitutional “freedom of speech” only protects Americans from regulation, deprivation, infringement, or punishment of speech by government, not by private parties or entities. Absent government action, so-called “state action,” there cannot be a violation of the First Amendment Constitutional guarantee of “freedom of speech.”

Private, non-government persons and entities include without limitation, employers–who have now and have always had the right to set standards of speech in the work place. The Black players are millionaires because they are the employees of private employers, i.e., the team owners, who provide a product, i.e., professional football, to the public who are willing to pay for it. The players’ protests are taking place in the workplace, i.e., the fields. They are taking place in the course and scope of their employment. The government is not involved.

Therefore, there is no Constitutional right of free speech involved. Acts by the employers, or the owners  to regulate, repudiate, or punish the players activity, including by firing them, is not and cannot be a violation of the players Constitutional “freedom of speech.” They have none in this context. Context, too, matters.

Indeed, under the legal doctrine of respondeat superior the owners’ condonation of that speech activity in disrespect of the Nation, the National Anthem and Flag, and veterans, constitutes ratification of  that activity and makes the owners responsible for the acts of their employees. The owners cannot run from that responsibility by claiming they are protecting the players “freedom of speech” or have no control or responsibility for the employees’ (the players’) acts. The employers are responsible for the acts of their employees in the course and scope of their employment.

Thus,  the acts of Black NFL players, and failure of the NFL and team owners to repudiate it, have nothing to do with Constitutional “Free Speech.”

Simply stated, if the government is not involved, there cannot be a violation of Constitutional freedom of speech. The government is not involved in regulating, depriving, or infringing upon the speech of the NFL players. Therefore, there cannot be a violation of the Constitutional “right of free speech” of the players, as they have no such right as employees of private, non-government owners. Period.

Thus, there should be no more teardrops alleging that the poor, oppressed multi-millionaire black football players are being deprived of “freedom of speech.” They aren’t, as a matter of Constitutional law.

In contrast, the nation, the National Anthem and Flag,  and the 1.4-million veterans who have given their lives for that Nation under that Flag, are being deprived of the respect they deserve from all Americans,  including multimillionaire black athletes, and the NFL and team owners who are condoning and thereby ratifying those acts.

As a veteran and an active member of The American Legion, I am aware that resolutions are circulating raising the question of whether there should be a grass-roots call for an all-out boycott by veterans and other patriots of NFL professional football if the disrespect of the American Anthem, Flag, and veterans who have given their lives for America isn’t stopped by the NFL and owners who are, ultimately, responsible. If they won’t act, let them, and the players, pay the price of their disrespect.

© 2017 Rees Lloyd – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Rees Lloyd: ReesLloydLaw@gmail.com

This week Congress has the opportunity in the Graham-Cassidy Health Care Bill to end the Federal funding of Planned Parenthood. We pray they act before it is too late. It is undeniable that God’s judgment hangs over our land for the atrocious sin of abortion. Many Americans were not aware that God spared us a devastating judgment just 10 years and 8 months after Roe v. Wade.

Video of the sermon

A crisis reveals the character that a man has built over the course of his lifetime. Each little step builds upon the previous step, his thought life, his decisions, and his affections all form his character. When the moment of crisis arrives, it is too late to build those things into his life – the crisis will reveal what he has made of his soul.

Such a crisis took place 34 years ago last Tuesday. On the night of September 26, 1983, the military officer on duty at the Soviet Union’s early warning center received repeated urgent messages that indicated a nuclear war had begun. His “computers warned that the United States had fired five nuclear missiles at his country.

‘The machine indicated the information was of the highest certainty,’ he later recalled. ‘On the wall big red letters burnt the word: START. That meant the missile had definitely been fired.’ And the clock was ticking before they came to their designated targets obliterating millions upon millions of people.

The Soviet government’s policy in the event of a US nuclear attack was to launch an immediate and all-out retaliatory strike in accordance with the principle of Mutually Assured Destruction.” One phone call and that would have happened.

The officer had just minutes to decide whether to assess the attack as genuine and inform the Kremlin that the United States was starting World War III – or tell his commanders that the Soviet Union’s early warning system was faulty.

Imagine the pressure he was under. His career would certainly be effected – what would come of telling his superiors that the system they built and trusted was at fault, telling them to trust his instincts rather than the super computers. They had no reason not to trust their computers, and why should they trust him?

Stanislav Petrov, a lieutenant colonel in the Soviet Air Defense Forces in that crisis made the right decision. “Guessing that a genuine American attack would have involved hundreds of missiles, he put the alarm down to a computer malfunction.

Lt Col Petrov was vindicated when an internal investigation following the incident concluded that Soviet satellites had mistaken sunlight reflected on clouds for rocket engines.

Although Petrov was feted by his colleagues and initially praised by superiors for his actions, he was not rewarded.

He later complained that he was scolded by superiors for failing to complete a routine paperwork during the incident and had been scapegoated by generals embarrassed by the failure of their early warning system.  

He took early retirement from the armed forces the following year.”

It is interesting that no one outside the USSR knew about this incident until the Iron Curtain came down.

“The incident was only made public in 1998 with the publication of the memoirs of General Yury Vontintsev, Mr Petrov’s superior at the time.

In the 2014 documentary The Man Who Saved the World, Mr Petrov said: ‘All that happened didn’t matter to me — it was my job. I was simply doing my job, and I was the right person at the right time, that’s all.’” Indeed he was. The man whose, “decision to ignore warnings is credited with averting nuclear armageddon” died this past May 19 at age 77. We only learned of his death this past week because, “Karl Schumacher, a German film maker who first publicized the story in the West, …tried to get in touch to wish him happy birthday” this September 7th. Petrov’s son, Dmitry, informed him of his father’s death.

Stanislav Petrov, the ‘man who saved the world’ made the right decision when the crisis came. Note that he was not rewarded for doing so; indeed he paid a price for doing the right thing, but he never regretted that decision. And God spared our land a judgment which in 10 years and 8 months of abortion it had earned. We are now at 44 years and 8 months and we should remember that God’s judgment has not altered, indeed His cup of wrath is much fuller than it was in 1983. It is high time to repent of our sins.

Learn more about your Constitution with Pastor David Whitney and the “Institute on the Constitution” and receive your free gift.

© 2017 David Whitney – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail David Whitney: dwhitney@iotconline.com

Each day we see the liberal left in its death throws.  Everything conservatives do offends them.  They are demanding that statues of Civil War heroes, specifically southern heroes, be removed from public display.  These fools don’t even know that they are removing statues of members of their own Party.  Though many did not approve of slavery they were fiercely loyal to their States.  Robert E. Lee was one of those who disapproved of slavery yet loyal to his home State of Virginia. “He was not a pro-slavery ideologue,” Eric Foner, a Civil War historian, author and professor of history at Columbia University, said of Lee. “But I think equally important is that, unlike some white southerners, he never spoke out against slavery.”

When Lee wrote his letter to The Times, he was an accomplished United States Army officer acting as the executor of his father-in-law’s will. His wife, Mary Anna Custis Lee, a descendant of Martha Washington, had recently inherited her father’s estate, Arlington House, along with the slaves who lived there.

In his will, Ms. Lee’s father, George Washington Parke Custis, said his slaves should be freed five years after his death.

But an article that was first published by The Boston Traveller and reprinted in The Times on Dec. 30, 1857, contended that the slaves “will be consigned to hopeless Slavery unless something can be done” because Mr. Custis’s heirs did not want to free them.

It also said that Mr. Custis, while dying, told his slaves that they should be freed immediately, rather than five years on.

Lee challenged that account. In his letter to The Times, he said that “there is no desire on the part of the heirs to prevent the execution” of the will. And he said Mr. Custis, who was “constantly attended” by family members during his final days, had never been heard granting immediate freedom to his slaves.

The Times published Lee’s letter on Jan. 8, 1858, (though the letter itself, written shortly after New Year’s, appears to be mistakenly dated 1857) and said it was “glad” to be corrected on the matter.

The war came three years later.

Lee joined the secessionists in April 1861. He left Arlington House, and the estate was eventually overtaken by Union soldiers. (The dead were buried in its grounds, which would later become the site of Arlington National Cemetery.) Over the course of the conflict, many slaves were hired out or escaped the property.[1]

Why do these rioters consider him a white supremacist?  It is because they are grossly ignorant of our history.  So many today have no clue as to the real thoughts and ideals of the Founders.  George Mason: Mason was from Virginia and educated by private tutors and his own independent study; in 1759 he became a member of the Virginia House of Burgesses; his draft of the first Virginia Constitution contained the Declaration of Rights that Jefferson used to draft the Declaration of Independence.; in 1776-1788 he was a member of the Virginia House of Delegates; though a delegate to the Constitutional Convention he refused to sign the federal Constitution because it did not abolish slavery and he also believed that it did not adequately protect the States’ rights; led the opposition in Virginia on the ratification of the federal Constitution which was largely responsible for the Bill of Rights giving him the title of  ‘The Father of the Bill of Rights’.[2]

Richard Bassett was from the State of Delaware and was a signer of the Constitution of the United States.  He was also a U.S. Senator and Governor of Delaware, Chief Justice of the Supreme Court of Delaware.  During the Revolutionary War he was a Captain.  He was a lawyer and a planter.  He helped write the Constitution of Delaware and was appointed by President John Adams to Circuit Court Judge.  During the Revolutionary War he converted to Methodism, freed his slaves and then hired them as laborers.[3]

The left, ignoring history altogether, is doing whatever they can to destroy conservatives.  They do everything they can to silence them, erase the history of conservatism because it has been successful and destroy their own because it has been a complete failure.  They threaten violence against any conservative rally but when they come up against opposition, real opposition, they cower like the cowards they are. Antifa is a terrorist group. It is really that simple. However, unlike the violent ISIS or Al-Qaeda terrorists, Antifa is mostly full of noodle-armed college students and burnouts who have never won a fair fight in their lives.

As evidence, during a free speech protest in Berkeley on Thursday, masked Antifa protesters were mostly cowed into silence by the presence of muscular members of Bikers for Trump. These bikers, along with other free speech protesters, allowed conservative speakers Gavin McInnes and Lauren Southern to read off parts of the very same speech by Ann Coulter that was cancelled by the University of California, Berkeley last minute.

ANTIFA thug and community college professor Eric Clanton not only used a bike lock to strike an unarmed and unsuspecting individual at the Tax Day riot in Berkeley, but he also attended a stab-happy protest in Sacramento in 2016. (via Gateway Pundit)

Other ANTIFA cowards have disrupted pro-Trump rallies by pepper spraying women, mob attacking lone individuals, and sucker punching interview subjects.

However, whenever Bikers for Trump appear on the scene, ANTIFA always seems to back down. [4]

The left thought would win in 2016 but were blindsided by Trump.  They had it rigged just as Trump had stated: None other than billionaire investor and longtime Democratic supporter George Soros has said that the fix is literally in for the election, in favor of Clinton – no matter how much of the popular vote, and from which battleground states, Trump captures.

As reported by Top Right News and other outlets, during a recent interview with Bloomberg News, Soros – a Democrat mega-donor – openly admitted that Trump will win the popular vote in a “landslide.”

However, he said that none of that would matter, because a President Hillary Clinton is already a “done deal.”

In the interview, which is now going viral, Soros says with certainty that Trump will take the popular vote, despite what the polls say now (which are completely rigged to oversample Democrats), but not the Electoral College, which will go to Clinton.

When the reporter asks if that is already a “done deal” – that Clinton will be our next president no matter what – Soros says “yes,” and nods his head.[5]

Their world crumbled on election night.  Trump is dismantling Obama’s legacy even while being opposed by his own Party.  Trump will dismantle a very large portion of the liberal legacy, if that is what you want to call it.  For the last thirty plus years they have been setting the stage for complete democrat control and it is being wiped out before their eyes and they will have to start all over again.  They will get their chance, but it will be a while before that happens and it will take some time to set that stage again.  They went head to head with God this election and lost.  God heard the prayers of His people.  He gave us a stay of execution and liberals are livid.  I say too bad.

© 2017 Roger Anghis – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Roger Anghis: roger@buildingthetruth.org

FootNotes

1. www.nytimes.com/2017/08/18/us/robert-e-lee-slaves.html
2. Roger Anghis, Defining America’s Exceptionalism, (Bloomington: Westbow Press 2012), p.208.
3. Roger Anghis, Defining America’s Exceptionalism, (Bloomington: Westbow Press 2012), pp.117-118.
4. Antifa protesters take on bikers
5. George Soros, Hillary Clinton and the electoral college

In 1982, the National Football League and the players were at logger heads.  The players wanted a bigger piece of the profit pie and the owners didn’t want to pay them more.

In the process of arguing, both forgot about the people who provide the money for the high profits owners were keeping and the high salaries players were demanding.

The players decided to strike.

I called my attorney and told him to file Articles of Incorporation for an organization I named the National Football League Fans Union… the NFLFU (get your mind out of the gutter).  We were a fan advocacy organization.  I, a conservative, started a union… which proves you cannot believe everything you hear about conservatives!

I called a press conference to announce the formation of the NFLFU.  I got permission from the owner of the Denver Broncos at the time, Jerry Phipps, to hold the event at Mile High Stadium.  I stood on the 10 yard line in front of the South stands at Mile High Stadium and read a press release.  About 75 members of the media were invited… 50 showed up.

We got good coverage throughout the U.S. and around the world.  I still have the clippings from the papers in many of the cities that have NFL franchises… and many more.

The players’ union (yes, the players belong to a union) and the owners were abusing the fans whose financial support pays their salaries and provide their profits.

What was the problem in 1982?  Both sides were showing a lack of respect and appreciation for the fans.

What is the NFL problem in 2017?  It is clearly a lack of respect by players for the fans, their nation, their flag, and their military.  Player political opinions have been blatantly forced on the fans and millions of television viewers who tune in to watch a football game, not get an uninformed political opinion.

All Kaepernick and his minions have achieved is to make it clear that football players disagree with the people who elected President Donald Trump to office.  They are so arrogant as to think they know better who should have been elected.  Donald Trump did not call players SOBs… I would, but he did not.  He suggested that owners call them SOBs…  And he has since Tweeted that owners are afraid of their players.  He’s right about that, too.

Players want to force their political opinions on fans by protesting the flag of the nation that makes it possible for a bunch of guys — many of whom would be flipping burgers if not for the opportunities America makes possible.  The fans really do not give a damn what football player opinions are about politics.  Players do not have a right to force us to pay a large sum of money to find out what they do not like about the world off of the football field.  They sell people tickets for one thing and provide another.  In fact, it sounds like fraud to me… but I’m not a lawyer.

Let’s make one thing very clear.  The Constitution gives the right of free speech to all people.  When you act as an individual, you may peacefully protest to your heart’s content… but when you go to work, your employer is not forced by the Constitution to put up with your protests.  Your co-workers have rights, too.  And so do those who finance the business that provides your employment.  Thus, any team owner can take action against players “going to a knee” if they choose (I hate that term.)  When football players go onto a football field, they enter as (highly over-paid) employees, not as individuals.

The same thing we see as we watch players go to one knee to insult our flag and country as the national anthem is played is the same problem we had in 1982 when I got so angry I started a union for the fans to give them a say in the game they subsidize.  The owners and players have no respect for people – and they have a very high opinion of themselves.

Taking a knee when the National Anthem is played is not the core problem; it is merely a symptom of it.

Who owns the stadiums in which football games are played?  These days, major corporations often build the stadiums and get a huge amount of advertising from it.  But who owns the land?  Who pays the property taxes?  What kind of tax breaks do owners get to keep a team in a city because of the huge sales tax income the city/county get from $15 a beer charges with 50,000 people in the stands every game, every football season?  How much does that increase taxes for average people in cities with NFL franchises?  If tax breaks are given to one party, other parties must pay for what the first party avoids paying.

Though it differs from team-to-team (sometimes it’s the city/county, sometimes it’s the owners, sometimes it’s a combination of the two), but the public often pays for the stadiums, the property, the taxes, the tickets, and on and on.  This results in lucrative television contracts paid for by ridiculously high advertising costs to corporations (which results in increased costs of products you buy from football advertisers, from Budweiser to Ford, because it adds to costs).

If there were no people in the stands, televised football games would be about as exciting as licking envelopes.  Advertisers certainly wouldn’t pay much for 30-second ads without the excitement the fans bring to the game.  And the fans have made it very clear that they are opposed to football players – many of whom are not the brightest candle on the cake – advertising their political opinions on the field.

When someone pays from $50 to $100 for a ticket to see a football game, the last thing on their priority list is to have players disrespect their nation, their flag, and the military that makes it possible for those doing the disrespecting to earn ridiculous salaries because they can catch and throw a football – or because they are able to prevent another team from running with or throwing and catching a football.

Can you imagine the arrogance of a player who walks onto a football field thinking that his  political opinions are so important he can force the person who paid a lot of money to watch a football game aware of them?

The league, the owners, and the players all receive massive rewards at the expense of America’s football fans.  Billions of dollars go to the NFL… even the Department of Defense has paid them money.  Perhaps it’s time for the NFL to pay some of it back?

The American people have invested approximately $7 billion in the various NFL teams.  They have received no respect, gratitude, thanks or appreciation from the league, the owners, or the players.  And that is the core problem that needs to be solved.

What’s the old 1970s song?  R-E-S-P-E-C-T.

It’s too bad the NFLFU didn’t get enough financial support in 1982 to remain active.  We sold memberships, NFLFU hats and bumper stickers, but it needed a full-time representative and I was a financial consultant who was traveling all the time.  We did do a lot of good, but once the season began, prostituted though it was, people lost interest.

And that’s part of the core problem, too.

We want things to go the way they are supposed to go, the way people promise us they will go when we buy season tickets or any other product – even when we elect politicians.  When things don’t go the way we want them, we become angry… as if we have no responsibility for doing what is needed to make sure things go the way people have promised us they will go before taking our money.

“We are not pro-player; we are not pro-owner,” I said during that 1982 press conference.  “Neither are we anti-player or anti-owner.  We are pro-fans!  We want fans to have a right to the first class football on which ticket sales were made.  We feel both owners and players have the responsibility to provide this based on the ticket prices charged.”

If fans really want the going to one knee to stop, get 50 fans in each city to file a class action suit demanding a $10 rebate for all fans who find the one-kneeing offensive (for each game in which it has occurred).  It is not part of what they paid for.  It will be amazing how quickly team owners begin fining players for one-kneeing the National Anthem.

We encouraged people to write letters to sponsors of televised football games.  “Tell them that you will not purchase the sponsor’s product because anyone associated with the game of football during the 1982 season does not have the better interests of the people at heart.”  I would encourage people to do the same in 2017.

We recommended that fans boycott all products advertised by NFL players.  We demanded refund policies be put in place.  For example, when season ticket sales promotion literature was sent to the general public, no one told them the season was going to be interrupted by a player strike (though management was aware it was a possibility).  We achieved that objective.

We – the NFLFU – were concerned about the lack of third-party mediation.  Talks were going nowhere.  Management was represented in the talks and so, through their union, were players.  But fans, whose ticket purchases finance the game, were not represented.  The NFLFU offered to provide trained mediators to help bring the players’ strike to a conclusion acceptable to everyone.

The NFLFU wanted management and players to guarantee no loss of ticket priority for fans who refused to buy tickets during a player strike year.  Teams like the Denver Diapers – oops, I mean Broncos — and Seattle Snowflakes – oops, I mean Seahawks – have a waiting list for upgrading existing season ticket seats when other people with better seats let them go.  If you miss buying your seasons tickets one year, you lose your position on that list.  We won that one, too!

The NFLFU even challenged a Supreme Court ruling made in 1922.  It held that professional sports were exempt from typical antitrust provisions because no product was sold.  I felt that ruling, made in a 1922 economic environment of manufacturing rather than a 2017 economy of technology was antiquated.  It was – and it still is.  The challenge was never resolved.

Perhaps we need a Special Counsel appointed to the FBI to investigate whether professional sports are exempt from antitrust provisions because each team certainly is a product… especially when political positions are forced on fans!  Maybe they could add that to Robert Mueller’s witch hunt list.

This entire issue is about respect… for our nation, our flag, our military and the people who work hard to support them all.  We all have problems.  I would love nothing better to have a pre-game two minutes to air my grievances to millions of people watching the game… but the fans didn’t pay $98 a ticket to know what I have on my mind – and they didn’t pay to hear  what football players have on theirs (unless it has to do with football).

The military fights, bleeds, and dies so those players can make (I didn’t say “earn”) their ridiculously high salaries.  Our military fights under that flag..  Military caskets come home draped with the flag that the players dishonor.  64% of Americans agree with President Trump’s position on this issue… the other 36% are progressives and communists (which appear to be pretty much the same thing, these days… based on Colin Kaepernick’s support for communist Cuba, he’s probably in that group, too).  NFL television ratings are already down 11% this year compared to last (and they were down last year, too – perhaps an attestation that League Commissioner Roger Goodell isn’t up to the job he has?).  Commissioner Goodell issued a statement saying that President Trump is responsible for the divisiveness being caused by player misbehavior (according to Goodell’s own Game Operations Manual).  A small man in a big job.

The NFL’s Game Operations Manual says that “all players must be on the sideline for the National Anthem” and must “stand at attention, face the flag, hold helmets in their left hand, and refrain from talking or face discipline ‘such as fines, suspensions’,” and teams may be required to forfeit draft choice(s) if owners allow misbehavior.  Well, owners are ignoring the misbehavior so perhaps it’s time for the League to impose some forfeits of draft choices.

Just because our Department of Justice has ignored constitutional law for the past 30 years does not mean NFL team owners and the National Football League should ignore their owner Game Operations Manual.

What the people feel about NFL players who so disgrace their nation, their flag, their military, and the people who go to work every day to support those things and who love those things, goes beyond disgust.

The Jacksonville Jaguars and the Baltimore Ravens are the worst.  They played a league game in London and about two dozen of them went to one knee for America’s National Anthem and stood for God Save the Queen, the British Anthem.  Their statements that they mean no disrespect for our nation when they go to one knee is a lie.  Their actions prove they lie.

Jacksonville is a Navy town.  My son’s aircraft carrier was berthed there.  If the President decided to give Georgia – or perhaps South Carolina – the financial opportunity of the thousands of sailors that are currently housed in Jacksonville, it would be an economic disaster for the Jaguars.  No one would have any money to attend the games.  Gosh, that would just break my heart.

As for Baltimore… who would expect anything else from a city run like that one is?  We all saw what Baltimore is all about in the matter of Freddie Gray’s death and the riots that ensued.  All six police officers charged by Marilyn Mosby, Baltimore’s State Attorney, were found innocent of his death and in mid-September the federal government said no charges were being considered by them.

Core Problem:  No Respect for the People — in a lot of places.

© 2017 Marilyn Barnewall – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Marilyn Barnewall: emembee@charter.net

All over the Western world, the leftids are kicking it into high gear. In America, we’re getting inundated with meaningless “protests” by millionaire football players. More on that later. For the moment, let’s hop into our private jets and see what the libs are up to in Australia.

Come November, Australians will vote on whether to inflict “gay marriage” on their country. For a time, a friend Down Under tells me, the “Yes” vote looked like it was in the bag. But as the vote draws near, the “No” vote is gaining ground: and one of the reasons for that is the bullying behavior of the Yessies.

As leftids see it, you’re not allowed to be opposed to the redefinition of matrimony and anyone who does so must be rigorously punished. So they got up a petition to revoke the medical license of a doctor who stood up for real marriage, throwing in a death threat for seasoning. They’ve been able to get other likely “No” voters fired from their jobs. A former prime minister, known to be on the “No” side, was physically assaulted by a Yessie.

The less violent among the Yessies have been content merely to cancel lifelong friendships they’ve had with persons who think marriage ought to be reserved for a man and a woman. Leftids just can’t conceive of anyone holding that opinion. Again we see the leftids being everything that they accuse us of being: fanatical, intolerant, determined to impose their belief on others regardless of the cost. With this crowd, projection is everything.

Hello, Australia: be guided by America’s experience. Once they get their “gay marriage,” their demands won’t stop. They’ll go on to demand “trans” bathrooms, legalization of polygamy, recognition of pedophilia as “a lifestyle”—whatever card is next in the deck. They’ll never stop, and they cannot be appeased. It would be folly to try.

Meanwhile, we’ve got football protests.

Remember Tim Tebow? He used to “take the knee.” (I promise not to use that expression again: you’re surely as fed up with it as I am.) Tebow knelt on the football field to give thanks and honor to God; and for that they ran him out of the league.

Just last year, the Far Left was gunning for the NFL. Lawsuits over the Washington Redskins name. Howling over the concussions suffered by football players. They really seemed to be going all out to get football banned. Why? Because Americans liked it and they don’t like America.

But suddenly we had all these vacuous “protests” over this or that “injustice,” all this flap about America being racist and bad and just plain awful—and the football team owners saw their chance, and grabbed it. All aboard the Social Justice Express! In a display of toadiness worthy of an award, the owners declared their “solidarity” with the players. What better way could they have found of mending football’s fences with the Left? “See? See? We’re on your side, dudes! We hate America, too! Don’t you see us showing our disrespect for the National Anthem?” They’ll find themselves funding Antifa, if they don’t watch out.

Because the “protests” are not about anything concrete, there’s nothing America can give the protesters that will satisfy them. In their eagerness to curry favor with the Left—somehow a lot of people have gotten the impression that leftids rule America—the NFL owners spit in the faces of the fans, most of whom love and respect America and are proud to stand for the flag and for the anthem.

What kind of wacky business model is this—insult your customer base and tell them that you loathe them? But the owners think the fans are so addicted to football that they’ll keep on watching the games week after week, keep on buying NFL jackets and T-shirts and huge inflatable football players for their front lawns, and just grin and bear it all the way to the Super Bowl.

That won’t stop the stupid protests, which have become an end in themselves and a useful tool of leftid propaganda.

You can’t appease people who will be unsatisfied no matter what concessions you make, no matter what you give them. Leftids aren’t made that way.

The only thing that must be done is to put them out of business, once and for all.

I have discussed these topics and others throughout the week on my blog, http://leeduigon.com/ . Stop in and visit today. A single click will take you there.

© 2017 Lee Duigon – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Lee Duigon: leeduigon@verizon.net